Chapter 155 — ZONING REGULATIONS
Eureka Zoning Code · 2026-06 edition · ingested 2026-07-06 · Eureka
§ 155.104 INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS. ¶
§ 155.104.010 TITLE. ¶
Chapter 155 of the Municipal Code will be known and cited as the “Eureka Zoning Code” and referred to in this title as the “Zoning Code.”
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.104.020 EFFECTIVE DATE. ¶
The Zoning Code takes effect and is in force from and after June 20, 2019.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.104.030 AUTHORITY. ¶
The Zoning Code is adopted pursuant to the authority in the City Charter, Cal. Gov’t Code § 65850 and all other relevant laws of the State of California. Whenever the Zoning Code refers to a section of state law that is later amended or superseded, the Zoning Code will be deemed amended to refer to the amended section or the section that most nearly corresponds to the superseded section.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.104.040 PURPOSE OF THE ZONING CODE. ¶
(A) General. The purpose of the Zoning Code is to implement the General Plan and to protect the public health, safety and welfare.
(B) Specific. The Zoning Code is intended to:
(1) Preserve and enhance Eureka’s unique sense of place, small city charm, livability and sense of community;
(2) Support a pedestrian-friendly built environment, increase transportation choices and expand opportunities for residents to walk, bike and take transit to destinations;
(3) Maintain and expand the variety of housing types to serve a diverse population;
(4) Encourage and incentivize a diversity of residential, commercial, industrial and mixed-use developments;
(5) Encourage pedestrian-friendly urban development through a streamlined approval process;
(6) Where appropriate, encourage vertical mixed-use development with upper story residential units above ground floor commercial uses;
(7) Protect and enhance the distinctive character of Eureka’s neighborhoods and commercial districts;
(8) Enhance the appearance, economic vitality and livability of Eureka’s neighborhoods and commercial districts;
(9) Encourage active and inviting streetscapes, buildings and public spaces;
(10) Realize the full development potential of Eureka’s industrial and commercial waterfront areas;
(11) Enhance the vitality of Downtown and Old Town as the core of the community with a diversity of land uses and pedestrian-oriented urban design;
(12) Encourage infill development and the reuse of existing structures to strengthen established neighborhoods;
(13) Establish flexible performance-based standards to encourage design creativity and address unique circumstances;
(14) Protect Eureka’s natural beauty and conserve valuable natural resources; and
(15) Enhance the urban/wildland interface zones around the edges of the city and promote recreation opportunities within these zones.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.104.050 RELATIONSHIP TO THE GENERAL PLAN. ¶
The Zoning Code implements the General Plan by establishing detailed regulations for land uses, structures and activities in Eureka. All land uses, structures and activities in Eureka must be consistent with the General Plan. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.104.060 APPLICABILITY AND JURISDICTION. ¶
(A) General. The Zoning Code applies to all lots, land uses, structures and development in Eureka unless an exemption is specifically provided by the Zoning Code.
(B) Coastal zone. The applicability of the Zoning Code in the coastal zone is described in § 155.104.070 (Relationship to the Local Coastal Program).
(C) Compliance required. All lots, land uses, structures and development in Eureka, including existing and proposed development, must comply with the Zoning Code.
(D) Approvals required. A land use may be established and a structure may be constructed, altered or moved only after:
(1) All applicable development review processes have been followed;
(2) All applicable approvals have been obtained; and
(3) All required permits and/or authorizations to proceed have been issued.
(E) Administrative responsibilities. City roles and responsibilities in the administration of the Zoning Code are as provided in § 155.404 (Administrative Responsibilities).
(F) Subdivisions. All subdivisions of land, lot line adjustments, and other actions under Municipal Code Ch. 154 (Subdivision Regulations) and the California Subdivision Map Act that are proposed after June 20, 2019, must comply with the Zoning Code.
(G) Governmental activities. The Zoning Code applies to special districts and state or federal governmental agencies to the extent legally permissible. The Zoning Code does not apply to public projects of the City of Eureka. Private projects on leased lands owned by the city are not public projects of the city.
(H) Public utilities. Public utilities are subject to the requirements of the Zoning Code, except to the extent provided by Cal. Gov’t Code § 53091 and the California Public Utilities Code.
(I) Emergency powers. The City Council may authorize deviations from the Zoning Code during a local emergency declared in accordance with the California Emergency Services Act (Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 8550 et seq. ), by resolution without notice or public hearing.
(J) Other regulations. Compliance with the Zoning Code does not relieve an applicant from compliance with other federal, state and city regulations that also apply to the property.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21)
§ 155.104.070 RELATIONSHIP TO THE LOCAL COASTAL PROGRAM. ¶
(A) Implementation plan separate from Zoning Code. Eureka’s Local Coastal Program Implementation Plan (“Implementation Plan”) is separate from the Zoning Code. The Implementation Plan, found in Municipal Code Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning), establishes regulations that apply in Eureka’s coastal zone to implement the Local Coastal Program Land Use Plan in accordance with the California Coastal Act of 1976. The Implementation Plan contains:
(1) Coastal zoning districts with allowed land uses and development standards that apply to zoning districts within the coastal zone;
(2) Additional regulations needed to implement the Land Use Plan; and
(3) Procedures for the approval of coastal development permits and other permits and approvals in the coastal zone.
(B) Implementation Plan limited to Ch. 156. The Implementation Plan is limited exclusively to Municipal Code Ch. 156. No contents of the Zoning Code, irrespective of its applicability in the coastal zone, are considered a part of the Implementation Plan.
(C) Applicability in coastal zone. The Zoning Code and Implementation Plan both contain requirements that apply in the coastal zone, as follows.
(1) Implementation plan requirements. Implementation Plan requirements apply fully to all uses, structures and activities in the coastal zone in accordance with the California Coastal Act. In case of conflict between the Implementation Plan and the
Zoning Code, the Implementation Plan governs.
(2) Requirements in both Zoning Code and Implementation Plan. Certain topics are addressed in both the Zoning Code and the Implementation Plan (e.g., parking, signs). For these topics, the Implementation Plan requirements govern in the coastal zone. All Zoning Code requirements superseded by the Implementation Plan are identified in the Zoning Code with notes in their respective sections.
(3) Zoning code content not in the Implementation Plan. Zoning Code requirements that are not specifically addressed in the Implementation Plan fully apply in the coastal zone. For example, Zoning Code requirements for the processing of permit applications, which is not addressed in the Implementation Plan, apply to all development projects. While these Zoning Code requirements may apply in the coastal zone, they are not considered a part of the Implementation Plan. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.104.080 NUMBERING AND REFERENCING. ¶
(A) The numbering system used in the Zoning Code reflects the numbering system of other chapters in the Municipal Code.
(B) The numbering system and outline levels used in the Zoning Code is as follows:
Chapter 155 - Zoning Code
Subchapter - Subchapter Title
Section 155.104 - Section Title
Section 155.104.010 - Section Title
(A) Division 155.104.010(A) - Division Title
(1) Paragraph
(a) Paragraph
- Paragraph
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.104.090 CONFLICTING PROVISIONS. ¶
(A) Conflict with state or federal regulations. Where conflict occurs with state or federal laws, higher law shall control over lower law unless local variation is permitted.
(B) Conflicts with general plan, specific plans and development agreements. Where the Zoning Code conflicts with the General Plan, a specific plan or a development agreement, the General Plan, specific plan or development agreement will control.
(C) Conflict with other city regulations. Where the Zoning Code conflicts with other ordinances, resolutions or regulations of the City of Eureka, the more restrictive will control.
(D) Conflict with private agreements. It is not the intent of the Zoning Code to interfere with, abrogate or annul any easement, covenant, deed restriction or other agreement between private parties. If the Zoning Code imposes a greater restriction than imposed by a private agreement, the Zoning Code will control. Private agreements may impose greater restrictions than the Zoning Code, but the city is not responsible for monitoring or enforcing private agreements.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.104.100 TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS. ¶
(A) Relation to prior zoning ordinance. This Zoning Code supersedes the prior Zoning Code codified as Ch. 155 of the Eureka Municipal Code.
(B) Violations continue. A violation of the prior Zoning Code continues to be a violation under this Zoning Code unless the violation is brought into compliance with this Zoning Code.
(C) Pending applications.
(1) If the city deems an application complete, but does not take final action on the application before the effective date of this Zoning Code, the application remains subject to the Zoning Code in effect when the application was deemed complete.
(2) If the city deems an application withdrawn under § 155.408.070 (Applications Deemed Withdrawn), any re-application is subject to the requirements of this Zoning Code.
(D) Approved projects.
(1) Permits and other approvals valid on the effective date of this Zoning Code remain valid until their expiration date.
(2) Projects with valid permits or approvals shall be completed in compliance with the standards in effect at the time of approval. If the permit or approval expires, future development must comply with the requirements of this Zoning Code.
(E) Non-conformities. A parcel, land use or structure legally established prior to June 20, 2019, that does not comply with this Zoning Code is considered non-conforming and subject to the requirements in § 155.424 (Non-Conformities).
(F) Transition to new zoning districts.
(1) Upon the effective date of this Zoning Code, land with zoning from the previous Zoning Code shall be rezoned to one of the zoning districts as established in § 155.116 (Zoning Districts and Map) and shown on the Zoning Map.
(2) A property must comply with the regulations of its zoning district classification as established in § 155.116 (Zoning Districts and Map) and shown on the Zoning Map.
(G) Planned development zoning districts. Requirements and allowances that applied within a planned development zoning district existing before the effective date of the Zoning Code remain in full force and effect.
(H) Qualifying overlay zoning districts. Limitations and restrictions that applied within a qualifying overlay zone existing before the effective date of the Zoning Code remain in full force and effect.
- (I) References to prior zoning districts.
(1) In cases where city ordinances, policies, conditions of approval and other requirements reference a zoning district classification from the previous Zoning Code, such references will mean the equivalent zoning district in this Zoning Code.
(2) For requirements based on previous zoning districts with no equivalent zoning district in this Zoning Code, such references will be interpreted to best achieve the requirement’s original intent as determined by the Director.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.104.110 SEVERABILITY. ¶
If any portion of the Zoning Code is found invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, such decision will not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Zoning Code.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.108 INTERPRETATION. ¶
§ 155.108.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.108 establishes rules and procedures for interpreting the Zoning Code to ensure that it is applied and enforced in a consistent manner.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.108.020 AUTHORITY. ¶
(A) Director. The Director has the authority to:
(1) Interpret the meaning and applicability of the Zoning Code; and
(2) Issue official interpretations of the Zoning Code as provided in § 155.108.030 (Official Interpretations).
(B) Department staff. Department staff may apply the rules for interpreting the Zoning Code established in this § 155.108 when performing duties described in § 155.404.030 (Development Services Department).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.108.030 OFFICIAL INTERPRETATIONS. ¶
(A) Director interpretations. When the Director determines that a provision in the Zoning Code requires clarification, the Director may issue an official interpretation. Official interpretations will be in writing and maintained by the Department for public review.
(B) Referrals to Planning Commission. The Director may refer any issue of interpretation to the Planning Commission for review and final determination.
(C) Appeals. Official interpretations of the Zoning Code may be appealed in accordance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.108.040 RULES OF INTERPRETATION. ¶
(A) Meaning and intent. All language shall be construed according to the purpose and intent set out in § 155.104.040 (Purpose of the Zoning Code).
(B) Minimum requirements. The Zoning Code establishes minimum requirements to protect the public health, safety and welfare. Where the Zoning Code allows for city discretion, the city may impose more stringent requirements to achieve the purpose and intent of the Zoning Code set out in § 155.104.040 (Purpose of the Zoning Code).
(C) Harmonious construction. The city intends that all provisions of the Zoning Code be construed harmoniously. When two or more provisions of the Zoning Code appear to conflict, the city may construe such provisions to give effect to both, if possible, by harmonizing them with each other. In cases of unresolvable conflict, the more restrictive will govern.
(D) Headings, tables and figures. In cases where text conflicts with any heading, table or figure, the text controls.
(E) Lists and examples. Lists of items or examples that use terms such as “including,” “such as” or similar language are intended to provide examples, not to be exhaustive lists of all possibilities. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, the word “including” always means “including, but not limited to.”
(F) Computation of time. References to “days” are calendar days unless otherwise stated. When “business days” are referenced, they include only days when Eureka City Hall is open. The end of a time period is computed by excluding the first day and including the last day.
(G) Rounding of fractional numbers. Unless otherwise stated, a fraction of one-half or more will be rounded to the next highest whole number and a fraction of less than one-half will be rounded to the next lowest whole number.
(H) References to other regulations, publications and documents. Whenever reference is made to a law or regulation, it will be construed as a reference to the most recent edition of such law or regulation, unless specifically stated.
(I) Technical and non-technical terms. Words and phrases will be construed according to the common and approved usage of the language. Technical words and phrases with a particular and appropriate meaning in law will be construed and understood according to such meaning.
(J) Public officials and agencies. All public officials, bodies and agencies to which references are made are those of the City of Eureka, unless otherwise indicated.
(K) Mandatory and discretionary terms. The words “will,” “must,” “shall” and “is” are always mandatory. The words “should” is encouraged but not required and “may” is permissive.
(L) Conjunctions. Unless the context clearly suggests the contrary, conjunctions will be interpreted as follows.
(1) “And” means that all connected items apply.
(2) “And/or” means that the connected items may apply singularly or in any combination.
(3) “Or” means that one or more of the connected items may apply.
(4) “Either...or” means that the connected words or provisions shall apply singularly, but not in combination.
(M) Tenses and plurals. Words used in one tense (past, present or future) include all other tenses, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular includes the plural, and the plural includes the singular.
(N) Terms not defined. The Director has the authority to provide a definition for an undefined term based upon intended meaning of the term. Director determinations will be in writing and maintained by the Department for public review. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.108.050 LAND USE REGULATIONS. ¶
(A) Land use regulation tables. Land use regulation tables in the Zoning District Standards identify permitted land uses within each zoning district. Notations within these tables have the following meanings:
(1) Permitted uses. A "P" means a use is permitted by right in the zoning district after obtaining a zoning clearance in accordance with § 155.412.150 (Zoning Clearances).
(2) Conditionally permitted uses. A "C" means a use requires approval of a conditional use permit in accordance with § 155.412.120 (Use Permits).
(3) Minor permitted uses. An "M" means a use requires approval of a minor use permit in accordance with § 155.412.120 (Use Permits).
(4) Uses not allowed. A "-" (dash) means a use is not allowed in the zoning district.
(B) Unlisted land uses.
(1) A land use not listed in a land use regulation table is not permitted if the use is listed as an allowed use in one or more other zoning districts. In such a case, the absence of the use in the land use regulation table means that the use is prohibited in the zoning district.
(2) For a proposed use not listed in any land use regulation table, the Director may determine that the proposed use is equivalent to a permitted or conditionally permitted use if all of the following findings can be made:
(a) The use is consistent with the goals and policies of the General Plan;
(b) The use will not be detrimental to the public health, safety or welfare;
(c) The use will meet the purpose of the zoning district;
(d) The use is similar to other uses allowed in the zoning district;
(e) The density or intensity of the use is similar to other uses in the zoning district; and
(f) The use is compatible with permitted and/or conditionally permitted uses in the zoning district.
(3) When the Director determines that a proposed use is equivalent to a listed use, the proposed use will be treated in the same manner as the listed use with respect to development standards, permits required and all applicable requirements of the Zoning Code.
(4) Director determinations will be in writing and maintained by the Department for public review.
(5) The Director may refer any equivalent use determination to the Planning Commission for review and final decision.
(6) Equivalent use determinations may be appealed in accordance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews).
(C) Types of uses.
(1) Primary land uses.
(a) A primary land use is the main purpose for which a site is developed and occupied, including the activities that are conducted on the site a majority of the hours during which activities occur.
(b) Multiple primary land uses may occupy a single site or building. A land use on a site with multiple uses is considered a separate primary use if it operates independently from the other uses (e.g., different owner, business name, services provided) and could continue operations if the other uses were no longer present on the site.
(c) Each primary land use on a site is subject only to its own permit requirements identified in the land use regulation tables in the Zoning District Standards subchapter regardless of the permit requirements that apply to other uses on the site. For example, if one primary land use that requires a conditional use permit (CUP) occupies the same space in a building as another primary land use allowed by-right, the land use allowed by-right is not required to obtain a CUP.
(d) Each primary land use on a site is subject only to the standards and limitations that apply to the individual use. For example, if one primary use is subject to conditions of approval limiting its hours of operations, other primary uses on the site would not be subject to those same limitations unless specifically required as through their conditions of approval for their individual permits.
(2) Secondary uses.
(a) A secondary use is a land use specifically identified in § 155.504 (Land Use Classifications) as allowed only when combined with a permitted primary use. For example, a drive-through facility is a secondary use allowed only when combined with a permitted primary use (e.g., restaurants, cafés and beverage sales). A secondary use by its nature cannot exist without an associated primary use.
(b) A secondary use may require different permits from its associated primary use as identified in the land use regulation tables in the Zoning District Standards subchapter. For example, a restaurant may be permitted by-right, but a drive-through facility associated with the restaurant would require a conditional use permit. A secondary use may be subject to standards and limitations separate from the requirements that apply to its associated primary use.
(3) Accessory uses.
(a) An accessory use is a use that is subordinate to and dependent on a primary use on the same lot.
(b) Accessory uses are subject to the requirements in § 155.304.020 (Accessory Uses).
(c) An accessory use that complies with § 155.304.020 (Accessory Uses) is considered a component of its primary use and may operate by-right without the requirement to obtain additional permits unless specifically required by the Zoning Code. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.108.060 ZONING MAP. ¶
(A) Uncertain zoning district boundaries. Where zoning district boundaries on the Zoning Map are uncertain, the following rules apply.
(1) Boundaries shown as approximately following the centerlines of streets, highways or alleys are construed to follow the centerline.
(2) Boundaries shown as approximately following the coastal zone boundary are construed to follow the coastal zone boundary.
(3) Boundaries shown as approximately following platted lot lines are construed as following the lot lines. If lot lines shift as
a result of updated survey data or lot line adjustment, zoning district boundaries are construed to follow these shifted lot lines.
(4) Boundaries shown as approximately following city limits are construed as following city limits.
(5) Boundaries shown following railroad lines are construed to be midway between and parallel to the main tracks.
(6) If a boundary does not follow a lot line and divides a parcel, the location of the boundary is determined using the scale on the Zoning Map.
(7) Where further uncertainty exists, the Planning Commission shall determine the exact boundary location considering the
general purpose of the Zoning Code, the purpose of the applicable zoning districts, site conditions of the subject property and all other relevant information.
(B) Split zoning. For parcels containing two or more zoning districts (“split zoning”), the regulations for each zoning district will apply within the zoning district boundaries as identified on the Zoning Map.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.112 RULES OF MEASUREMENT. ¶
§ 155.112.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.112 establishes rules for measurement in the Zoning Code.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.112.020 LOT AREA. ¶
(A) Measurement. Lot area is measured as the total area of a lot, expressed in square feet or acres.
(B) Included in calculation. Lot area includes areas subject to easements and/or private streets. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.112.030 DENSITY. ¶
Density is measured as the number of dwelling units divided by the lot area. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.112.040 SETBACKS. ¶
(A) Setback measurement. Setbacks are measured as the distance between a lot line and the nearest point of where a structure intersects the ground along a line at a right angle to the lot line. See Figure 112-1.
Figure 112-1: Setback Measurement
(B) Lot line designation. The Director has the authority to designate the location of front, side and rear lot lines based on the physical conditions and function of the lot.
- (C) Flag lots. For flag lots, lot lines are designated as shown in Figure 112-2 unless otherwise designated by the Director based on the existing and/or proposed layout and function of the lot.
Figure 112-2: Flag Lot Setback Measurement
(D) Lots fronting on two parallel streets.
(1) For lots fronting on two parallel streets (“through lots”), the Director will either:
(a) Determine that the lot has two fronts; or
(b) Determine which street frontage constitutes the rear of the lot based on the placement and orientation of existing buildings on the lot and on neighboring properties.
(2) An alley is not considered a street when determining whether a lot qualifies as a through lot. See Figure 112-3. Figure 112-3: Through Lot
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.112.050 FLOOR AREA AND FLOOR AREA RATIO. ¶
(A) Floor area.
(1) Floor area is measured as the total area (as defined below) of all floors of a building measured from the exterior face of the outside walls.
(2) The floor area calculation includes the following:
(a) Covered areas used for vehicle parking, including garages, carports and parking structures, but excluding tuck-under parking (ground-floor parking areas that are beneath a building and have three or fewer enclosed walls);
(b) Elevator shafts and stairwells;
(c) Porches and balconies enclosed on all sides;
(d) Mechanical shafts;
(e) Mezzanines;
(f) Service and mechanical equipment rooms;
(g) Projecting windows, floors, and other architectural features supported from the ground; and
(h) Cantilevered upper floors.
(3) The floor area calculation does not include the following:
(a) Non-habitable attic spaces;
(b) Basements;
(c) Non-habitable accessory structures, such as storage or garden sheds;
(d) Accessory dwelling units;
(e) Exterior steps, patios, decks, terraces, porches, balconies and porticoes open on one or more sides;
(f) Projecting windows and other exterior architectural projections not supported from the ground; and
(g) For non-residential uses, arcades, porticoes and similar open areas that are located at or near street level and are accessible to the general public, but are not designed or used as sales, display, storage, service or production areas.
(B) Floor area calculation for junior accessory dwelling unit.
(1) Floor area for a junior accessory dwelling unit (JADU) created within the footprint of an existing residential structure is measured as the total area of all floors of the JADU measured from the interior face of the outside walls and the common wall or walls between the JADU and the existing residential structure.
(2) Floor area for new residential construction that includes a junior accessory dwelling unit is measured as the total area (as defined in § 155.112.050(A)(2) of all floors of the building measured from the exterior face of the outside walls, and the interior face of a common wall or walls between the JADU and the proposed residence.
(C) Floor area ratio. Floor area ratio (FAR) is calculated by dividing the total floor area on a lot by the lot area. For example, a 10,000 square-foot lot containing a 5,000 square-foot building would have a FAR of 0.5 (5,000 divided by 10,000). See Figure 112-4.
Figure 112-4: Floor Area Ratio
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21)
§ 155.112.060 SITE COVERAGE. ¶
(A) Measurement. Site coverage is measured as the total horizontal area covered by all buildings and structures on a lot, divided by the lot area. Total horizontal building area is measured from the exterior surface of the exterior walls of all principal and accessory buildings on the lot. See Figure 112-5.
(B) Included in calculation. The site coverage calculation includes the following:
(1) All primary structures;
(2) All accessory structures (e.g., carports, garages, patio covers, storage sheds, trash dumpster enclosures and the like); and
(3) Bay windows, cantilevered upper floors and other exterior architectural projections that are supported from the ground. Figure 112-5 Site Coverage
(C) Excluded from calculation. The site coverage calculation does not include the following:
(1) Unenclosed and unroofed decks, uncovered patio slabs, landings, driveways, sidewalks, flatwork, balconies, stairways and other similar unenclosed/unroofed structures less than 18 inches in height and six feet or less for railings;
(2) Projecting windows and cantilevered upper floors, and other architectural projections that are not supported from the ground;
- (3) Eaves and roof overhangs projecting less than three feet from a wall;
(4) Areas covered by a trellis or similar structure where at least 50% of the area is open to the sky with uniformly distributed openings;
- (5) Swimming pools and hot tubs that are not enclosed in a roofed structure; and
(6) Unenclosed building service equipment and mechanical appurtenances, such as exterior water heaters, air conditioning units and chimneys.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.112.070 HEIGHT. ¶
(A) Building height.
(1) As shown in Figure 112-6, building height is measured vertically from the average elevation of the finished grade of the ground covered by the structure to the:
(a) Average height between the bottom of the eave and the ridge of a pitched roof;
(b) The coping of a flat roof; and
(c) The deck line of a mansard roof.
(2) Roofs covering decorative elements, elevator shafts, stair towers, parapets and other similar non-habitable building features are not included in the calculation of building height. See § 155.308.020 (Height Exceptions).
- (B) Fence and wall height. See § 155.320.030 (Measurement of Fence and Wall Height).
(C) Freestanding structure height. For freestanding structures such as poles and towers, height is measured as the vertical distance from the finished grade at the base of the structure to the highest point of the structure.
Figure 112-6: Building Height
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.112.080 DISTANCES. ¶
(A) Measurements are shortest distance. When measuring a required distance, such as the minimum distance between a structure and a lot line, the measurement is made at the closest or shortest distance between the two objects.
(B) Distances are measured horizontally. When measuring distances for setbacks and structure dimensions, all distances are measured along a horizontal plane from the appropriate line, edge of building, structure, storage area, parking area or other object. Distances are not measured following the topography or slope of the land.
(C) Measurements involving a structure. Measurements involving a structure are made to the closest support element of the structure. Structures or portions of structures that are entirely underground are not included in measuring required distances.
(D) Measurements involving a lot. When measuring a required distance from a lot, the measurement is made from the portion of the lot that is the closest distance from the point of measurement.
(E) Measuring radius. When a specified land use must be located a minimum distance from another land use, the minimum distance is measured in a straight line from all points along the lot line of the subject project, in all directions.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.112.090 SLOPE. ¶
(A) Formula. Average ground slope is calculated using the formula:
S = l x L (100)
A
where:
S = Average slope (in percent)
l = Contour interval (in feet)
L = Total length of all contour lines on the parcel (in feet)
A = Lot area (in square feet)
Figure 112-7: Average Slope Calculation
(B) Contour intervals. Measurements along contours shall be made at contour intervals not to exceed ten feet, and a horizontal map scale of one-inch equals 200 feet or larger.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.116 ZONING DISTRICTS AND MAPS. ¶
§ 155.116.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.116 establishes the zoning districts that apply within the city limits and adopts the Inland Zoning Map. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.116.020 ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
The City of Eureka is divided into zoning districts and overlay zones to achieve the purpose of the Zoning Code and to implement the General Plan.
(A) Inland zoning districts. Table 116-1 lists the zoning districts that apply to inland areas outside of the coastal zone.
| The City of Eureka is divided into zoning districts and overlay zones to achieve the purpose of the Zoning Code and to implement the General Plan. (A)_Inland zoning districts._Table 116-1 lists the zoning districts that apply to inland areas outside of the coastal zone. |
The City of Eureka is divided into zoning districts and overlay zones to achieve the purpose of the Zoning Code and to implement the General Plan. (A)_Inland zoning districts._Table 116-1 lists the zoning districts that apply to inland areas outside of the coastal zone. |
The City of Eureka is divided into zoning districts and overlay zones to achieve the purpose of the Zoning Code and to implement the General Plan. (A)_Inland zoning districts._Table 116-1 lists the zoning districts that apply to inland areas outside of the coastal zone. |
|---|---|---|
| Table 116-1: Inland Zoning Districts | ||
| Symbol | Zoning District Name | General Plan Designation |
| Table 116-1: Inland Zoning Districts | ||
| Symbol | Zoning District Name | General Plan Designation |
| Residential | ||
| RE | Residential Estate | Estate Residential (ER) |
| R1 | Residential Low | Low Density Residential (LDR) |
| R2 | Residential Medium | Medium Density Residential (MDR) |
| R3 | Residential High | High Density Residential (HDR) |
| Mixed-Use | ||
| DT | Downtown | Downtown (DT) |
| DW | Downtown West | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| NC | Neighborhood Commercial | Neighborhood Commercial (NC) |
| HC | Henderson Center | |
| WA | Wabash Avenue | |
| OR | Office Residential | Professional Office (PO) |
| HM | Hospital Medical | |
| SC | Service Commercial | General Commercial (GC) |
| Industrial | ||
| HN | Hinge Industrial | Light Industrial (LI) |
| LI | Light Industrial | |
| HI | Heavy Industrial | General Industrial (GI) |
| Public | ||
| PF | Public Facilities | Public/Quasi-Public (PQP) |
| PR | Parks and Recreation | |
| Resource-Related | ||
| A | Agricultural | Agriculture (A) |
| NR | Natural Resources | Natural Resource (NR) |
(B) Coastal zoning districts. Table 116-2 lists the zoning districts within Eureka’s coastal zone. Regulations for these coastal zoning districts are found in Ch. 156 of this Municipal Code.
| (B)_Coastal zoning districts._Table 116-2 lists the zoning districts within Eureka’s coastal zone. Regulations for these coastal zoning districts are found in Ch. 156 of this Municipal Code. |
(B)_Coastal zoning districts._Table 116-2 lists the zoning districts within Eureka’s coastal zone. Regulations for these coastal zoning districts are found in Ch. 156 of this Municipal Code. |
(B)_Coastal zoning districts._Table 116-2 lists the zoning districts within Eureka’s coastal zone. Regulations for these coastal zoning districts are found in Ch. 156 of this Municipal Code. |
|---|---|---|
| Table 116-2: Coastal Zoning Districts | ||
| Symbol | Zoning District Name | General Plan Designation |
| Table 116-2: Coastal Zoning Districts | ||
| Symbol | Zoning District Name | General Plan Designation |
| Residential | ||
| RE-CZ | Residential Estate - Coastal | Estate Residential (ER) |
| R1-CZ | Residential Low - Coastal | Low Density Residential (LDR) |
| R2-CZ | Residential Medium - Coastal | Medium Density Residential (MDR) |
| R3-CZ | Residential High - Coastal | High Density Residential (HDR) |
| Mixed-Use | ||
| OT-CZ | Old Town - Coastal | Old Town Commercial (OC) |
| BC-CZ | Bayfront Commercial - Coastal | Bayfront Commercial (BC) |
| LD-CZ | Library District - Coastal | Professional Office (PO) |
| MD-CZ | Marina District - Coastal | General Commercial (GC) |
| SC-CZ | Service Commercial - Coastal | |
| GN-CZ | Gateway North - Coastal | |
| BD-CZ | Bridge District - Coastal | |
| Industrial | ||
| LI-CZ | Light Industrial - Coastal | Light Industrial (LI) |
| HN-CZ | Hinge Industrial - Coastal | |
| HI-CZ | Heavy Industrial - Coastal | General Industrial (GI) |
| CDI-CZ | Coastal Dependent Industrial | Coastal Dependent Industrial (CDI) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Public | ||
| PF-CZ | Public Facilities - Coastal | Public/Quasi-Public (PQP) |
| PR-CZ | Parks and Recreation -Coastal | |
| WI-CZ | Woodley Island - Coastal | Woodley Island (WI) |
| Resource | ||
| A-CZ | Agricultural - Coastal | Agricultural (A) |
| NR-CZ | Natural Resources - Coastal | Natural Resources (NR) |
| WD-CZ | Water Development - Coastal | Water Development (WD) |
| WC-CZ | Water Conservation - Coastal | Water Conservation (WC) |
(C) Overlay zones. Table 116-3 lists the overlay zones which impose additional regulations on properties beyond what is required by the underlying zoning district.
| (C)_Overlay zones._Table 116-3 lists the overlay zones which impose additional regulations on properties beyond what is required by the underlying zoning district. |
(C)_Overlay zones._Table 116-3 lists the overlay zones which impose additional regulations on properties beyond what is required by the underlying zoning district. |
|---|---|
| Table 116-3: Overlay Zones | |
| Symbol | Overlay Zone Name |
| QO | Qualified |
| NMO | Neighborhood Market |
| SCO | Special Considerations |
| GG | Gulch Greenway |
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.116.030 ZONING MAPS. ¶
(A) Inland Zoning Maps. The City Council hereby adopts the Inland Zoning Map, which establishes the boundaries of zoning districts and overlay zones for areas in Eureka located outside of the coastal zone.
(B) Coastal Zoning Map. The Coastal Zoning Map, which establishes zoning district boundaries in the coastal zone, is adopted as part of Municipal Code Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning).
(C) Incorporation by reference. The Inland Zoning Map, including all legends, symbols, notations, references and other information shown on the maps, are incorporated by reference and made a part of the Zoning Code.
- (D) Public streets.
(1) The Inland Zoning Map assigns a zoning district to all dedicated public streets within the city limits.
(2) A public street or alley that is officially vacated or abandoned will be assigned the zoning of the adjoining property to which it is merged.
(E) Location. The Inland Zoning Map are kept, maintained and updated electronically by the Department and are available for viewing by the public at Department offices and on the official City of Eureka website.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.116.040 ZONING MAP AMENDMENTS. ¶
The Inland Zoning Map may be amended in accordance with § 155.432 (Zoning Code and General Plan Amendments). The Coastal Zoning Map may be amended in accordance with procedures established in Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning). (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
ZONING DISTRICT STANDARDS
§ 155.204 RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
§ 155.204.010 PURPOSE OF RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
- (A) General. The purposes of the residential zoning districts are to:
(1) Maintain stable neighborhoods offering a range of housing choices for residents with varied incomes and lifestyle needs; (2) Provide sufficient land in a range of residential densities to enable citizens from a wide array of economic levels and stages of life to live in Eureka, and to accommodate the existing and future workforce;
(3) Accommodate increased development of high-density housing to balance Eureka's housing inventory and enhance affordability;
(4) Encourage the construction of new high-density multi-family housing in zoning districts where multi-family housing is allowed;
(5) Promote housing in close proximity to parks, schools, and public services;
(6) Promote new development that supports a pedestrian-friendly environment and allows residents to easily walk, bike, and take transit to destinations;
(7) Ensure that development protects and enhances the positive qualities of existing neighborhoods and strengthens Eureka's unique sense of place;
(8) Encourage the development of vacant lots and the redevelopment of underutilized properties;
(9) Allow improvements to existing homes consistent with the historic neighborhood character and the need to produce more housing units;
(10) Allow for public and quasi-public uses compatible with a residential setting; and
(11) Allow limited neighborhood-serving commercial uses to enhance residents' quality-of-life where allowed by the Neighborhood Market (NMO) Overlay Zone.
- (B) Specific.
(1) Residential Estate (RE). The RE Zoning District provides areas for low-density single-family detached homes, accessory dwelling units, and limited agricultural uses with a rural character compatible with adjacent agriculture, timberland, and open space uses. Two attached or detached single-family homes may be allowed on one lot pursuant to Cal. Government Code § 65852.21.
(2) Residential Low (R1). The R1 Zoning District contains neighborhoods of single-family homes and accessory dwelling units in a moderately low-density setting, located in proximity to parks, schools, and public services. Two attached or detached single-family homes may be allowed on one lot pursuant to Cal. Government Code § 65852.21.
(3) Residential Medium (R2). The R2 Zoning District accommodates a variety of medium-density housing types close to commercial (mixed-use) areas.
(4) Residential High (R3). The R3 Zoning District accommodates high-density multi-family housing in an urban setting close to employment centers, mixed-use zoning districts, and/or public transportation.
(C) Coastal zoning districts.
(1) The following residential zoning districts are located exclusively in Eureka's Coastal Zone:
(a) Residential Estate - Coastal (RE-CZ).
(b) Residential Low - Coastal (R1-CZ).
(c) Residential Medium - Coastal (R2-CZ).
(d) Residential High - Coastal (R3-CZ).
(2) Purpose statements, allowed land uses, and development standards for coastal zoning districts are found in Municipal Code Chapter 156 (Coastal Zoning).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.204.020 ALLOWED LAND USES. ¶
(A) General. Table 204-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the residential zoning districts.
(B) Additional permits. In addition to permits identified in Table 204-1, proposed projects in the residential zoning districts may require additional permits and approvals as described in § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals).
| Table 204-1: Allowed Land Uses in Residential Zoning Districts | |||||
| P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Conditional Use Permit Required - = Prohibited |
|||||
| Land Use | Zoning District | Additional Standards |
|||
| Residential Estate RE |
Residential Low R1 |
Residential Medium R2 |
Residential High R3 |
||
| Table 204-1: Allowed Land Uses in Residential Zoning Districts | |||||
| P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Conditional Use Permit Required - = Prohibited |
|||||
| Land Use | Zoning District | Additional Standards |
|||
| Residential Estate RE |
Residential Low R1 |
Residential Medium R2 |
Residential High R3 |
||
| Residential | |||||
| Accessory dwelling unit (ADU) | P [1] | P [1] | P | P | 155.316 |
| Medical care housing | C | C | M | M | |
| Micro/shared housing | - | - | C | C | |
| Multi-family dwellings | - | - | P | P | 155.304.100 |
| Non-medical care housing, large | - | - | P | P | |
| Non-medical care housing, small | P | P | P | P | |
| Single-family home, attached (townhomes) | P [1] | P [1] | P | P | 155.204.040 |
| Single-family home, detached (existing) | P [1] | P [1] | P | P | 155.204.040 |
| Single-family home, detached (new) | P [1] | P [1] | P [2] | P [2] | 155.204.040 |
| Tiny house on wheels | P | P | P | P | 155.304.130, 155.316 |
| Commercial | |||||
| Car share facility | - | - | P | P | 155.304.040 |
| Day care facility | C [3] | C [3] | M [3] | M [3] | |
| Family day care home, small or large [4] | P | P | P | P | 155.304.060 |
| Vacation rental | 155.304.150 | ||||
| Proprietor on-site | P | P | P | P | |
| No proprietor on-site | M | M | M | M | |
| Agricultural and Natural Resources | |||||
| Timber production and harvesting | C | C | - | - | |
| Resource protection and restoration | P | P | P | P | |
| Civic and Recreation | |||||
| Civic institutions | C | C | C | C | |
| Government facilities | C | C | C | C | |
| Non-commercial places of assembly | C | C | C | C | |
| Parks and playgrounds | P | P | P | P | |
| Schools, public and private | C | C | C | C | |
| Instructional services | - | - | C [5] | C [5] | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Infrastructure and Utilities | |||||
| Public utility | C | C | C | C | |
| Other Uses and Activities | |||||
| Accessory uses | See 155.304.020 | ||||
| Animal keeping | See Municipal Code Chapter 91 | ||||
| Home occupations | See 155.304.070 | ||||
| Neighborhood-serving commercial | See 155.224.030 | ||||
| Temporary uses | See 155.336 | ||||
| Tree removal | See 155.304.140 | ||||
| Wireless telecommunication facilities | C | C | C | C | |
| NOTES: [1] Up to four dwelling units are allowed on one lot in the RE and R1 zoning districts: one single-family home and up to three of the following: a second single-family home (attached or detached); two accessory dwelling units (attached or detached); and/or one junior accessory dwelling unit. Lots resulting from an urban lot split subdivision (§ 155.332.030) are only allowed three dwelling units: one single-family residence, one junior accessory dwelling unit and either one additional single-family residence or one accessory dwelling unit. [2] Allowed only on lots 3,000 square feet or less; or if an existing dwelling unit that is part of a multi-family dwelling becomes a single-family residence as a result of a subdivision; or on a lot with a non-residential primary use (i.e., in combination with another primary use on the same lot). [3] Allowed by-right when located in an existing non-residential facility such as a church or community center. Use permit required for all other day care facilities. [4] Allowed only as a secondary use when combined with an allowed primary use. See § 155.108.050(C) (Types of Uses). [5] Allowed only on collector and arterial streets as shown in General Plan Figure M-1. Not allowed on local streets. |
|||||
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.204.030 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. ¶
(A) RE and R1 Zoning Districts.
(1) General development standards. Table 204-2 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts when the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) is not exercised. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted.
(2) Urban lot splits. Table 204-2.1 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts for lots that are subdivided pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions).
| (1)_General development standards._Table 204-2 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts when the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) is not exercised. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. (2)_Urban lot splits._Table 204-2.1 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts for lots that are subdivided pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions). |
(1)_General development standards._Table 204-2 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts when the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) is not exercised. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. (2)_Urban lot splits._Table 204-2.1 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts for lots that are subdivided pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions). |
(1)_General development standards._Table 204-2 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts when the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) is not exercised. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. (2)_Urban lot splits._Table 204-2.1 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts for lots that are subdivided pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions). |
(1)_General development standards._Table 204-2 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts when the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) is not exercised. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. (2)_Urban lot splits._Table 204-2.1 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts for lots that are subdivided pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions). |
|---|---|---|---|
| Table 204-2: RE and R1 Development Standards | |||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | |
| Residential Estate RE |
Residential Low R1 | ||
| Table 204-2: RE and R1 Development Standards | |||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | |
| Residential Estate RE |
Residential Low R1 | ||
| Minimum lot area [1] | 10,000 sq. ft. | 5,000 sq. ft. | 155.308.010 |
| Maximum floor area ratio (FAR) [2] | 0.75 | 1.0 | |
| Maximum units per lot [3][4] | 4 du/lot | 4 du/lot | |
| Maximum site coverage [2] | 35% | 60% | |
| Maximum building height | 35 ft. | 35 ft. | 155.308.020 |
| Minimum property line setbacks [5][6] | |||
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Front | |||
| Building walls | 15 ft. [7] | 10 ft. [7] | |
| Porches and stoops | 15 ft. [7] | 5 ft. [7] | |
| Garage doors and carport entrances | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | |
| Exterior side | |||
| Building walls; porches and stoops | 15 ft. [7][8] | 5 ft. [7][8] | |
| Garages on a corner lot facing a side street and entirely located within 30 ft. of the rear lot line |
0 ft. or 20 ft. [9] | 0 ft. or 20 ft. [9] | |
| All other garages | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | |
| Interior side no alley | |||
| All structures | 15 ft. [8] | 5 ft. [8] | |
| Interior side alley adjacent [10] | |||
| First story | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | |
| Second story and above | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Rear alley adjacent [10][11] | |||
| First story | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | |
| Second story and above | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Rear no alley [11] | |||
| First story | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | |
| Second story and above | 10 ft. | 10 ft | |
| NOTES: [1] Minimum lot area standard applies only to new lots created through the subdivision or lot line adjustment process after June 20, 2019. Lots existing as of June 20, 2019 are not subject to a minimum lot size standard. See § 155.332.040 (Conservation Subdivisions) and § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) for exceptions to these minimum lot area standards. [2] Excludes accessory dwelling units in conformance with § 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Units). [3] Up to four units are allowed on a single lot (except for lots resulting for urban lot split subdivisions described in Table 204-2.1 below). The four units must include one single-family home and up to three of the following: a second single-family home (attached or detached); two accessory dwelling units (attached or detached); and/or one junior accessory dwelling unit. [4] For the purpose of calculating the maximum number of lots created through conservation subdivisions, the maximum density in RE is 4 du/acre and maximum in R1 is 8.5 du/acre. [5] The setbacks for accessory dwelling units and SB 9 residential developments shall be the same as those required for primary structures in the applicable zoning district, except as provided by § 155.316.060 (for accessory dwelling units) and § 155.204.040 (for SB 9 residential developments). [6] Provided the setbacks as proposed are sufficient for fire and safety as determined by the Building Official. [7] Or average of adjacent lots, whichever is less. See § 155.204.030(D) (Average Setback Alternative). [8] A residential addition of habitable floor area may encroach into the setback if extending a nonconforming building wall. See § 155.204.030(E) (Established Side Setbacks for Building Additions). [9] Garages must be set back either zero feet or 20 feet or more from the lot line. Garages may not be setback any distance between 0 ft. and 20 feet from the lot line. See Figure 204-4. This applies only to garages, not to carports. [10] Eaves, gutters, and other building features may project across a lot line into an alley only when allowed by the Building Code and with an easement and/or encroachment permit. [11] See Figure 204-5 in § 155.204.030(G) (Rear Setbacks). |
|||
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Table 204-2.1: Urban Lot Split Development Standards |
| (1)_General development standards._Table 204-2 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts when the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) is not exercised. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. (2)_Urban lot splits._Table 204-2.1 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts for lots that are subdivided pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions). |
(1)_General development standards._Table 204-2 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts when the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) is not exercised. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. (2)_Urban lot splits._Table 204-2.1 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts for lots that are subdivided pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions). |
(1)_General development standards._Table 204-2 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts when the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) is not exercised. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. (2)_Urban lot splits._Table 204-2.1 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts for lots that are subdivided pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions). |
(1)_General development standards._Table 204-2 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts when the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) is not exercised. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. (2)_Urban lot splits._Table 204-2.1 shows development standards in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts for lots that are subdivided pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions). |
|---|---|---|---|
| Standard | Zoning District | ||
| Estate Residential RE | Residential Low R1 | ||
| Table 204-2.1: Urban Lot Split Development Standards | |||
| Standard | Zoning District | ||
| Estate Residential RE | Residential Low R1 | ||
| Minimum lot area [1] | |||
| Minimum square footage | 1,200 sq. ft. | 1,200 sq. ft. | |
| Minimum lot area as a percentage of original lot area | 40% | 40% | |
| Maximum floor area ratio [1] (FAR) | |||
| Residential structures only | 1.3 | 1.3 | |
| Residential structures and covered parking (garage and/or carport) | 1.67 | 1.67 | |
| Maximum units per lot [2] | 3 du/lot | 3 du/lot | |
| Maximum site coverage | 100% | 100% | |
| Maximum building height | 35 ft. | 35 ft. | |
| Minimum property line setbacks [3][4] | |||
| New interior property line [5] | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Front | |||
| Building walls | 10 ft. [6] | 10 ft. [6] | |
| Porches and stoops | 5 ft. [6] | 5 ft. [6] | |
| Garage doors and carport entrances | 0 ft. or 20 ft. | 0 ft. or 20 ft. | |
| Exterior side | |||
| Building walls; porches and stoops | 4 ft. [6][7] | 4 ft. [6][7] | |
| Garages on a corner lot facing a side street and entirely located within 30 ft. of the rear lot line |
0 ft. or 20 ft. [8] | 0 ft. or 20 ft. [8] | |
| All other garages | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | |
| Interior side no alley | |||
| All structures | 4 ft. [7] | 4 ft. [7] | |
| Interior side alley adjacent [9] | |||
| First story | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | |
| Second story and above | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Rear alley adjacent [9] | |||
| First story | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | |
| Second story and above | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Rear no alley | |||
| All structures | 4 ft. | 4 ft. | |
| NOTES: [1] Excludes accessory dwelling units in conformance with § 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Units). [2] A maximum of one single-family home, one junior accessory dwelling unit and either one additional single-family home or one accessory dwelling unit are allowed on a lot that is subdivided using the authority contained in § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions). [3] Provided the setback is sufficient for fire and safety as determined by the Building Official. [4] The setbacks for accessory dwelling units and SB 9 residential developments shall be the same as those required for primary structures in the applicable zoning district, except as provided by § 155.316.060 (for accessory dwelling units) and § 155.204.040 (for SB 9 residential |
|||
developments).
[5] "New interior property line" means a property line created pursuant to § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) that does not abut an existing parcel outside of the property subject to the urban lot split.
[6] Or average of adjacent lots, whichever is less. See § 155.204.030(D) (Average Setback Alternative).
[7] A residential addition of habitable floor area may encroach into the setback if extending a nonconforming building wall. See § 155.204.030(E) (Established Side Setbacks for Building Additions).
[8] New garages must be set back either zero feet or 20 feet or more from the lot line. New garages may not be setback any distance between 0 ft. and 20 feet from the lot line. See Figure 204-4. This applies only to garages, not to carports.
[9] Eaves, gutters, and other building features may project across a lot line into an alley only when allowed by the Building Code and with an easement and/or encroachment permit.
(B) R2 and R3 Zoning Districts. Table 204-3 shows development standards in the R2 and R3 Zoning Districts. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted.
| (B)_R2 and R3 Zoning Districts._Table 204-3 shows development standards in the R2 and R3 Zoning Districts. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. |
(B)_R2 and R3 Zoning Districts._Table 204-3 shows development standards in the R2 and R3 Zoning Districts. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. |
(B)_R2 and R3 Zoning Districts._Table 204-3 shows development standards in the R2 and R3 Zoning Districts. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. |
(B)_R2 and R3 Zoning Districts._Table 204-3 shows development standards in the R2 and R3 Zoning Districts. Standards apply to both primary and accessory buildings unless otherwise noted. |
|---|---|---|---|
| Table 204-3: R2 and R3 Development Standards | |||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | |
| Residential Medium R2 |
Residential High R3 | ||
| Table 204-3: R2 and R3 Development Standards | |||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | |
| Residential Medium R2 |
Residential High R3 | ||
| Minimum lot area [1] | 2,000 sq. ft. | 2,000 sq. ft. | 155.308.010 |
| Density [2] | |||
| Maximum units per acre | 22 du/acre | 44 du/acre | |
| Minimum lot area per unit | 2,000 sq. ft. | 1,000 sq. ft. | |
| Maximum floor area ratio (FAR) [2] | 1.25 | 1.25 | |
| Maximum site coverage [2] | |||
| Lots less than 4,000 sq. ft. | 50% | 60% | |
| Lots 4,000 - 5,999 sq. ft. | 60% | 70% | |
| Lots 6,000 sq. ft. and above | 70% | 80% | |
| Maximum building height | 155.308.020 | ||
| Primary building | 35 ft. [3] | 35 ft. [3] | |
| Detached accessory building [3] | |||
| Lots less than 4,000 sq. ft. | 24 ft. | 24 ft. | |
| Lots 4,000 - 5,999 sq. ft. | 28 ft. | 28 ft. | |
| Lots 6,000 sq. ft. and above | 35 ft. | 35 ft. | |
| Minimum property line setbacks [4][5][6] | |||
| Front | 155.204.030(D); 155.308.030 |
||
| Building walls | 10 ft. [7] | 10 ft. [7] | |
| Porches and stoops | 5 ft. [7] | 5 ft. [7] | |
| Garage doors and carport entrances | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | |
| Exterior side | 155.204.030(D) and (E); 155.308.030 |
||
| Building walls; porches and stoops | 5 ft. [7][8] | 5 ft. [7][8] | |
| Garages on a corner lot facing a side street and entirely located within 30 ft. of the rear lot line |
0 ft. or 20 ft. [9] | 0 ft. or 20 ft. [9] | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| All other garages | 20 ft. | 20 ft. | |
| Interior side no alley | |||
| All structures | 5 ft. [8] | 5 ft. [8] | |
| Interior side alley adjacent [10] | |||
| First story | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | 0 ft. - 4 ft. or 10 ft. | |
| Second story and above | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Rear alley adjacent [10][11] | |||
| First story | 0 ft. - 2 ft. or 10 ft. | 0 ft. - 2 ft. or 10 ft. | |
| Second story and above | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Rear no alley [11] | |||
| First story | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | |
| Second story and above | 10 ft. | 10 ft | |
| NOTES: [1] Minimum lot area standard applies only to new lots created through the subdivision or lot line adjustment process after June 20, 2019. Lots existing as of June 20, 2019 are not subject to a minimum lot size standard. See § 155.332.040 (Conservation Subdivisions) for an exception to these minimum lot area standards. [2] Excludes accessory dwelling units in conformance with § 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Units). [3] The maximum height for an accessory building attached to a primary building is the same as the maximum height of the primary building. [4] The setbacks for accessory dwelling units shall be the same as those required for primary structures in the applicable zoning district, except as provided by § 155.316.060(F). [5] No minimum setback is required from lot lines within a small lot subdivision that do not abut a lot outside of the small lot subdivision. See § 155.332.020 (Small Lot Subdivisions). [6] Provided the setbacks as proposed are sufficient for fire and safety as determined by the Building Official and pursuant to the California Building or Residential Code. [7] Or average of adjacent lots, whichever is less. See § 155.204.030(D) (Average Setback Alternative). [8] A residential addition of habitable floor area may encroach into the setback if extending a nonconforming building wall. See § 155.204.030(E) (Established Side Setbacks for Building Additions). [9] Garages must be set back either zero feet or 20 feet or more from the lot line. Garages may not be setback any distance between 0 ft. and 20 feet from the lot line. See Figure 204-4. This applies only to garages, not to carports. [10] Eaves, gutters, and other building features may project across a lot line into an alley only when allowed by the Building Code and with an easement and/or encroachment permit. [11] See Figure 204-5 in § 155.204.030(G) (Rear Setbacks). |
|||
- (C) Lot area and dimensions. See § 155.308.010 (Lot Standards).
(D) Average setback alternative. Minimum required front and exterior side setbacks in Tables 204-2, 204.2-1, and 204-3 may be reduced as provided below.
- (1) Interior lots.
(a) For interior lots adjacent to two developed lots, the minimum front setback for building walls, porches, and stoops may be reduced to the average existing front setback of buildings of all developed lots on the same block face. See Figure 204-1.
(b) For lots not on a standard block configuration, the minimum setback may be reduced to the setback equal to the adjacent developed lots. New multi-lot subdivisions must comply with the minimum setbacks in Tables 204-2 and 204-3.
(2) Corner lots. For corner lots, the minimum front and exterior side setbacks may be reduced to the average setback of all developed lots on the same block face, including alley-separated lots. See Figure 204-2.
Figure 204-1: Alternative Front Setback - Interior Lots
Figure 204-2: Alternative Front and Exterior Side Setback - Corner Lots
(E) Established side setbacks for building additions.
(1) A building wall nonconforming to an interior or exterior side setback, if established prior to June 20, 2019, may be extended by-right to accommodate a residential addition of habitable floor area, including accessory dwelling units. See Figure 204-3. This allowance does not apply to garages and other non-habitable buildings or portions of a building.
(2) Eaves and other building projections may not extend across a lot line. The Director may require a boundary survey to verify the lot line location.
Figure 204-3: Established Setbacks for Building Additions
(F) Exterior side setbacks for garages. As stated in Tables 204-2 and 204-3, if a street-facing garage is entirely located within 30 feet of the rear lot line, the garage must be setback either zero feet or 20 feet or more from the exterior lot line. See Figure 204-
- This provision applies only to garages, not to carports.
Figure 204-4: Exterior Street Garage Setbacks
(G) Rear setbacks.
(1) As stated in Tables 204-2 and 204-3, the first story of a building must be setback either zero to four feet or ten feet or more from an alley-adjacent rear lot line. No setback is required for the second story and above. See Figure 204-5.
(2) For rear lot lines that are not adjacent to any alley, a five-foot setback is required for the first story and a ten-foot setback is required for the second story and above. See Figure 204-5.
Figure 204-5: Minimum Rear Setback Elevations
(H) Setback projections. See § 155.308.030(A) (Building Features) for building projections and site improvement allowed within minimum setbacks.
(I) Accessory dwelling units. See § 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Units) for development standards that apply to accessory dwelling units (ADUs).
(J) Accessory structures and site features - setback encroachments. See § 155.308.030(B) (Site Features) for site features and accessory structures allowed in minimum setback areas.
(K) Subdivision alternatives. See § 155.332 (Residential Subdivision Alternatives) for allowed modifications to development standards for small lot subdivisions, conservation subdivisions, and urban lot split subdivisions.
(L) Design standards. See § 155.312 (Design Standards) for building entry, architectural relief, and garage door width standards that apply to new primary buildings except single-family homes.
(M) Parking. See § 155.324 (Parking).
(N) Landscaping. See § 155.328 (Landscaping).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.204.040 SB 9 HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS. ¶
(A) Applicability. This division establishes standards for SB 9 housing developments in conformance with Cal. Government Code § 65852.21. SB 9 housing developments consist of applications for two new single-family homes on one parcel or for a second single-family home on a parcel with an existing single-family home in the RE or R1 Zoning Districts.
(B) Relationship to urban lot split subdivisions. Applicants may use the multiple dwelling unit provisions of this division and the urban lot split provisions of § 156.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions) either independently or in combination, provided all applicable regulations are met.
(C) Eligibility requirements. Up to two primary dwelling units are allowed on one parcel in the RE or R1 Zoning Districts provided the following eligibility requirements are met:
(1) Compliance with Zoning Code. The SB 9 housing development complies with all applicable requirements of this chapter for primary structures, except as modified by the provisions of this subsection. This includes maximum height, FAR, and site coverage standards as outlined in Tables 204-2 and 204-2.1.
(2) Environmental resources and hazards. The parcel satisfies the requirements of Cal. Government Code § 65913.4(a)(6), subparagraphs (B) to (K), which prohibit development on sites subject to specified environmental resources and hazards.
(3) Affordable and rental housing.
(a) The SB 9 housing development will not require demolition or alteration of housing that is subject to a recorded
covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of moderate, low, or very low income;
(b) The SB 9 housing development will not require demolition or alteration of housing that has been occupied by a tenant in the last three years; and
(c) No current or previous parcel owner has exercised the owner's rights under Cal. Government Code §§ 7060 et seq. (the Ellis Act) to withdraw accommodations from rent or lease within 15 years before the date of application for the SB 9 housing development.
(4) Historic resources. The parcel is not listed on the State or Local Register of Historic Places or located within a designated historic district.
(D) Permitting process.
(1) Zoning clearance. An SB 9 housing development consistent with the requirements of this section is allowed by-right with a zoning clearance (i.e., building permit approval).
(2) Time limit to act. An SB 9 housing development shall be approved or denied within 60 days of submission of a complete application.
(3) Nonconforming zoning conditions. Establishing a dwelling unit shall not require the correction of an existing legal nonconforming zoning condition on the property.
(E) Development standards.
- (1) Maximum number of dwelling units.
(a) Project without urban lot split. Accessory dwelling units in compliance with § 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Units) are allowed in conjunction with an SB housing development, provided the total number of dwelling units does not exceed four on any given lot in the RE or R1 zoning district.
(b) Project with urban lot split. When a lot split occurs under Cal. Government Code § 66411.7 and § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions), each resulting parcel is limited to three dwelling units: one single-family home, one junior accessory dwelling unit, and either one additional single-family home or one accessory dwelling unit.
(2) Density. Second single-family homes created by SB 9 housing developments are not considered for the purposes of evaluating the density requirements established by the general plan, but may count as a dwelling unit for purposes of identifying adequate sites for housing.
(3) Minimum setbacks from property lines. The setbacks for dwelling units created through an SB 9 housing development shall be the same as those required for other primary structures in the applicable zoning district, except as provided below:
(a) Side and rear setbacks. The minimum side or rear setback shall be four feet, unless the applicable zoning district permits a smaller minimum setback for primary structures, in which case that smaller setback applies.
(b) Setback exception. No setback shall be required for an existing structure or a structure constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure.
(4) Parking. On-site parking is not required for dwelling units created through an SB 9 housing development.
- (5) Separation between dwelling units.
(a) No minimum separation is required between dwelling units on a parcel.
(b) Dwelling units may be attached if the structures meet Building Code safety standards and are sufficient to allow separate conveyance.
(6) Guaranteed allowance. A standard of this chapter must be waived if the applicant demonstrates it would prohibit up to two single-family homes, each with up to 800 square feet of floor area, as long as the units comply with all other applicable standards.
(F) Use restrictions.
(1) Vacation rental prohibition. Rental of any dwelling unit created through an SB 9 housing development must be for a term longer than 30 days.
- (2) Residential uses only.
(a) The primary use of dwelling units created through an SB 9 housing development must be residential. A dwelling unit may not be utilized for a non-residential primary use otherwise permitted in the RE or R1 Zoning Districts as identified in Table 204-1.
(b) Home occupations and other accessory uses are permitted in a dwelling unit consistent with § 155.304.070 (Home Occupations) and § 155.304.020 (Accessory Uses).
(Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.208 MIXED-USE ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
§ 155.208.010 PURPOSE OF MIXED-USE ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
(A) General. The purposes of the mixed-use zoning districts are to:
(1) Protect, enhance and build upon Eureka’s unique identity, historic character and sense of community;
(2) Promote a compact development pattern with high-intensity activity centers, infill development, adaptive reuse of existing buildings and redevelopment of vacant lots and underutilized properties;
(3) Encourage a mix of commercial, residential, professional office and civic land uses;
(4) Accommodate a broad range of commercial uses to serve the community and allow properties to quickly respond to evolving market opportunities over time;
(5) Promote a diversity of multi-family housing choices in higher density mixed-use settings, especially on upper floors;
(6) Provide a pedestrian-friendly environment while accommodating the needs of automobiles where appropriate;
(7) Promote transportation alternatives, reduce the reliance on automobiles and increase opportunities to walk, bike or take transit to destinations;
(8) Foster a diverse and resilient local economy, friendly to new business investment and the creation and retention of quality jobs;
(9) Encourage growth in the city’s tax base to support city services and infrastructure; and
(10) Provide attractive and well-designed streetscapes, buildings, parking and public spaces.
(B) Specific.
(1) Downtown (DT). The DT Zoning District maintains, promotes, enhances and builds upon Eureka’s Downtown as a vibrant center for residents, businesses, the arts, local/regional visitors and out-of-town tourists. Vertical mixed-use development with a diversity of uses promote daytime and evening activity, including residential, cultural, lodging, civic, professional office, entertainment, retail and other customer-serving and employment-intensive uses. Multi-story buildings built to lot lines fully utilize available land and support a high-intensity economic and cultural center for the surrounding region. Existing buildings are fully utilized with uses that serve residents, employees, visitors and the broader region. A diversity of building types and architectural styles, many with active ground-floor uses, support a vibrant pedestrian environment and active and inviting public spaces.
(2) Downtown West (DW). The DW Zoning District is an extension of the Downtown (DT) Zoning District with a broader range of allowed land uses to further encourage investment and development and to provide a transition zone from Broadway to Downtown.
(3) Service Commercial (SC). The SC Zoning District is an intensive commercial district primarily located in or adjacent to highly visible areas, and provides for local, regional and visitor needs. Development accommodates vehicles in a manner that supports an attractive streetscape and pedestrian-friendly environment. The SC Zoning District allows a broad variety and scale of retail, office, restaurants, lodging, entertainment, outdoor sales, large product retail sales, storage, warehousing, wholesale and limited residential uses.
areas, and provides for local, regional and visitor needs. Development accommodates vehicles in a manner that supports an attractive streetscape and pedestrian-friendly environment. The SC Zoning District allows a broad variety and scale of retail, office, restaurants, lodging, entertainment, outdoor sales, large product retail sales, storage, warehousing, wholesale and limited residential uses.
(4) Henderson Center (HC). The HC Zoning District is a pedestrian-oriented limited-scale neighborhood shopping district primarily serving residents in nearby neighborhoods. Pedestrian-scale buildings with active street-facing storefronts close to the sidewalk create an active and inviting public realm. Single-family residential homes converted to retail and office uses retain their residential character and buffer nearby residences from higher intensity uses.
(5) Neighborhood Commercial (NC). The NC Zoning District provides places for limited-scale convenience retail, restaurants, offices, professional services and other customer-serving uses to meet the daily needs of nearby residents, workers and visitors. The form and intensity of development supports an active pedestrian environment and is compatible with neighboring
residential properties. Limited residential mixed-use development contributes to neighborhood vitality and safe and attractive streetscapes.
(6) Wabash Avenue (WA). The WA Zoning District provides an area for limited-scale commercial uses to serve the community in the western half of Eureka. Over time, existing properties will be modified and redeveloped to create a more robust neighborhood-oriented and pedestrian-friendly shopping and professional service-related corridor.
(7) Office Residential (OR). The OR Zoning District provides areas for customer-serving and non-customer-serving
professional offices, clinics and related retail and services, as well as residential uses. The OR District allows a mix of singlefamily and multi-family housing, offices, converted residential buildings and lodging where the intent is to generally retain the character, scale and form of the residential neighborhood. The OR Zoning District provides a mix of office and residential uses in an environment with a different character and lower intensity than the other mixed-use commercial districts of the city.
(8) Hospital Medical (HM). The HM Zoning District provides a centralized and consolidated regional hub for hospitals, medical offices and clinics, other health care-related uses and restricted commercial development that supports these uses.
(C) Coastal zoning districts.
(1) The following mixed-use zoning districts are located exclusively in Eureka’s coastal zone:
(a) Old Town - Coastal (OT-CZ);
(b) Bayfront Commercial - Coastal (BC-CZ);
(c) Library District - Coastal (LD-CZ);
(d) Marina District - Coastal (MD-CZ);
(e) Service Commercial - Coastal (SC-CZ);
(f) Gateway North - Coastal (GN-CZ); and
(g) Bridge District - Coastal (BD-CZ).
(2) Purpose statements, allowed land uses and development standards for coastal zoning districts are found in Municipal Code Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.208.020 ALLOWED LAND USES. ¶
- (A) General. Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts.
| (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Table 208-1: Allowed Land Uses in the Mixed-Use Zoning Districts | ||||||||||||||||||
| P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Conditional Use Permit Required - = Prohibited |
||||||||||||||||||
| Land Use | Zoning District | Additional | ||||||||||||||||
| Downtown DT |
Downtown West DW |
Service Commercial SC |
Henderson Center HC |
Neighborhood Commercial NC |
Wabash Avenue WA |
Office Residential OR |
Hospital Medical HM |
Standards | ||||||||||
| Table 208-1: Allowed Land Uses in the Mixed-Use Zoning Districts | ||||||||||||||||||
| P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Conditional Use Permit Required - = Prohibited |
||||||||||||||||||
| Land Use | Zoning District | Additional Standards |
||||||||||||||||
| Downtown DT |
Downtown West DW |
Service Commercial SC |
Henderson Center HC |
Neighborhood Commercial NC |
Wabash Avenue WA |
Office Residential OR |
Hospital Medical HM |
|||||||||||
| Residential | 155.208.040 | |||||||||||||||||
| Accessory dwelling unit |
P [1] | P [1] | P [1] | P [1] | P [1] | P [1] | P [1] | P [1] | 155.316 | |||||||||
| (ADU) | ||||||||||||||||||
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | |||||||||
| Medical care housing |
C [2] | C [2] | C | C [2] | C | C | C | C | ||||||||||
| Micro/shared housing |
P [2] | P [2] | P | P [2] | P | P | P | C | ||||||||||
| Multi-family dwellings |
P [2] | P [2] | P | P [2] | P | P | P | C | 155.304.100 | |||||||||
| Non-medical care housing, large |
P [2] | P [2] | P | C [2] | P | P | P | C | ||||||||||
| Non-medical care housing, small |
P [2] | P [2] | P | P [2] | P | P | P | P | ||||||||||
| Single-family attached home (townhome) |
P [3] | P [3] | P | P [3] | P | P | P | C | ||||||||||
| Single-family detached home, new |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | C | ||||||||||
| Single-family detached home, existing [8] |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | ||||||||||
| Commercial - Sales | ||||||||||||||||||
| Bars and nightclubs |
P | P | P | M | C | C | - | - | ||||||||||
| Drive-thru facility, food-serving [4] |
- | C | P | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Drive-thru facility, non-food serving [4] |
C | M | P | C | - | - | - | C | ||||||||||
| Fuel and service stations |
- | M | P | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| General retail - indoor, very large |
- | C | C | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| General retail - indoor, large |
C | C | P | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| General retail - indoor, small |
P | P | P | P | P | P | C | M [5] | ||||||||||
| General retail- outdoor [4] |
C [6] | C | P | P [6] | C | C | - | - | ||||||||||
| Heavy equipment sales and service |
- | C | M | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Mobile vendors | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | 155.304.090 | |||||||||
| Restaurants, cafés and beverage sales |
P | P | P | P | P | P | C | M [5] | ||||||||||
| Vehicle sales and rental (indoor) |
P | P | P | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Commercial - Service and Office | ||||||||||||||||||
| Business services and heavy commercial |
- | P | P | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Car share facility | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | ||||||||||
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | |||||||||
| Check cashing | C | C | C | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Commercial lodging |
P | P | P | P | P | P | C | C [5] | ||||||||||
| Day care facility | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | ||||||||||
| Family day care home, small or large [4] |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | 155.304.060 | |||||||||
| Fitness, dance or health facility, large |
P | P | P | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Fitness, dance or health facility, small |
P | P | P | P | P | P | C | C [5] | ||||||||||
| General services | P | P | P | P | M | M | C | - | ||||||||||
| Hospitals | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | P | ||||||||||
| Kennel-anim al boarding |
- | C | M | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Medical offices and clinics |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | ||||||||||
| Offices | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | - | ||||||||||
| Outdoor commercial recreation |
C | M | P | M | M | M | - | - | ||||||||||
| Parking lots and structures |
C | M | M | C | C | C | C | M [5] | ||||||||||
| Personal service | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | C [5] | ||||||||||
| Vehicle cleaning and repair |
C | M | P | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Vehicle towing and impound |
- | - | C | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Industrial and Storage | ||||||||||||||||||
| Manufacturing, artisan |
P | P | P | P | P | P | C | - | ||||||||||
| Manufacturing, light |
- | M | C | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Outdoor storage, non-retail |
- | - | M [9] | - | - | - | - | - | 155.304.110(H) | |||||||||
| Warehousing, wholesale and distribution |
- | C | C | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Civic and Recreation | ||||||||||||||||||
| Civic institutions | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | - | ||||||||||
| Colleges and trade schools (upper floor) |
P | P | P | P | C | C | C | C [5] |
| (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the mixed-use zoning districts. |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Colleges and trade schools (ground floor) |
C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C [5] | ||||||||||
| Instructional services |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | C [5] | ||||||||||
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | |||||||||
| Emergency shelter | - | - | P | - | - | - | - | - | 155.304.050 | |||||||||
| Government facilities |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | ||||||||||
| Non-commercial places of assembly |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | ||||||||||
| Parks and playgrounds |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | ||||||||||
| Recreational vehicle parks |
- | - | C | - | - | - | - | - | 155.304.120 | |||||||||
| Schools, public and private |
C | C | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||
| Social services | C | C | C | - | - | - | - | C | ||||||||||
| Infrastructure and | Utilities | |||||||||||||||||
| Public utility | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | ||||||||||
| Recycling collection facility |
- | C | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||
| Other Uses | ||||||||||||||||||
| Accessory uses | See 155.304.020 | |||||||||||||||||
| Cannabis uses | See Municipal Code Ch. 158 | |||||||||||||||||
| Home occupations | See 155.304.070 | |||||||||||||||||
| Temporary uses | See 155.336 | |||||||||||||||||
| Wireless telecommunication facilities |
P [7] | P [7] | P [7] | P [7] | P [7] | P [7] | C | P [7] | Municipal Code Ch. 159 |
|||||||||
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] An accessory dwelling unit is allowed in conformance with § 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Unit). [2] See § 155.208.040 (Pedestrian-focused Frontages) for ground-floor use limitations that apply to residential uses facing a pedestrian-focused frontage as shown in Figure 208-4. [3] Prohibited when facing a pedestrian-focused frontage as shown in Figure 208-4. [4] Allowed only as a secondary use when combined with an allowed primary use. See § 155.108.050(C) (Types of Uses). [5] Limited to uses intended to primarily serve employees, patients and visitors of medical uses in the zoning district as determined by the minor use or conditional use permit process. [6] New general retail - outdoor uses established after June 20, 2019, are prohibited. General retail-outdoor uses established before June 20, 2019, may remain. See § 155.208.020(C) (General Retail - Outdoor in the Downtown Zoning District). [7] Wireless telecommunication facilities located within 100 feet of a residential zoning district require a CUP. [8] Reconstruction of a damaged or destroyed single-family detached home is allowed, provided reconstruction is commenced within two years of the date the building was damaged or destroyed. [9] Until October 1, 2031, metal shipping containers used for outdoor storage are principally permitted for both retail and non-retail when in compliance with § 155.304.110(H). After October 1, 2031, shipping containers in the SC zone must either be removed on or before October 31, 2031, or will continue as a non-conforming use and structure, and will be subject to the requirements in 155.424 (Nonconformities). |
||||||||||||||||||
(B) Additional permits. In addition to permits identified in Table 208-1, proposed projects in the mixed-use zoning districts may require additional permits and approvals as described in § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals).
(C) General Retail - Outdoor in the Downtown Zoning District. The following requirements apply to general retail - outdoor (including outdoor vehicle sales and rental establishments) in the Downtown (DT) Zoning District.
(1) Secondary use only. General retail - outdoor is allowed only as a secondary use when combined with a permitted primary use. See § 155.108.050(C) (Types of Uses).
(2) New uses prohibited. New general retail - outdoor (including outdoor vehicle sales and rental uses) established after June 20, 2019, are prohibited.
(3) Existing uses may remain. An existing general retail - outdoor facility (including vehicle sales and rental establishments) is an allowed use subject to the following requirements:
(a) The general retail - outdoor use (including vehicle sales and rental uses) applies to the entire lot;
(b) The use may not be enlarged or expanded to a new lot unless the new lot already contain a general retail - outdoor use;
(c) Existing buildings occupied by the general retail - outdoor use may be repaired, improved and enlarged. New buildings may be constructed to serve the use;
(d) Other uses that comply with the DT Zoning District standards may be added to a site while the general retail - outdoor use remains in operation;
(e) Existing general retail - outdoor uses may be replaced by another conforming use at any time; and
(f) If a general retail - outdoor use is discontinued for 12 consecutive months or more, the use may not be reestablished. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 925-C.S., passed 9-7-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.208.030 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. ¶
- (A) General. Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts.
| (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 208-2 identifies development standards in the mixed-use zoning districts. |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Table 208-2: Development Standards - Mixed-Use Zoning Districts | |||||||||
| Standard | Zoning Districts | Additional Standards |
|||||||
| Downtown DT |
Downtown West DW |
Service Commercial SC |
Henderson Center HC |
Neighborhood Commercial NC |
Wabash Avenue WA |
Office Residential OR |
Hospital Medical HM |
||
| Table 208-2: Development Standards - Mixed-Use Zoning Districts | |||||||||
| Standard | Zoning Districts | Additional | |||||||
| Downtown DT |
Downtown West DW |
Service Commercial SC |
Henderson Center HC |
Neighborhood Commercial NC |
Wabash Avenue WA |
Office Residential OR |
Hospital Medical HM |
Standards | |
| Minimum lot area |
No min. | No min. | No min . | No min. | No min. | No min . | No min. | No min. | |
| Maximum density (du/acre) [1] |
No max. | No max. | No max . | No max. | No max. | No max . | No max. | No max. | |
| Maximum floor area ratio (FAR) |
|||||||||
| Minimum | 1.0 | 1.0 | No min . | No min. | No min. | No min . | No min. | No min. | |
| Maximum | 6.0 | 6.0 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 3.0 | 3.0 | 2.5 | 2.5 | |
| Building height |
155.308 020 | ||||||||
| Accessory dwelling unit [3] |
See [4] | See [4] | See [4] | See [4] | See [4] | See [4] | See [4] | See [4] | 155.316 |
| All other structures |
|||||||||
| Minimum (stories) |
2 stori es | 2 stor ies | No min . | 2 stori es | 2 stori es | 2 sto rie s |
No min. | No min. | |
| Maximum (feet) |
100 ft. | 80 ft. | 55 ft. | 55 ft. | 45 ft. | 45 ft. | 45 ft. | 45 ft. [2] | |
| Front setbacks |
|||||||||
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Accessory dwelling unit [3] |
See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | |
| All other structures |
|||||||||
| Minimum | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 10 ft. | |
| Maximum | 10 ft. | 10 ft. | No max | 15 ft. | 15 ft. | 15 ft. | 15 ft. | No max. | |
| Minimum side setbacks |
|||||||||
| Accessory dwelling unit [3] |
See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | See [5] | |
| All other structures |
|||||||||
| Exterior | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 10 ft. | |
| Interior | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 5 ft. | 5 ft. | |
| Minimum rear setbacks |
|||||||||
| Non-alley | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Alley | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Maximum site coverage |
No max. | No max. | No max . | No max. | No max. | No max . | No max. | No max. | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] While there is no maximum residential density in the mixed-use zoning districts, the number of residential units on a lot will be limited by the maximum FAR, maximum building height, required parking, minimum unit size requirements in the building code and other applicable development standards. [2] Maximum hospital height: 100 feet. [3] Only applies to new construction or an increase in footprint of an existing structure for an accessory dwelling unit. [4] Maximum 16 feet as measured according to § 155.112.070 (Height), or height of existing or proposed single- or multi-family residential structure, whichever is higher. [5] Four feet, or setback of existing residential structure, whichever is less, provided the setbacks as proposed are sufficient for fire and safety as determined by the Building Official and pursuant to the California Building or Residential Code. |
|||||||||
(B) Maximum front setbacks. The following applies to new buildings in zoning districts with a maximum front setback requirement as shown in Table 208-2.
(1) Buildings shall be constructed at or within the required maximum front setback for a minimum of 50% of the lot’s linear street frontage. See Figure 208-1.
(2) The Director may modify or waive this requirement with an administrative adjustment. To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and the following additional findings:
(a) Unique physical conditions on the site require the modified standard to accommodate a development project consistent with the purpose of the applicable zoning district; and
(b) The project incorporates a front-facing courtyard or privately-owned public space between the front building wall and front lot line to provide a pedestrian-oriented environment. See Figure 208-2.
Figure 208-1: Maximum Front Setbacks
Figure 208-2: Front-Facing Courtyard or Privately-Owned Public Space
(C) Setbacks adjacent to residential zoning districts. All new buildings and additions to existing buildings adjoining a lot in a residential zoning district must comply with the setback standards in Table 208-3. See Figure 208-3.
| Figure 208-2: Front-Facing Courtyard or Privately-Owned Public Space (C)_Setbacks adjacent to residential zoning districts._All new buildings and additions to existing buildings adjoining a lot in a residential zoning district must comply with the setback standards in Table 208-3. See Figure 208-3. |
Figure 208-2: Front-Facing Courtyard or Privately-Owned Public Space (C)_Setbacks adjacent to residential zoning districts._All new buildings and additions to existing buildings adjoining a lot in a residential zoning district must comply with the setback standards in Table 208-3. See Figure 208-3. |
|---|---|
| Table 208-3: Setbacks Adjacent to Residentially-zoned Lot | |
| Lot Line | Minimum Setback |
| Table 208-3: Setbacks Adjacent to Residentially-zoned Lot | |
| Lot Line | Minimum Setback |
| Interior side | |
| Accessory dwelling unit | 4 ft. |
| First and second stories | 5 ft. |
| Third story and above | 10 ft. |
| Alley rear | 0 ft. |
| Non-alley rear | |
| Accessory dwelling unit | 4 ft. |
| First story | 5 ft. |
| Second story | 10 ft. |
| Third story and above | 15 ft. |
Figure 208-3: Setbacks Adjacent to Residential Zoning Districts (Elevations)
(D) Building design. See § 155.312 (Design Standards) for building design standards that apply to all new primary buildings in the DT, DW, HC, SC, WA, NC and OR Zoning Districts.
(E) Parking. See § 155.324 (Parking).
(F) Landscaping. See § 155.328 (Landscaping).
(G) Signs. See § 155.340 (Signs).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.208.040 PEDESTRIAN-FOCUSED FRONTAGES. ¶
(A) Purpose and applicability. Figure 208-4 shows the location of pedestrian-focused frontages outside of the coastal zone. The façades of buildings facing these street frontages are subject to special land use regulations and development standards to maintain and enhance an active and engaging pedestrian environment. These standards do not apply to façades that do not front the street (e.g., multi-story building façades that can be seen over shorter buildings).
(B) Design review required. Any exterior modification to a building façade that faces a pedestrian-focused frontage requires design review in accordance with § 155.412.040 (Design Review), unless the Director determines the modification is so minor in nature that it would not be noticeable by a pedestrian, and the modification does not result in a decrease in ground-floor storefront transparency. "Exterior modification" includes the addition of a new sign, but does not include refacing of an existing sign when there is no change in the size of the sign, and does not include a new, or refacing of an existing sign painted directly on the façade. Design review is not required for signs allowed without permits listed under § 155.340.030.
(C) Ground floor ceiling height. A new building with non-residential ground-floor uses facing the street must provide a minimum floor to ceiling height of 12 feet on the ground floor.
- (D) Ground floor residential use limitations.
(1) New residential development with less than 66 dwelling units per acre must be part of a mixed-use project where the
residential use is located above or behind a ground-floor non-residential use facing the street. For example, on a 6,000 square foot
lot, a new residential development with less than nine units cannot have ground-floor street-facing residential units.
(2) For projects with 66 dwelling units per acre or more, ground-floor residential uses facing the street are permitted. For example, on a 6,000 square foot lot, a new residential development with nine or more units may have street-facing residential units.
(3) For shared living quarters without separate kitchen or bathroom facilities for each room or unit (e.g., micro/shared housing, non-medical care housing, or emergency shelters), ground-floor residential uses facing the street are permitted if the project serves 99 persons or more per acre.
(4) When allowed, ground-floor residential uses facing the street are not subject to the transparency requirement in § 155.208.040(E) (Ground Floor Storefront Transparency).
Figure 208-4: Pedestrian-Focused Frontages (both sides of each street)
(E) Ground floor storefront transparency. Non-residential ground-floor uses facing the street shall comply with the following transparency requirement.
(1) The ground-floor street-facing building walls of non-residential uses must provide transparent windows or doors with views into the building for a minimum of 65% of the building frontage located between three and seven feet above the sidewalk. See Figure 208-5.
(2) Window and door area must be transparent to allow views into the building, but may be translucent for privacy purposes, provided that the windows can be returned to a transparent state.
Figure 208-5: Storefront Transparency (between three and seven feet above the sidewalk)
(3) The Director, or Design Review Committee when design review is required pursuant to § 155.412.040 (Design Review), may allow exceptions to this transparency requirement with an administrative adjustment. To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director or Design Review Committee must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and the following additional findings:
(a) The proposed use has unique operational characteristics that preclude building openings, such as for a cinema or theater; and
(b) Street-facing building walls will exhibit architectural relief and detail, and will be enhanced with landscaping in such a way as to create visual interest at the pedestrian level.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.212 INDUSTRIAL ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
§ 155.212.010 PURPOSE OF INDUSTRIAL ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
(A) General. The purposes of the industrial zoning districts are to:
(1) Provide land for a broad range of viable industrial, manufacturing and assembly uses to attract new industries and retain and expand existing uses;
(2) Protect industrially-designated lands from encroachment by incompatible uses and activities that could conflict with or limit industrial activities;
(3) Accommodate non-conforming industrial uses relocated from other locations;
(4) Encourage the new use and redevelopment of properties that have been previously used for industrial purposes;
(5) Strengthen Eureka’s role as a regional manufacturing and industrial center;
(6) Foster a diverse and resilient local economy, friendly to new business investment and the creation and retention of quality jobs; and
(7) Provide locations for non-coastal related industrial uses outside of the coastal zone, with access to necessary transportation routes and infrastructure.
(B) Specific.
(1) Hinge (HN) Industrial Zoning District. The HN Zoning District provides an area for low-intensity manufacturing and very limited commercial uses close to Eureka’s historic Core Area. The primary purpose of the HN Zoning District is to provide a
location for manufacturing uses. The HN Zoning District secondarily allows upper-floor residential and office uses to increase housing opportunities and support a dynamic employment area that can evolve and adapt over time.
(2) Light Industrial (LI) Zoning District. The LI Zoning District provides an area for lower-intensity manufacturing, assembly, wholesaling, service commercial and other employment-generating uses. The LI Zoning District accommodates industrial and heavy commercial uses in proximity to residential, retail and commercial service uses without adverse impacts to these uses. Existing office uses are permitted.
(3) Heavy Industrial (HI) Zoning District. The HI Zoning District provides an area for intensive manufacturing, assembly, packaging, processing, wholesaling, warehousing, distribution, research and development and other employment-generating uses. The HI Zoning District locates industrial uses away from residential, commercial and visitor serving uses due to the potential for loud noise, noxious odors and emissions, vibrations and high volumes of truck traffic.
(4) Coastal zoning districts.
(a) The following industrial zoning districts are located exclusively in Eureka’s coastal zone:
Hinge Industrial - Coastal (HN-CZ);
Light Industrial - Coastal (LI-CZ);
Heavy Industrial - Coastal (HI-CZ); and
Coastal Dependent Industrial (CDI-CZ).
(b) Purpose statements, allowed land uses and development standards for coastal zoning districts are found in Municipal Code Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.212.020 ALLOWED LAND USES. ¶
(A) General. Table 212-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the industrial zoning districts.
| (A)_General._Table 212-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the industrial zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 212-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the industrial zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 212-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the industrial zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 212-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the industrial zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 212-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the industrial zoning districts. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Table 212-1: Allowed Land Uses in the Industrial Zoning Districts | ||||
| P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Use Permit Required - = Prohibited |
||||
| Land Use | Zoning Districts | Additional |
||
| Hinge Industrial HN | Light Industrial LI | Heavy Industrial HI | Standards | |
| Table 212-1: Allowed Land Uses in the Industrial Zoning Districts | ||||
| P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Use Permit Required - = Prohibited |
||||
| Land Use | Zoning Districts | Additional Standards |
||
| Hinge Industrial HN | Light Industrial LI | Heavy Industrial HI | ||
| Residential | ||||
| Micro/shared housing | C [1] | - | - | |
| Multi-family dwellings | C [1] | - | - | |
| Non-medical care housing | C [1] | - | - | |
| Commercial - Sales | ||||
| Bars | C | - | - | |
| Fuel and service stations | C | M | M | |
| Heavy equipment sales and service | P | P | P | |
| Mobile vendors | P | P | P | 155.304.090 |
| Commercial - Service and Office | ||||
| Adult entertainment | C [2] | C | - | 155.304.030 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Business services and heavy commercial | P | P | P | |
| Fitness, dance, or health facility, large | C | C | - | |
| Fitness, dance, or health facility, small | M | M | - | |
| Indoor commercial recreation | C | C | - | |
| Kennel - animal boarding | M | M | - | |
| Offices, existing | P [3] | P [3] | P [3] | |
| Offices, new | C [1] | - | - | |
| Parking lots and structures | P | M | C | |
| Vehicle cleaning and repair | P | P | P | |
| Vehicle towing and impound | P | P | P | |
| Industrial and Storage | ||||
| Manufacturing, artisan | C | - | - | |
| Manufacturing, light | P | P | P | |
| Manufacturing, heavy | - | - | P | |
| Mini-storage | - | C | C | |
| Outdoor storage, non-retail | P | P | P | 155.304.110 |
| Warehousing, wholesale, and distribution | P | P | P | |
| Agricultural and Natural Resources | ||||
| Animal processing | - | - | C | |
| Civic and Recreation | ||||
| Emergency shelter | P | P | - | 155.304.050 |
| Government facilities | C | C | C | |
| Social service providers | M | M | - | |
| Infrastructure and Utilities | ||||
| Freight terminals and transfer | C | C | P | |
| Public agency corporation yard | P | P | P | |
| Public utility | C | C | C | |
| Recycling collection facility | P | P | P | |
| Recycling processing facility | C | C | P | |
| Other Uses | ||||
| Accessory uses | See 155.304.020 | |||
| Cannabis uses | See | Municipal Code Chapter 158 | ||
| Home occupation | See 155.304.070 | |||
| Temporary uses | See 155.336 | |||
| Wireless telecommunication facilities | P [4] | P [4] | P [4] | Municipal Code Chapter 159 |
| Notes: [1] Residential and office uses must be located either above ground floor commercial and/or industrial in a vertical mixed-use building or to the rear of a separate street-fronting building on the site. Residential and office uses must be designed in compliance with § 155.212.030(D) (Standards for Residential and Office Uses in Mixed-Use Projects). [2] Prohibited on lots fronting Fourth Street. [3] Existing offices established as of June 20, 2019 as a primary use on a lot may continue as a permitted use. New office uses are allowed only on lots where an office use was a primary use on the lot as of June 20, 2019. New office uses are not permitted on a lot if an office use was not present as a primary use on the lot as of June 20, 2019. [4] Wireless telecommunication facilities located within 100 feet of a residential zoning district require a CUP. |
||||
(B) Additional permits. In addition to permits identified in Table 212-1, proposed projects in the industrial zoning districts may require additional permits and approvals as described in § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.212.030 RESIDENTIAL AND OFFICE USES IN INDUSTRIAL ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
(A) Purpose. This section establishes standards for new residential and office uses in the Hinge (HN) Zoning District to:
(1) Protect existing and new manufacturing uses in the industrial zoning districts;
(2) Ensure that manufacturing uses are recognized as the primary purpose of the industrial zoning districts; and
(3) Ensure that residential and office uses can functionally co-exist in a mixed-use development in the industrial zoning districts.
(B) Where allowed. Residential and office uses are allowed in the industrial zoning districts only as provided in Table 212-1.
(C) Nuisance protection for non-residential uses.
(1) If a residential or office use (excluding caretaker units) is established in Hinge (HN) Zoning District, existing nonresidential uses in the HN Zoning District are considered a protected use.
(2) A protected use may not be considered a nuisance pursuant to the Municipal Code if:
(a) The use was not a nuisance when it began;
(b) The use is conducted and/or maintained in a manner consistent with proper and accepted customs and standards, as established and followed by similar uses in Eureka;
(c) The use is consistent with the purposes of the applicable zoning district as described in § 155.212.010 (Purpose of Industrial Zoning Districts); and
(d) The use complies with the requirements of all applicable federal, state and city statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, approvals and permits.
(3) The nuisance protections in this division (C) do not apply where a nuisance results from the negligent or improper management or operation of a protected use.
(D) Standards for residential and office uses in mixed-use projects. The following standards apply to new residential and office uses proposed as part of a mixed-use development project in the Hinge (HN) Zoning District.
(1) General standard. The city may approve a new residential or office use only upon finding that the new use will not interfere with existing or anticipated future industrial operations within an industrial zoning district.
(2) Noise. Proposed new residential and office development must prepare an assessment of existing and anticipated future noise at the site and incorporate construction measures as needed to meet the interior noise levels described in Table N-2 of the Noise Element of the General Plan.
(3) Vibration. Proposed new residential and office development must prepare an assessment of existing and anticipated future vibration on the site and incorporate construction measures as needed to reduce the effects of vibration to acceptable levels for the proposed new land use.
(4) Odors, dust and fumes. Proposed new residential and office development must prepare an assessment of existing and anticipated odor/dust/fumes at the site and incorporate construction measures as needed to reduce the effects of odor/dust/fumes to acceptable levels for the proposed new land use.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.212.040 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. ¶
Table 212-2 identifies development standards in the industrial zoning districts.
| Table 212-2 identifies development standards in the industrial zoning districts. | Table 212-2 identifies development standards in the industrial zoning districts. | Table 212-2 identifies development standards in the industrial zoning districts. | Table 212-2 identifies development standards in the industrial zoning districts. | Table 212-2 identifies development standards in the industrial zoning districts. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Table 212-2: Development | Standards - Industrial Zoning Districts | |||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | ||
| Table 212-2: Development | Standards - Industrial Zoning Districts | |||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | ||
| Hinge Industrial HN |
Light Industrial LI | Heavy Industrial HI |
||
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Minimum lot area [1] | No min. | 6,000 sq. ft. | 6,000 sq. ft. | |
| Maximum density (du/acre) | 44 du/acre | N/A | N/A | |
| Maximum floor area ratio (FAR) | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | |
| Maximum building height | 50 ft. | 50 ft. | 50 ft. [2] | |
| Minimum setbacks | ||||
| Front | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Exterior side | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Interior side | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| Rear | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] Minimum lot area standard applies only to new lots created through the subdivision process after June 20, 2019. Lots existing as of June 20, 2019, are not subject to a minimum lot size standard. [2] 100 feet allowed with a conditional use permit. |
||||
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.216 PUBLIC ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
§ 155.216.010 PURPOSE OF PUBLIC ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
(A) General. The purpose of the public zoning districts is to accommodate government facilities and services, public and private institutional uses and non-commercial community facilities in convenient and appropriate locations for residents, employees and visitors.
- (B) Specific.
(1) Public Facilities (PF). The PF Zoning District provides locations for schools, governmental offices and facilities,
community assembly uses, courthouses, social services, cemeteries, fairgrounds, airports, marinas and wharves, utility facilities and other similar public and civic uses.
(2) Parks and Recreation (PR). The PR Zoning District provides areas for public parks, playgrounds, golf courses, active/programmable public recreational facilities, passive/self-directed public recreational facilities and other public open space uses.
(3) Coastal zoning districts.
(a) The following public zoning districts are located exclusively in Eureka’s coastal zone:
Public Facilities - Coastal (PF-CZ);
Parks and Recreation - Coastal (PR-CZ); and
Woodley Island - Coastal (WI-CZ).
(b) Purpose statements, allowed land uses and development standards for coastal zoning districts are found in Municipal Code Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.216.020 ALLOWED LAND USES. ¶
- (A) General. Table 216-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the public zoning districts.
Table 216-1: Allowed Land Uses in the Public Zoning Districts
P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Use Permit Required
| Land Use | Zoning District | Zoning District | Additional Standards |
|---|---|---|---|
| Public Facilities PF | Parks and Recreation PR | ||
| Table 216-1: Allowed Land Uses in the Public Zoning | Districts | ||
| P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Use Permit Required |
|||
| Land Use | Zoning District | Additional Standards | |
| Public Facilities PF | Parks and Recreation PR | ||
| Commercial - Sales | |||
| Mobile vendors | P | P | 155.304.090 |
| Commercial - Service and Office | |||
| Parking lots and structures | P [1] | C | |
| Agricultural and Natural Resources | |||
| Resource protection and restoration | P | P | |
| Civic and Recreation | |||
| Civic institutions | P | C | |
| Colleges and trade schools | P [2] | - | |
| Emergency shelter | P | - | |
| Government facilities | P | C | |
| Instructional services | P [2] | - | |
| Parks and playgrounds | P | P | |
| Schools, public and private | P [2] | - | |
| Social services | C | - | |
| Infrastructure and Utilities | |||
| Airport | P | - | |
| Public agency corporation yard | P | - | |
| Public utility | C | - | |
| Recycling collection facility | C | - | |
| Other Uses | |||
| Accessory uses | See 155.304.020 | ||
| Temporary uses | See 155.336 | ||
| Wireless telecommunication facilities | C | C | Municipal Code Chapter 159 |
| Notes: [1] City owned or operated only. [2] Public schools only. |
|||
(B) Incidental commercial use. With a minor use permit, the Director may allow in the PF and PR Zoning Districts a retail, commercial service, office or other use not listed in Table 216-1 if:
(1) The use is incidental to a permitted use; and
(2) The establishment of the use would have a public benefit as determined by the Director.
(C) Additional permits. In addition to permits identified in Table 216-1, proposed projects in the public zoning districts may require additional permits and approvals as described in § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.216.030 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. ¶
Table 216-2 identifies development standards in the public zoning districts.
| Table 216-2 identifies development standards in the public zoning districts. | Table 216-2 identifies development standards in the public zoning districts. | Table 216-2 identifies development standards in the public zoning districts. | Table 216-2 identifies development standards in the public zoning districts. | Table 216-2 identifies development standards in the public zoning districts. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Table 216-2: Development Standards - Public Zoning Districts | ||||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | ||
| Table 216-2: Development Standards - Public Zoning Districts | ||||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | ||
| Public Facilities PF | Parks and Recreation PR | |||
| Maximum floor area ratio | 4.0 | 4.0 | ||
| Maximum building height | 75 ft. | 50 ft. | 155.308.020 | |
| Minimum setbacks | 155.308.030 | |||
| Front | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | ||
| Exterior Side | 0 ft. | 0 ft. | ||
| Interior side | 0 ft. [1] | 0 ft. [1] | ||
| Rear | 0 ft. [2] | 0 ft. [2] | ||
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] 10 ft. min when abutting a residential zoning district. [2] 20 ft. min when abutting a residential zoning district. |
||||
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.220 RESOURCE-RELATED ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
§ 155.220.010 PURPOSE OF RESOURCE-RELATED ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
(A) General. The purpose of the resource-related zoning districts is to protect agricultural lands, open space and natural habitats with important economic, cultural and environmental value to Eureka and the broader region.
(B) Specific.
(1) Agricultural (A). The purpose of the A Zoning District is to protect and conserve agricultural lands and to support agricultural activities as an important contributor to the local and regional economy. The A Zoning District allows the production of crops, livestock grazing, animal and poultry raising, apiaries, dairies, stables and associated residences and farmworker housing. The A Zoning District is intended to protect land, including farmed or grazed wetlands, that is primarily suitable for long-term agricultural and wildlife habitat uses and to ensure adequate separation from adjacent development.
(2) Natural Resources (NR). The purpose of the NR Zoning District is to protect and restore land-based habitats and natural resources in Eureka. The NR Zoning District protects land that is primarily suitable for permanent habitat preservation, compatible resource-related uses, nature study and natural resource-related recreation. Public access, passive recreation, active recreation and visitor-related facilities are allowed to the extent such activities do not negatively impact or degrade natural resources. The NR Zoning District aims to protect surface water resources, riparian habits, ground water and water quality, sensitive biological resources and open space.
(3) Coastal zoning districts.
- (a) The following resource-related zoning districts are located exclusively in Eureka’s coastal zone:
Agricultural - Coastal (A-CZ);
Natural Resources - Coastal (NR-CZ);
Water Development - Coastal (WD-CZ); and
Water Conservation - Coastal (WC-CZ).
(b) Purpose statements, allowed land uses and development standards for coastal zoning districts are found in Municipal Code Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.220.020 ALLOWED LAND USES. ¶
(A) General. Table 220-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the resource-related zoning districts.
| (A)_General._Table 220-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the resource-related zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 220-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the resource-related zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 220-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the resource-related zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 220-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the resource-related zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 220-1 identifies allowed land uses and required permits in the resource-related zoning districts. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Table 220-1: | Allowed Land Uses in Resource-Related Zoning Districts | |||
| P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Conditional Use Permit Required - = Prohibited |
||||
| Land Use | Zoning District | Additional Standards | ||
| Agricultural A | Natural Resource NR | |||
| Table 220-1: | Allowed Land Uses in Resource-Related Zoning Districts | |||
| P = Permitted Use M = Minor Use Permit Required C = Conditional Use Permit Required - = Prohibited |
||||
| Land Use | Zoning District | Additional Standards | ||
| Agricultural A | Natural Resource NR | |||
| Residential | ||||
| Accessory dwelling unit (ADU) | P | - | 155.316 | |
| Farmworker housing | P | - | ||
| Single-family detached home | P | - | ||
| Commercial - Service and Office | ||||
| Kennel-animal boarding | P | - | ||
| Outdoor commercial recreation | - | - | ||
| Agricultural and Natural Resource | ||||
| Agricultural processing | C | - | ||
| Agriculture | P | P [1] | ||
| Resource protection and restoration | P | P | ||
| Timber production and harvesting | - | C | ||
| Civic and Recreation | ||||
| Parks and playgrounds | - | C [2] | ||
| Infrastructure and Utilities | ||||
| Public utility | C | - | ||
| Other Uses | ||||
| Accessory uses | See 155.304.020 | |||
| Animal keeping | See Municipal Code Ch. 91 | |||
| Cannabis uses | See Municipal Code Ch. 158 | |||
| Home occupation | See 155.304.070 | |||
| Temporary uses | See 155.336 | |||
| Wireless telecommunication facilities | C | - | Municipal Code Ch. 159 | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] Limited to grazing-related uses only. [2] Only recreation with limited improvements is permitted. Allowed improvements include informational kiosks, parking areas, play structures and other similar improvements. |
||||
(B) Additional permits. In addition to permits identified in Table 220-1, proposed projects in the natural resource zoning districts may require additional permits and approvals as described in § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals). (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.220.030 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. ¶
(A) General. Table 220-2 identifies development standards in the resource-related zoning districts.
| (A)_General._Table 220-2 identifies development standards in the resource-related zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 220-2 identifies development standards in the resource-related zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 220-2 identifies development standards in the resource-related zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 220-2 identifies development standards in the resource-related zoning districts. | (A)_General._Table 220-2 identifies development standards in the resource-related zoning districts. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Table 220-2: Development Standards - Resource-Related Zoning Districts | ||||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | ||
| Agricultural A | Natural Resource NR | |||
| Table 220-2: Development Standards - Resource-Related Zoning Districts | ||||
| Standard | Zoning District | Additional Standards | ||
| Agricultural A | Natural Resource NR | |||
| Minimum lot area [1] | 20 acres | No min. | 155.308.010 | |
| Maximum density (du/acre) | 2 units per 20 acres [2] | N/A | ||
| Maximum building height | 155.308.020 | |||
| Residential structures | 35 ft. | N/A | ||
| Non-residential structures | 50 ft. | 50 ft. | 155.220.030(B) | |
| Minimum setbacks | 155.308.030 | |||
| Front | 30 ft. | No min. | ||
| Exterior side | 30 ft. | No min. | ||
| Interior side | 30 ft. | No min. | ||
| Rear | 30 ft. | No min. | ||
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] Minimum lot area standard applies only to new [2] Excludes allowed farm worker housing. |
lots created through the subdivision process after June 20, 2019. | |||
(B) Height exceptions for non-residential structures.
(1) With Director approval of an administrative adjustment, water tanks, agricultural processing equipment and silos, aggregate processing equipment, granaries, barns, pole buildings, electronic towers, antennas and similar structures associated with agricultural and natural resource uses may exceed 50 feet in height.
(2) To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find the structure does not exceed the maximum height necessary to perform its intended function. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.224 OVERLAY ZONES. ¶
§ 155.224.010 PURPOSE OF OVERLAY ZONES. ¶
(A) General. An overlay zone is a defined geographic area shown on the Zoning Map where special requirements or limitations apply, in addition to the underlying base zoning district requirements.
(B) Conflicting requirements. Whenever a requirement of an overlay zone conflicts with a requirement of the underlying base zoning district, the overlay zone requirement controls.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.224.020 QUALIFIED OVERLAY. ¶
(A) Purpose. The purpose of the Qualified (QO) Overlay Zone is to limit the land uses allowed in a zoning district when applied to a specific property. The QO Overlay Zone is intended for unique circumstances where use limitations are necessary to reduce impacts and promote compatibility between neighboring properties.
(B) Allowed restrictions. When the QO overlay is applied to a property, the ordinance establishing the overlay may:
(1) Prohibit land uses that are otherwise allowed in the applicable base zoning district;
(2) Impose more stringent development standards on allowed use; and/or
(3) Require a use permit for allowed land uses that are otherwise permitted by-right.
(C) Limitations; general plan compliance. Land use and development restrictions established by the QO Overlay Zone must be consistent with the General Plan. For example, the QO Overlay Zone may not prohibit multi-family dwellings on a site where multi-family housing is expressly allowed by the applicable General Plan land use designation.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.224.030 NEIGHBORHOOD MARKET OVERLAY. ¶
(A) Purpose. The purpose of the Neighborhood Market (Nmo) Overlay Zone is to allow for the continuation, re-establishment or creation of new neighborhood-serving commercial uses in residential zoning districts. These neighborhood-serving commercial uses are intended to:
(1) Protect the historic character and unique identity of Eureka’s neighborhoods;
(2) Increase opportunities for social interaction and community-building in neighborhoods;
(3) Promote economic vitality by expanding opportunities for locally-owned businesses;
(4) Promote public safety by increasing pedestrian activity in residential neighborhoods;
(5) Increase opportunities for residents of all ages and abilities to easily access stores and services;
(6) Reduce vehicle trips and decrease traffic congestion by increasing opportunities for residents to walk to destinations; and
(7) Provide opportunities for neighborhood-based healthy food opportunities.
(B) Applicability. The NMO designation applies to properties shown on the Zoning Map and identified in this section.
(C) Neighborhood-serving commercial uses defined.
(1) Included uses. Permitted neighborhood-serving commercial uses are exclusively limited to the following:
(a) General retail, limited to:
Establishments serving the daily needs of neighborhood residents (e.g., markets selling food products and household products such cleaning supplies, paper towels, laundry products);
Retail bakeries and other establishments primarily selling specialized foods prepared on-site; and
Bookstores.
(b) Restaurants, cafés and beverage sales;
(c) Instructional services;
(d) Small fitness, dance or heath facilities;
(e) Personal services, limited to barbershops, hair salons, nail salons and health spas; and
(f) Other similar uses as determined by the Director that meet the purpose of the NMO designation.
(2) Upper floor residential. Residential units are permitted on upper floors above a neighborhood-serving commercial use.
(3) Excluded uses. Neighborhood-serving commercial uses exclude the following, as defined in § 155.504 (Land Use Classifications):
(a) Bars;
(b) Drive-thru facilities;
(c) Fuel and service stations;
(d) Adult entertainment;
(e) Business services and heavy commercial;
(f) General retail outdoor;
(g) General services, including banks, funeral parlors, laundromats and other general services as defined in § 155.504 (Land Use Classifications);
(h) Offices;
(i) Medical offices and clinics;
(j) Vehicle repair, towing and sales; and
(k) Other similar uses as determined by the Director.
(D) Existing neighborhood-serving commercial uses.
(1) Table 224-1 lists properties with an NMO designation where a neighborhood-serving commercial use was present as of June 20, 2019.
Table 224-1: Historical NMO Properties with Neighborhood-Serving Commercial Uses Existing as of June 20, 2019 NMO Zone # APN Address Existing Use
Table 224-1: Historical NMO Properties with Neighborhood-Serving Commercial Uses
| Table 224-1: Historical NMO Properties with Neighborhood-Serving Commercial Uses | Table 224-1: Historical NMO Properties with Neighborhood-Serving Commercial Uses | Table 224-1: Historical NMO Properties with Neighborhood-Serving Commercial Uses | Table 224-1: Historical NMO Properties with Neighborhood-Serving Commercial Uses |
|---|---|---|---|
| Existing as of June 20, 2019 | |||
| NMO Zone # | APN | Address | Existing Use |
| NMO-1 | 009-125-0 02 | 2100 California Street | Retail establishment serving the daily needs of neighborhood residents (market) |
| NMO-2 | 005-022-0 07 | 1011 H Street | Instructional services for personal enrichment (dance studio) |
| NMO-3 | 010-111-0 04 | 3500 F Street | Retail establishment serving the daily needs of neighborhood residents (market) |
| NMO-4 | 005-145-0 07 | 1201 11th Street | Retail establishment serving the daily needs of neighborhood residents (market) |
| NMO-5 | 011-185-0 01 | 3100 K Street | Retail establishment serving the daily needs of neighborhood residents (market) |
| NMO-6 | 009-022-0 26 | 2338 Albee Street | Retail establishment serving the daily needs of neighborhood residents (market) |
(2) An existing neighborhood-serving commercial use may continue as a permitted land use without Department approval if the use continues as the existing use described in Table 224-1.
(3) An existing neighborhood-serving commercial use on a property in Table 221-4 may change to a different (new) type of neighborhood-serving commercial use with approval of a conditional use permit.
(4) If a neighborhood-serving commercial use on a property in Table 224-1 ceases operations for 12 consecutive months or more, re-establishing a neighborhood-serving commercial use requires a conditional use permit.
(E) New neighborhood-serving commercial uses.
(1) Table 224-2 lists properties with an NMO designation where a neighborhood-serving commercial use previously existed, though some were not present as of June 20, 2019.
(2) Establishing or re-establishing a neighborhood-serving commercial use on a property in Table 224-2 requires a conditional use permit.
| (E)New neighborhood-serving commercial uses. (1) Table 224-2 lists properties with an NMO designation where a neighborhood-serving commercial use previously existed, though some were not present as of June 20, 2019. (2) Establishing or re-establishing a neighborhood-serving commercial use on a property in Table 224-2 requires a conditional use permit. |
(E)New neighborhood-serving commercial uses. (1) Table 224-2 lists properties with an NMO designation where a neighborhood-serving commercial use previously existed, though some were not present as of June 20, 2019. (2) Establishing or re-establishing a neighborhood-serving commercial use on a property in Table 224-2 requires a conditional use permit. |
(E)New neighborhood-serving commercial uses. (1) Table 224-2 lists properties with an NMO designation where a neighborhood-serving commercial use previously existed, though some were not present as of June 20, 2019. (2) Establishing or re-establishing a neighborhood-serving commercial use on a property in Table 224-2 requires a conditional use permit. |
|---|---|---|
| Table 224-2 Neighborhood Commercial Overlay NMO Properties with Prior Neighborhood-Serving Commercial Uses | ||
| NMO Zone # | APN | Address |
| Table 224-2 Neighborhood Commercial Overlay NMO Properties with Prior Neighborhood-Serving Commercial Uses | ||
| NMO Zone # | APN | Address |
| NMO-7 | 004-021-012 | 1100 California Street |
| NMO-8 | 004-101-007 | 1037 B Street |
| NMO-9 | 004-116-001 | 1305 California Street |
| NMO-10 | 004-251-013 | 1505 F Street |
| --- | --- | --- |
| NMO-11 | 005-015-008 | 931 H Street |
| NMO-12 | 005-134-011 | 1833 J Street |
| NMO-13 | 010-024-002 | 2304 A Street |
| NMO-14 | 008-014-008 | 2329 Fairfield Street |
| NMO-15 | 018-181-026 | 3911 Campton Road |
| NMO-16 | 004-234-006 | 405 13th Street |
(F) Performance standards. All new neighborhood-serving commercial uses must comply with the following performance standards.
(1) Noise. Neighborhood serving commercial uses must comply with Municipal Code §§ 94.01 et seq. (Noise).
(2) Hours of operation. A neighborhood-serving commercial use may be open to the public only between the hours of 7:00
a.m. and 11:00 p.m. unless extended hours of operation are approved with a conditional use permit.
(3) Live entertainment. Live entertainment may include only unamplified music, book readings and other similar quiet activities appropriate for residential neighborhoods. Amplified live entertainment is prohibited.
(4) Deliveries. Deliveries and pick-ups may not involve the use of commercial vehicles greater than 26,000 pounds gross vehicle weight, except for FedEx, UPS or USPS-type deliveries and pick-up.
- (5) Solid waste and recycled materials.
(a) Location. Solid waste/recyclable material collection and storage areas must be located a minimum of 15 feet from any adjoining residential lot line.
(b) Screening. All outdoor collection and waste storage areas must be screened from view from an adjoining residential property by a fence or enclosure, compatible with adjacent architecture, with a minimum height of five feet for carts/cans and seven feet for dumpsters.
(G) Building and site standards. Neighborhood-serving commercial uses must comply with the following building and site standards.
(1) Indoor areas for customers and clients may not exceed 2,000 square feet.
(2) Establishments that provide food and/or beverage service are limited to seating for 30 people.
(3) Exterior sales windows (e.g., concession stands) without interior customer space are not permitted.
(4) No more than three on-site parking spaces may be added to the site for customer parking. Parking areas must comply with design standards in § 155.324 (Parking).
- (H) Development standards.
(1) (a) Notwithstanding § 155.224.030(G) (Building and Site Standards), an NMO property is subject to either:
The development standards of the applicable base zoning district; or
The existing conditions of the site and building at the time of NMO designation, whichever is less restrictive.
- (b) For example, if an existing NMO building has a five-foot front setback and the applicable zoning district requires a tenfoot setback, the NMO building is subject to a minimum five-foot front setback requirement. If an NMO building has a height of
20 feet in a zoning district with a 35-foot maximum height, the NMO building is subject to the 35-foot maximum height standard.
(2) The development standards in this division (H) apply only to buildings occupied by a neighborhood-serving commercial use and upper floor residences above a neighborhood-serving commercial use. Buildings occupied by any other allowed use must comply with the development standards of the applicable zoning district.
- (I) Applying the NMO to additional properties.
(1) In addition to properties identified in Tables 224-1 and 224-2, the City Council may apply the NMO designation to any property in a residential zoning district, regardless of the property size, location or current use.
(2) To apply the NMO designation to additional properties, the City Council must approve a Zoning Code amendment (Zoning Map and text) in conformance with § 155.432 (Zoning Code and General Plan Amendments).
(3) To approve the Zoning Code amendment, the City Council must make the findings in § 155.432.070 (Findings for Approval) and find the proposed NMO use(s) will substantially advance the purpose of the NMO overlay as described in §
155.224.030(A) (Purpose). (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.224.040 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS OVERLAY. ¶
(A) Purpose. The purpose of the special considerations (SCO) Overlay Zone is to allow for high-quality development that deviates from the Zoning Code while remaining consistent with the General Plan. The SCO Overlay Zone is intended to promote creativity in building design, flexibility in permitted land uses and innovation in development concepts. The SCO Overlay Zone provides the city with enhanced flexibility to address unique site characteristics and allow projects that will provide public benefits for residents, employees and visitors.
(B) Where allowed. The SCO Overlay Zone may be applied to any property in Eureka.
(C) Designated properties. The SCO overlay applies to properties shown on the Zoning Map and listed in Table 224-3. Each property subject to the SCO Overlay Zone will be listed in Table 244-3 with property information, the city ordinance applying the overlay to the property (“implementing ordinance”) and a summary of the development allowed by the overlay on the property.
(D) Allowed modifications to regulations. When the SCO overlay is applied to a property, the implementing ordinance may allow for modification to any land use regulation or development standard in the Zoning Code, subject to the limitations in § 155.224.040(E) (General Plan Compliance).
(E) General plan compliance. Modifications allowed by the SCO Overlay Zone must be consistent with the General Plan. For example, the SCO Overlay Zone may not allow a floor area ratio (FAR) on a property that is greater than the maximum FAR for the applicable General Plan land use designation.
(F) Required approvals.
(1) Zoning Code amendment. To apply the SCO Overlay Zone to a property, the City Council must approve a Zoning Code and Zoning Map Amendment in accordance with § 155.432 (Zoning Code and General Plan Amendments).
(2) Subsequent approvals. A development project proposed in an SCO Overlay Zone must receive all permits and approvals required by the Zoning Code, unless specifically modified by the implementing ordinance.
(G) Conditions of approval. When the SCO overlay is applied to a property, the City Council may identify in the implementing ordinance conditions of approval that will apply to any proposed project on the property.
(H) Effect of designation.
(1) Development in the SCO Overlay Zone is allowed as specified in the implementing ordinance for the property.
(2) Proposed projects in an SCO Overlay Zone must comply with all Zoning Code requirements, except as specifically modified by the implementing ordinance or as otherwise allowed by the Zoning Code.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.224.050 GULCH GREENWAY OVERLAY ZONE. ¶
(A) Purpose. The purpose of the Gulch Greenway (GG) overlay zone is to preserve gulches and greenways as unique and valuable community assets.
- (B) Definitions. Terms used in this subsection are defined as follows:
DEVELOPMENT. Any of the following:
(a) Constructing or establishing a new structure.
(b) Moving, reconstructing, expanding, or demolishing an existing structure.
(c) Subdivisions and lot line adjustments.
(d) Grading and temporary ground disturbance.
(e) Removing and trimming trees and other vegetation.
(f) Installing utilities and site development infrastructure, including roads and driveways.
FEASIBLE. Capable of being accomplished in a successful manner within a reasonable period of time, taking into account economic, environmental, social, and technological factors.
GULCH GREENWAY BUFFER AREA.
- (a) All areas:
Fifty feet beyond the break in slope adjacent to a stream or edge of the riparian drip line, whichever is greater (See Figure 224-1); and
One hundred feet from the edge of a seasonal or perennial wetland.
- (b) Distances from environmental features are measured using horizontal distance, perpendicular to the feature, regardless of slope.
Figure 224-1: Gulch Greenway Management Area
GULCH GREENWAY MANAGEMENT AREA (GGMA).
- (a) Areas within the GG overlay zone with one or more of the following features (excluding areas described in division (b) below):
Slopes of 20% or greater.
Stream channels and banks extending beyond the top of bank to the adjacent break in slope.
Riparian habitat adjacent to streams, extending to the outermost edge of the riparian dripline, determined using:
a. 2023 aerial photography on file with the city; or
b. The most recent aerial photography in cases where legally established development approved by the city modified the 2023 riparian dripline.
Wetlands.
Gulch greenway buffer areas as defined in this division.
- (b) GGMA does not include:
An improved outdoor area, as defined in this division, associated with a legally established use; and
The footprint of a legally established structure.
GULCHES AND GREENWAYS. The vegetated areas in and around a ravine or valley, typically containing a stream or wetland.
IMPROVED OUTDOOR AREA. An area that has experienced significant alteration from its natural condition as a result of legally authorized clearing, grading, paving, construction, landscaping, or other activities, as determined by the Director. Includes yards, gardens, landscaping, and perimeter fencing associated with a legally-established use.
RIPARIAN HABITAT. Areas with plant communities contiguous to and affected by surface and subsurface hydrologic features of perennial or intermittent lotic and lentic water bodies (rivers, streams, lakes, or drainage ways). RIPARIAN HABITAT has one or both of the following characteristics:
(a) Distinctly different vegetative species than adjacent areas.
(b) Species similar to adjacent areas but exhibiting more vigorous or robust growth forms.
STREAM. A perennial, intermittent, or ephemeral watercourse, whether naturally or artificially created, identified by a qualified professional through site inspection or on U.S. Geological Survey Maps.
WETLAND. An area where, under normal circumstances, all of the following occur:
(a) Continuous or recurrent saturation of the upper substrate, caused by groundwater, or shallow surface water, or both.
(b) The duration of such saturation is sufficient to cause anaerobic conditions in the upper substrate.
(c) Vegetation is either dominated by hydrophytes or lacks vegetation.
(d) The State Water Resources Control Board's definition of waters of the state applies.
WHEELED MECHANIZED EQUIPMENT. Heavy construction equipment such as tractors, excavators, skid steers, or
similar machinery used for grading, earthmoving, or substantial vegetation removal. Does not include wheelbarrows, push or rideon lawn mowers, or handheld landscaping tools.
(C) Permits required.
(1) General.
(a) Development in the GG Overlay Zone requires permits shown in Table 224-1. See division (C)(3) below for Gulch Greenway permit information.
(b) Required permits in Table 224-1 are in addition to other permits and approvals required by the Zoning Code.
Table 224-1: Permits Required in GGMA
C= Conditional Gulch Greenway permit ZC = Zoning clearance M = Minor Gulch Greenway permit - = Prohibited P = Permitted (no zoning clearance required)
| In GGMA | |
|---|---|
| Table 224-1: Permits Required in GGMA | |
| C= Conditional Gulch Greenway permit ZC = Zoning clearance M = Minor Gulch Greenway permit - = Prohibited P = Permitted (no zoning clearance required) |
|
| In GGMA | |
| New Structures | |
| Primary dwellings | C |
| Accessory dwelling unit | ZC [1] |
| Residential accessory structures, fences and walls | C [8] |
| Hospitals and medical offices and clinics in the HM Zoning District | C |
| Other non-residential structures | - |
| Existing Structures | |
| Moving an existing structure | M |
| Reconstructing an existing structure | C [9] |
| Repairing, maintaining, and remodeling an existing structure [2] | ZC [3] |
| Additions that expand the footprint of an existing structure into GGMA | |
| Residential structures | C |
| Hospitals and medical offices and clinics in the HM zoning district | C |
| Other types of non-residential structures | - |
| Demolishing an existing structure | |
| No wheeled mechanized equipment entering GGMA | ZC |
| Wheeled mechanized equipment entering GGMA | M |
| Land Divisions | |
| Subdivisions and lot line adjustments | C [4] |
| Tree and Vegetation Removal[10] | |
| Invasive and exotic plant removal [5] | |
| With neither wheeled mechanized equipment entering GGMA nor herbicide | P |
| With wheeled mechanized equipment entering GGMA and/or herbicide [6] | M |
| Protected tree removal | See 155.304.140 |
| Native vegetation removal (no protected tree removal) | |
| Less than 1,000 sq. ft. with neither wheeled mechanized equipment entering the GGMA nor herbicide | P |
| Less than 1,000 sq. ft. with wheeled mechanized equipment entering GGMA and/or herbicide [6] | M |
| 1,000 sq. ft. or more with or without wheeled mechanized equipment or herbicide | C |
| Site Disturbances | |
| Grading less than 5 cubic yards and 500 sq. ft. disturbed area | |
| On slopes less than 20% and outside of wetlands and streams | ZC |
| On slopes 20% or more or within a wetland or stream | M |
| Grading more than 5 cubic yards or 500 sq. ft. disturbed area | M |
| New or replaced buried utility lines | |
| Not crossing a stream or wetland | ZC |
| Crossing a stream and/or wetland | M |
| New or expanded site improvements to serve on-site uses [7] | C |
| Other Uses and Activities | |
| Public trails and associated recreational amenities | |
| --- | --- |
| Trash removal | |
| Resource management programs and habitat restoration projects approved by a state or federal governmental agency | |
| Public utilities | |
| NOTES: [1] Permitted in GGMA only if 1) physical constraints on the property preclude ADU development outside of GGMA; and 2) the city must allow the ADU development in GGMA pursuant to state law. [2] Applies only to projects that do not expand the footprint of the structure into GGMA. [3] Zoning clearance required only if a building permit is required. [4] A subdivision or lot line adjustment in GGMA means the existing parcels to be subdivided or adjusted contain GGMA. Conversely, if the entirety of the existing parcels to be subdivided or adjusted do not contain GGMA, the subdivision or lot line adjustment is not in GGMA. [5] Includes associated trimming of native plants, performed without wheeled mechanized equipment entering the GGMA. [6] Targeted, spot application of herbicide in compliance with herbicide labels for the purpose of removing invasive plant species may be permitted in the GGMA with a zoning clearance. [7] Includes improved yard areas, circulation infrastructure (e.g., roads, driveways, sidewalks, trail, pathways), utility infrastructure (e.g., water, wastewater, stormwater, electrical, gas, communications), stream crossings, bank stabilization, and flood control improvements. [8] Wildlife-friendly fences and walls, as determined by the Director in consultation with the California Department of Fish and Wildlife and with reference to A Landowner's Guide to Wildlife Friendly Fences (Montana Fish, Wildlife and Parks, 2012), may be allowed with a zoning clearance. Exclusion fencing may be considered wildlife-friendly only if it is limited to areas needed for safety or property protection (e.g., child play areas, gardens, animal enclosures), sited to preserve habitat connectivity and migration routes, and designed to avoid risk of entanglement and injury (e.g., no decorative spikes or barbs on the top rail; narrow or no gaps between slats to prevent wildlife from attempting to squeeze through). [9] If a legally-existing structure is damaged or destroyed by earthquake, fire, flood, or other calamity, the structure may be reconstructed with a zoning clearance provided the reconstruction does not expand the structure's footprint further into GGMA. [10] Vegetation removal required by the property owner's or prospective property owner's insurance company as a condition of maintaining or obtaining coverage may be approved with a zoning clearance, based on evidence of the requirement, regardless of whether the removal would otherwise require a minor or conditional Gulch Greenway permit. |
|
(2) Permits from other agencies.
(a) Obtaining a permit from the city does not preclude the need for permits that may be required by other governmental agencies, including the California Department of Fish and Wildlife, the Regional Water Quality Control Board, and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
(b) Whenever a requirement in this subsection conflicts with a requirement of another jurisdiction, the requirement most protective of natural resources will apply.
(3) Gulch Greenway permits.
(a) Purpose. A Gulch Greenway permit is a discretionary permit to ensure that development in GGMA minimizes and mitigates natural resource impacts to the extent feasible.
(b) Types.
There are two types of Gulch Greenway permits: minor Gulch Greenway permits approved by the Director and conditional Gulch Greenway permits approved by the Planning Commission.
If a project triggers multiple Gulch Greenway permits as shown in Table 224-1, only one permit is required and shall be acted on by the highest review authority. For example, if different aspects of a project require both a minor Gulch Greenway permit and a conditional Gulch Greenway permit pursuant to Table 224-1, only a conditional Gulch Greenway permit is required with this permit acted on by the Planning Commission.
- (c) Public notice and hearing.
Table 224-2 shows the review authority and public notice and hearing requirements for Gulch Greenway permits.
For projects that require a minor Gulch Greenway permit, the Director may refer the application to the Planning Commission for public hearing and decision.
| (c)Public notice and hearing. 1. Table 224-2 shows the review authority and public notice and hearing requirements for Gulch Greenway permits. 2. For projects that require a minor Gulch Greenway permit, the Director may refer the application to the Planning Commission for public hearing and decision. |
(c)Public notice and hearing. 1. Table 224-2 shows the review authority and public notice and hearing requirements for Gulch Greenway permits. 2. For projects that require a minor Gulch Greenway permit, the Director may refer the application to the Planning Commission for public hearing and decision. |
(c)Public notice and hearing. 1. Table 224-2 shows the review authority and public notice and hearing requirements for Gulch Greenway permits. 2. For projects that require a minor Gulch Greenway permit, the Director may refer the application to the Planning Commission for public hearing and decision. |
(c)Public notice and hearing. 1. Table 224-2 shows the review authority and public notice and hearing requirements for Gulch Greenway permits. 2. For projects that require a minor Gulch Greenway permit, the Director may refer the application to the Planning Commission for public hearing and decision. |
|---|---|---|---|
| Table 224-2: Gulch Greenway Permits | |||
| Review Authority | Public Notice | Public Hearing | |
| Minor Gulch Greenway permit | Director | Notice of pending action. See 155.408.090 |
Only after receiving written request. See 155.408.090(C) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Conditional Gulch Greenway permit | Planning Commission | Notice of public hearing. See 155.408.080 |
Required. See 155.408.100. |
(d) Considerations. When evaluating a Gulch Greenway permit application, the review authority shall consider the following:
Changes to the area (quantity) of Gulch Greenway habitat.
Continuity of and connections between habitat areas.
Impacts on habitat quality and complexity.
Water quality.
Scenic and visual impacts.
Public recreational opportunities.
Noise and light impacts on habitat.
Human and pet encroachment into habitat.
Erosion, runoff, flooding, and fire hazards.
Changes to the natural topography and existing landforms.
Changes to the natural course of waterways.
Impacts on slope stability.
- (e) Findings for approval. To approve a Gulch Greenway permit, the review authority must make the following findings:
The project complies with applicable standards in this subsection.
The project minimizes and mitigates impacts to fish and wildlife habitat and movement corridor values to the extent feasible.
The project minimizes risk of damage to development—both on and outside the subject property—from erosion, flooding and fire hazards.
The project protects the water quality and hydrology of Humboldt Bay and its tributaries.
- (D) Permitting process.
(1) General. Applications for permits required by this subsection must be filed and processed as required by § 155.408.
- (2) Project plans.
(a) Project plans prepared by the applicant shall show the boundaries of GGMA on the property and the location of all proposed development as defined in this subsection.
- (b) GGMA boundaries are subject to review and confirmation by the Director.
(3) Consultant review. The city may require technical studies, application review, and a site visit by a qualified professional with expertise in hydrology, biology, or geology. The applicant is responsible for costs associated with this review.
(4) CDFW referrals. The city shall refer all building and planning applications in the GG Overlay Zone to the California Department of Fish and Wildlife (CDFW) for review and comment.
- (5) Conditions of approval.
(a) Pursuant to § 155.408.110, the city may attach conditions of approval to permits for development in the GG Overlay Zone. Conditions of approval may be required to avoid or reduce impacts to natural resources or to mitigate impacts such as by improving the quality of GGMA.
(b) As a condition of approval, the city may require the applicant to file with the County Recorder a deed restriction identifying conditions of permit approval and limitations applying to the property pursuant to this subsection. The deed restriction shall be binding upon any successor in ownership of the property.
(E) Standards.
(1) Work in seasonal wetlands and streams; when permitted.
(a) Work in seasonal wetlands and streams is permitted only between June 1 through October 31.
(b) The Director may grant an exception to this requirement when:
The applicant proceeds in good faith to complete the work before November 1;
Circumstances outside the applicant's control prevent completion of work before November 1; and
Measures are put in place to avoid adverse impacts to natural resources to the extent feasible.
- (2) Water quality. Development must comply with all applicable water quality protection standards, including but not limited
to:
(a) Municipal Code Chapter 54 (Storm Water Quality Management and Discharge Control);
(b) Municipal Code §§ 150.200 et seq. (Construction Site Erosion Control); and
(c) The City of Eureka MS4 permit and Low Impact Development Stormwater Manual.
(3) Outdoor lighting. Outdoor lighting must comply with standards in § 155.308.050.
(4) Trees. Tree removal must comply with § 155.304.140.
(5) Bird nesting sites.
(a) During the bird nesting season (March 15 through August 15), disturbance to vegetation should be avoided except lawn mowing and weeding, and active bird nests must be thoroughly checked for before trimming or removing vegetation, to prevent harm to migratory birds in compliance with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act.
(b) Tree removal must comply with requirements to protect bird nesting sites in § 155.304.140(E).
(6) Rubbish and yard waste disposal. Properties are subject to existing prohibitions on dumping, including the disposal of yard waste or other rubbish into the gulch, as set forth in Municipal Code §§ 94.15 et seq.
(7) Invasive plants and weeds.
(a) Development must comply with the invasive plant prohibition in § 155.328.050(E).
(b) Properties must comply with weed abatement requirements in Municipal Code §§ 94.15 et seq.
(8) Temporary ground disturbances.
(a) An area of temporary ground disturbance associated with a construction project must be restored to its pre-disturbance state or to a state of greater biological and hydrological function and value within two years of project completion.
(b) If necessary, restoration measures may include decompacting soil, site recontouring, and/or revegetation with locallyappropriate native species.
(9) Subdivisions.
(a) A subdivision is permitted only if all parcels intended for development contain a buildable area and access thereto located entirely outside of GGMA except as allowed by division (E)(9)(b) below.
(b) The city may allow a subdivision with buildable area in GGMA if the review authority finds all of the following:
- One or both of the following apply:
a. Development in GGMA is necessary to accommodate new housing on the property in compliance with state law, including but not limited to the Housing Crisis Act (Cal. Government Code §§ 66300 et seq. ).
b. The public benefits of development in GGMA outweigh any unavoidable adverse impacts to natural resources.
The subdivision minimizes and mitigates adverse impacts to natural resources to the maximum extent feasible.
A development alternative with all buildable area outside of GGMA is infeasible.
(c) All undeveloped GGMA within a subdivision must be designated as permanently protected open space.
(d) Designated open space areas must be identified on the tentative map and recorded final map and must be guaranteed in perpetuity using one or more of the following methods:
Dedication of a conservation easement to a public agency or a public interest land trust;
Dedication of land in fee-title to a public agency; or
Recordation of a deed restriction with the County Recorder.
(e) Conservation subdivisions pursuant to § 155.332.040 are permitted, but not required, within the GG Overlay Zone.
(Ord. 961-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
CITYWIDE STANDARDS
§ 155.304 SUPPLEMENTAL USE REGULATIONS. ¶
§ 155.304.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.304 establishes supplemental standards that apply to specific land uses and development in all zoning districts. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.304.020 ACCESSORY USES. ¶
(A) Relationship to primary use.
- (1) An accessory use must be related to and serve the purpose of the primary use on the site.
(2) An accessory use must be clearly incidental and subordinate to the primary use on the site, which may be demonstrated by factors such as the floor area of the use, economic importance of the use, and the number of customers/visitors generated by the use.
(3) If the primary use is destroyed or removed, the accessory use is no longer allowed.
(B) Maximum size. The following maximum size standards apply to all accessory uses except accessory dwelling units (ADUs): (1) When an accessory use other than a structure for residential vehicle parking and/or storage is located within a building, the total floor area of the accessory use may not exceed 49% of the habitable floor area of the building containing the associated primary use.
(2) The floor area of a residential garage or a shed may not exceed 100% of the habitable floor area of the building containing the associated primary use.
(3) The Director may allow the floor area of an accessory use to exceed the limitation with an administrative adjustment. To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that:
(a) The accessory use complies with § 155.304.020(A) (Relationship to Primary Use); and
(b) Unique circumstances associated with the primary use warrant the additional floor area for the accessory use.
(C) Location. An accessory use must be located on the same site as the primary use.
(D) Timing of establishment. An accessory use may not be established before the primary use is established.
(E) Residential accessory uses. Accessory uses customarily associated with a place of residence on the same site are permitted. Allowed accessory uses include, but are not limited to the following:
(1) Home occupations in conformance with § 155.304.070 (Home Occupations);
(2) Garage and yard sales in conformance with § 155.336.040(B) (Garage Sales);
(3) Keeping of domestic pets in conformance with Municipal Code Chapter 91 (Animals);
(4) Vehicle parking serving on-site uses in conformance with § 155.324 (Parking);
(5) Gardening, landscaping, and open space management in conformance with Municipal Code §§ 94.15 et seq. (Weeds, Rubbish and Debris);
(6) Storage of personal household property inside a permitted structure; and
(7) Personal hobbies for non-commercial purposes.
(F) Non-residential accessory uses. Accessory uses customarily associated with a primary non-residential use on the same site are permitted. Allowed accessory uses include, but are not limited to the following:
(1) Administrative offices for the primary use;
(2) Vehicle parking serving on-site uses in conformance with § 155.324 (Parking);
(3) Wholesale or retail sales to a buyer's custom order of goods produced by the primary use;
(4) Back-of-the-house niche manufacturing of products sold in a retail facility (such as chocolate production in the back of a candy store, craft beer brewing in a restaurant/brewery, or guitar fabrication in the back of a music instrument store);
(5) The storage of goods associated with the primary use in conformance with § 155.304.110 (Outdoor Storage);
(6) Tasting rooms associated with a food or beverage production use;
(7) Caretaker units in the industrial and public zoning districts; and
(8) Other similar uses as determined by the Director through a zoning clearance.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.304.030 ADULT ENTERTAINMENT. ¶
(A) Purpose and applicability. This section establishes standards for the location, approval and operation of adult entertainment as defined in § 155.304.030(B) (Definitions).
(B) Definitions. For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply unless the context clearly indicates or requires a different meaning.
ADULT ENTERTAINMENT.
- (a) A business which either:
Provides live entertainment or performances that involve the display of specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities; or
Displays pornographic films, photographs or other still or moving images with an emphasis on specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities.
(b) ADULT ENTERTAINMENT includes, but is not limited to, strip clubs, adult movie theaters, adult arcades, adult motels and places that engage in or allow couch dancing, topless dancing, nude or semi-nude mud wrestling and similar businesses.
SPECIFIED ANATOMICAL AREAS. Any of the following:
(a) Less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region, anus or female breasts below a point immediately above the top of the areolae; and/or
- (b) Human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered.
SPECIFIED SEXUAL ACTIVITIES. Any of the following:
(a) The fondling or other intentional touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus or female breasts;
(b) Sex acts, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral copulation or sodomy;
(c) Masturbation, actual or simulated;
(d) Human genitals in a state of sexual stimulation, arousal or tumescence; and
(e) Excretory functions.
(C) Exceptions. The following types of businesses are not considered adult entertainment and are exempt from the requirements of this section:
(1) Retail sales. The sale of adult-oriented merchandise related to specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities as defined in § 155.304.030(B) (Definitions), including adult bookstores, adult video rental stores, adult novelty stores and art galleries. All such uses must comply with Cal. Penal Code Title 9, Ch. 7.5, (Obscene Matter) and other applicable obscenity and indecent behavior laws (e.g., sexually-explicit merchandise may not be visible from building exterior);
(2) Therapeutic massage. Massage conducted by a massage therapist certified by the California Massage Therapy Council; (3) Medical or psychological therapies. The medical or psychological therapeutic activities of state-licensed doctors, psychologists, psychiatrists or marital or sexual therapists;
(4) Modeling or theatrical performances. Nude modeling done in connection with an educational program or artistic endeavor. Occasional theatrical performances, either live or in motion picture theaters, in which nudity is incidental to the content of the presentation; and
(5) Private non-commercial behavior. This section does not regulate the private behavior of adults, which is otherwise permitted by law, where there is no payment, gratuity, exchange of labor or goods or other consideration of a transaction.
(D) Permit required. A conditional use permit is required to:
(1) Establish an adult entertainment use as a new business;
(2) Convert an existing business to an adult entertainment use; or
(3) Add activities that qualify as an adult entertainment use to an existing business.
(E) Location.
(1) LI and HN Zoning Districts only. Adult entertainment is allowed only within the Hinge (HN) and Light Industrial (LI) Zoning Districts.
(2) Prohibited on Highway 101. Adult entertainment is not permitted on properties fronting Highway 101 (Broadway, 4th Street or 5th Street).
(3) Other adult businesses. An adult entertainment use may not be established or located within 500 feet of any other adult entertainment use.
(4) Sensitive land uses. An adult entertainment use may not be established or located within 500 feet of a sensitive land use. A SENSITIVE LAND USE means any one of the following:
- (a) A residential zoning district or residential use (not including caretaker units);
(b) A religious institution, on land leased or owned by any church, synagogue, mosque, temple or any school or meeting hall operated by such institution;
(c) A public or private elementary, junior high or high school, preschool or child day care center;
(d) A public park on which recreation games may be played, including lawn and parking areas, but excluding natural open space areas where no recreational facilities are present;
(e) A public assembly or public use civic building, including libraries, community centers, post offices, but excluding police and fire stations; and
(f) Other land uses oriented to youth/minors as determined by the Director (e.g., toy stores, ice cream shops and the like).
(F) Application review/conditions of approval.
(1) Applications to establish adult entertainment shall be reviewed by the City of Eureka Chief of Police. The Chief of Police shall recommend to the Planning Commission conditions of approval necessary to protect the public health, safety, and welfare.
(2) Conditions of approval may address hours of operation, lighting, management supervision, security, visibility, signage, access by minors, live performances, the configuration of interior spaces, and other development and operational standards as needed.
(3) To approve an adult entertainment use, the Planning Commission must make all findings in § 155.412.120(F) (Findings for Approval) and may attach any additional conditions of approval in accordance with § 155.408.110 (Conditions of Approval). (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.304.040 CAR SHARE FACILITIES. ¶
Car share facilities in the R2 and R3 Zoning Districts are subject to the following.
(A) On-site employees and on-site servicing and repair of vehicles is prohibited.
(B) Electric vehicles (EV) charging stations and covered parking is allowed.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.304.050 EMERGENCY SHELTERS. ¶
(A) Purpose and intent. This section establishes standards for emergency shelters in compliance with Cal. Gov’t Code § 65583(a)(4).
- (B) Permitted zoning district. Emergency shelters are allowed in zoning districts as shown in the allowed use tables in the Zoning District Standards subchapter.
(C) Standards.
(1) Buildings and open space. An emergency shelter may be established within one or more buildings or outside of buildings in open space areas.
(2) Number of residents. For emergency shelters occupying a building, the Building Official and/or Fire Marshal will determine the maximum number of residents permitted to occupy an emergency shelter based on Building Code occupant loading requirements.
(3) Length of stay. The length of stay at an emergency shelter may not exceed one year.
(4) Separation. An emergency shelter may be located no closer than 50 feet from another emergency shelter.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.304.060 FAMILY DAY CARE HOMES. ¶
(A) License. Family day care home providers must obtain and maintain a license from the State of California Department of Social Services.
(B) Separation; large family day care homes. A large family day care home in a residential zoning district may not be located within 300 feet of another family day care home (large or small) or a day care facility.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.304.070 HOME OCCUPATIONS. ¶
(A) Purpose. This section establishes standards for home occupations and cottage food operations to allow residents to conduct business and employment activities in their home in a manner compatible with a residential setting.
(B) Permits required.
(1) Home occupation permit. A home occupation that complies with all standards in division (E) below is permitted by-right with a zoning clearance.
(2) Minor use permit. A home occupation that does not comply with one or more standards in division (E) below may be allowed with a minor use permit.
(C) Business license. All persons conducting a home occupation must obtain a City of Eureka business license.
(D) Applicant agreement. All applicants requesting approval of a home occupation must sign a statement that they have read, understand and will comply with the city’s home occupation requirements.
(E) Standards. The following standards apply to all home occupations:
(1) Accessory use. The home occupation must be clearly secondary to the primary use of the property as a residence.
(2) Signs. See § 155.340.030(A)(7) (Home Occupation).
(3) Residential appearance. Except for a permitted sign, the existence of the home occupation may not be apparent beyond the boundaries of the site, and no permit to alter the exterior of the structure for the home occupation may be approved.
(4) Off-site effects. A home occupation may not create dust, fumes, odors, smoke, noise, vibration, or electrical interference that is perceptible beyond the property line.
(5) Hazardous materials prohibited. The storage and use of flammable, combustible, or explosive materials must receive approval from the Chief Building Official. Typically, the only such materials that will be allowed are limited to small quantities of fuel for landscaping equipment, contained mini-torches used for sculpting glass, and other similar modest quantities of materials associated with approved home occupation business types.
(6) Outdoor display or storage. Window displays, outdoor storage, or display of equipment, materials, or supplies associated with the home occupation are not allowed.
(7) Employees. A maximum of two on-site non-resident employees is allowed.
(8) Client/customer visits. Except when allowed by division (E)(9) below, only ten vehicle trips per day of clients or customers to the residence are allowed. Client or customer visits are limited to the hours between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
- (a) For retail, commercial service, and office home occupations, no more than one client or customer may be on-site at any given time.
(b) For instructional services, tutoring, gyms, and other similar home occupations as determined by the Director, a maximum of ten students, clients, or customers may be on-site at any given time.
(9) Special events. A home occupation may host up to four special events per year where the client/customer limitations in division (E)(8) above do not apply. Special events include music recitals, dance performances, gallery open studios, and other similar events.
(10) Deliveries. Deliveries and pick-ups may not involve the use of commercial vehicles greater than 26,000 pounds gross vehicle weight except for FedEx, UPS, or USPS-type home deliveries and pick-up.
(11) Parked vehicles. Commercial vehicles/trailers greater than 19,500 pounds gross vehicle weight used by the home occupation may not be parked on site or on street.
(12) Number of home occupations per residence. More than one home occupation per residence is allowed; however, all home occupations combined must adhere to the home occupation standards. For example, regardless of the number of home occupations permitted in association with a residence, only two on-site non-resident employees would be allowed at the residence.
(F) Cottage food operations. Cottage food operations (CFO) as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 113758 and Cal. Gov’t Code § 51035 are a permitted home occupation subject to the following requirements:
(1) The cottage food operation must comply with home occupation standards in § 155.304.070(E) (Standards).
(2) All cottage food operations must be registered or permitted by Humboldt County Department of Environmental Health before commencing business.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.304.080 MANUFACTURED HOUSING. ¶
(A) General. A manufactured home certified under the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. §§ 5401 et seq. ) may be used for residential purposes subject to the requirements of this section.
(B) Development standards. A manufactured home must comply with all development standards (e.g., height, setback, lot coverage) that would apply to a conventional single-family home on the same lot.
(C) Design and construction standards. A manufactured home must be compatible in design and appearance with residential structures in the vicinity and meet the following standards.
(1) Foundation. A manufactured home must be built on a permanent foundation system approved by the Building Official.
(2) Roof material. Roof material must consist of material customarily used for conventional dwelling units, such as tile, composition shingles and wood shakes and shingles.
(3) Siding material. Siding material must consist of exterior material customarily used for conventional dwelling units, such as stucco, wood, brick, stone or decorative concrete. Metal siding, if utilized, must be non-reflective and horizontally lapping.
(4) Skirting. Skirting must extend to the finished grade. Siding material utilized as skirting must be the same as the material used on the exterior wall surface of the manufactured home.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.304.090 MOBILE VENDORS. ¶
(A) Applicability.
(1) This section applies to the production, sale and/or distribution of retail products from a vehicle, while operating on private property. These standards also apply to on-site incidental preparation by a mobile vendor immediately before and after retail activity occurs on a site.
(2) This section does not apply to hand carts or any retailer traveling from place to place by a non-vehicular type of conveyance, which are subject to the regulations under Municipal Code Ch. 118 (Peddlers and Solicitors).
(3) This section does not apply to mobile vendors operating on a street, which are regulated under Municipal Code Ch. 75 (Mobile Vendors Operating Upon a Street).
(B) Standards. All mobile vendors must comply with the following standards.
(1) Obstructions. A mobile vendor may not directly obstruct pedestrian or vehicular traffic or block a driveway or alleyway.
(2) Schools. A mobile vendor may not operate within 300 feet of any property on which a K-12 school is located, between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. of any school day. This prohibition does not apply if the school provides the mobile vendor written authorization to park on school property.
(3) Waste. While in operation, a mobile vendor must maintain a clearly designated waste receptacle in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle.
(4) Operation. When not engaged in on-site incidental preparations or in operation, all mobile vendors, associated equipment and waste receptacles must be removed from the site of operation.
(5) Compliance with other laws and regulations. Mobile vendors must obey all local, state and federal laws.
(6) Business improvement districts. Mobile vendors that operate, or intend to operate, within a business improvement district must pay associated fees.
(C) City approvals.
(1) Council approval on city property. Permission for a mobile vendor to operate on city-owned property, excluding public rights-of-way, requires City Council approval. This requirement does not apply to mobile vendors operating under a special event permit.
(2) Business license. Mobile vendors must acquire a city business license.
(3) Mobile vendor agreement. Prior to receiving a business license, each mobile vendor must sign a statement that they have read, understand and will comply with the city’s mobile vendor requirements.
(4) Record of approved mobile vendors. The city will keep a list of approved mobile vendors. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.304.100 MULTI-FAMILY LAUNDRY FACILITIES. ¶
All new construction of a multi-family residential use in any location must provide either private laundry facilities in each dwelling unit or a common laundry facility with at least one clothes washer and dryer for each six dwelling units. Common washers and dryers may be coin operated.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.304.110 OUTDOOR STORAGE. ¶
(A) Applicability.
(1) The outdoor storage requirements in this section apply to the storage of goods, materials, machines, equipment, vehicles or parts outside of a building for more than 72 hours.
(2) These requirements apply only to lots occupied by a non-residential primary use or undeveloped lots in a non-residential zoning district.
- (3) These requirements do not apply to:
(a) Fleet and service vehicles associated with an allowed land use when parked outdoors in a legally established parking area;
- (b) Vehicle inventory parked outdoors as part of an allowed vehicle sales and rental use; or
(c) Temporary storage of construction materials reasonably required for construction work on the premises pursuant to a valid building permit.
(B) Non-conformities. Uses non-conforming to this section must be brought into conformance when required by § 155.424.030 (Non-conforming Site Features).
(C) Where allowed. Outdoor storage is allowed as a primary use only in zoning districts identified in the allowed use tables in the Zoning District Standards subchapter. Outdoor storage is also allowed as an accessory use for the storage of goods associated with a primary non-residential use in accordance with § 155.304.020 (Accessory Uses).
(D) Screening.
(1) Outdoor storage areas must be screened with a minimum six-foot high solid fence or wall so as not to be visible from any:
(a) Public street or highway; or
- (b) Residential zoning district or use.
(2) Screening fences and walls may not exceed the maximum allowed height identified in Table 320-1 of § 155.320 (Fences and Walls) and may not use prohibited fence materials identified in Table 320-2.
(E) Surfacing.
(1) Outdoor storage areas must be surfaced with an all-weather material (such as asphalt, concrete or comparable surfacing material approved by the Public Works Director) and graded to provide adequate storm water drainage.
(2) Outdoor storage areas may be surfaced with partially permeable materials if adequate drainage, erosion and dust control are provided. Unpaved outdoor storage areas are not subject to the parking lot landscaping requirements contained in § 155.324.080 (Parking Lot Landscaping).
(3) Outdoor storage of hazardous materials requires a roof or awning over the materials and either a dead-end sump to contain spills or containment in the form of berms, dikes or curbs. All hazardous materials regulated by the California Department of Toxic Substances Control must be placed on a surface as deemed appropriate by the permitting agency. In addition, the surface must conform to all applicable federal and state air and water quality standards.
(F) Shipping containers in industrial zoning districts. Metal shipping containers (e.g., CONEX boxes) qualify as outdoor storage and are permitted in all industrial zoning districts. Shipping containers are subject to all of the outdoor storage standards provided in this subsection.
(G) Standards for shipping containers.
(1) A metal shipping container must be located at least five feet from a property line, and shipping containers that are accessory to the main occupancy use, and are located less than ten feet from the primary structure, are limited to no more than 10% of the floor area of the primary structure.
(2) The size of a shipping container shall not exceed 45 feet in length, ten feet in height, and the storage area shall not exceed 400 square feet.
(3) When a metal shipping container is located within ten feet of a property line adjoining an alley, the side of the container parallel to the alley may not be longer than one-half the length of the alley frontage. For example, when a shipping container is
placed within ten feet of a property line adjoining an alley on a 50-foot-wide parcel, the side of the shipping container parallel to the alley may not be more than 25 feet long, or ½ the width of the alley frontage. See Figure 304-1
(4) When a permanent structure and a proposed metal shipping container are located within ten feet of a property line adjoining an alley, the side of the container parallel to the alley may not be longer than one-half the length of the open alley frontage. Open alley frontage is that portion of the alley frontage where no permanent structure is located on the site within ten feet of the property line adjoining the alley. For example, on a 50-foot-wide parcel, if a 28-foot-wide structure already exists within ten feet of the property line adjoining an alley, and the metal shipping container is proposed within ten feet of the alley property, the side of the shipping container parallel to the alley may not be more than 11 feet long, or ½ the width of the open alley frontage (50 - 28 = 22/2 = 11 ft). See Figure 304-2
(5) When a proposed metal shipping container is located ten or more feet from a property line adjoining an alley, the width of the side of the container facing the alley is limited only by Building and Fire Code standards. See Figure 304-3
(6) When a shipping container is used for the storage of hazardous materials, quantities of hazardous materials may not exceed those listed in California Building Code Table 307.1(1), or Table 307.1(2), and must be stored in compliance with the California Building and Fire Codes.
(7) Installation of a metal shipping container may require a Building Permit as required by the California Building Code. (H) Shipping containers in the SC zoning district. Metal shipping containers (e.g., CONEX boxes) qualify as outdoor storage and are permitted in the SC zoning district. Shipping containers are subject to all of the outdoor storage standards provided in this subsection.
(1) Metal shipping containers in the SC zoning district must:
(a) Be located behind the primary structure when space permits. Where it is physically impossible to locate the shipping container behind the primary structure, the container must be located as close to the rear of the site as possible. A metal shipping container may not be located within the area between the front or exterior side property line and the plane of the primary structure wall.
(b) Painted to match or complement the existing primary structure on the site and must be maintained in good condition and avoid conditions that contribute to blight, including but not limited to, rust, peeling paint, and other visible forms of deterioration. Inclusion or installation of public art on the shipping container is permissible and is not required to match or complement the existing primary structure.
(c) Be located on the ground, and may not be stacked on top of another shipping container.
(2) Section 155.304.110(H) (Shipping Containers in the SC zoning district) is effective only until October 1, 2031, at which time it will expire and be of no further effect. Shipping containers existing in the SC zoning district as of the expiration of this section must either be removed from the site on or before October 31, 2031, or will continue as a non-conforming use and structure, and will be subject to the requirements in § 155.424 (Nonconformities).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 925-C.S., passed 9-7-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.304.120 RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS. ¶
(A) General. All RV parks must conform to Cal. Code of Regulations Title 25, Ch. 5, Cal. Health and Safety Code Div. 13 and all other state laws and regulations that apply to RV parks.
(B) Length of occupancy. The maximum length of occupancy in an RV park is 180 days in any consecutive 365-day period. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.304.130 TINY HOUSE ON WHEELS. ¶
(A) Purpose. This section establishes regulations to allow for tiny houses on wheels within residential zoning districts. These regulations are intended to:
(1) Minimize adverse impacts that could result from tiny houses on wheels in residential neighborhoods;
(2) Ensure tiny houses on wheels do not significantly impact the supply of permanent housing available to Eureka residents; and (3) Provide opportunities for homeowners to generate supplemental income by allowing tiny houses on wheels. (B) Development standards. A tiny house on wheels must comply with all development standards applicable to a conventional accessory dwelling unit as allowed by § 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Units), except as modified by this subsection. (1) Where allowed. A tiny house on wheels is allowed as an accessory dwelling unit in any residential zoning district subject to the requirements of this subsection. (2) Maximum number per lot. One tiny house on wheels is allowed per lot, in lieu of one attached or detached accessory dwelling unit located on a permanent foundation. (3) Unit size. (a) A tiny house on wheels may be up to 102 inches wide and 40 feet long. (b) A tiny house on wheels shall not be smaller than 150 square feet. (c) A tiny house on wheels may be up to 14 feet in height. (4) Location on lot. (a) A tiny house on wheels may not be located between the primary dwelling and the street, except on a through lot. (b) A tiny house on wheels may not be located in, or block access to, a required off-street parking space. (5) Relationship to other residential structures. A tiny house on wheels must be setback from other structures the distance required by the Building Code. (6) Short-term rental. A tiny house on wheels may not be converted to, or utilized as, a short-term, transient vacant rental. (C) Design and construction standards. A tiny house on wheels must be compatible in design and appearance with residential structures and meet the following standards: (1) Parking surfacing. The surface material under wheels and/or leveling or support jacks must be consistent with § 155.324.060(F) (Surfacing). Bumper guards, curbs, or other installations adequate to prevent movement of the unit are required. (2) Skirting. Undercarriage, including the wheels, tongue, axle, and hitch, must be hidden from view using materials or features such as lattice, fencing, planter boxes, detached decks, and the like. (3) Mechanical equipment. All mechanical equipment must be incorporated into the structure and may not be located on the roof unless screened. (4) Construction code requirements. A tiny house on wheels must comply with at least one of the following: (a) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1192 RV standards or American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 119.5 Park Model standards. Certification for NFPA or ANSI compliance must be made by a qualified third-party inspector. Proof of compliance must be submitted with the tiny house on wheels permit application. (b) State building standards for dwellings as determined by the Chief Building Official, including 2019 Cal. Residential Code Appendix Q Tiny Houses or other adopted alternatives. A building permit must be obtained to demonstrate compliance with state building standards. (D) Utilities. A tiny house on wheels must be connected to water, sewer, and electric utilities to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official and Public Works Director. Holding tanks incorporated into the original design of the structure may not be used for the purposes of waste storage. (E) DMV registration. A tiny house on wheels must be licensed and registered with the California Department of Motor Vehicles. (F) Permit required. A tiny house on wheels permit is required prior to and for the duration of occupancy of the tiny house on wheels. The permit is a ministerial approval by the Director to confirm the proposed tiny house on wheels complies with all applicable standards.
DMV registration. A tiny house on wheels must be licensed and registered with the California Department of Motor Vehicles. (F) Permit required. A tiny house on wheels permit is required prior to and for the duration of occupancy of the tiny house on wheels. The permit is a ministerial approval by the Director to confirm the proposed tiny house on wheels complies with all applicable standards.
(1) Not transferrable. The permit shall be issued for a specific tiny house on wheels (based on DMV registration number) to occupy a specific location on a designated property as indicated on a required site plan. The permit may not be transferred to authorize relocation of the permitted tiny house on wheels, and/or installation of a different tiny house on wheels at the authorized location.
(2) Property owner approval. Authorization by the owner of the residential lot is required.
(3) Annual renewal. The permit shall lapse and become void one year following the date the permit became effective unless renewed or revoked for violation of the terms of the permit application. If a lapse in permit occurs, the structure is no longer
considered a tiny house on wheels and cannot be used or inhabited as an accessory dwelling unit until a new permit is obtained.
(4) Inspection. A tiny house on wheels shall be inspected by the Building Department prior to final approval of a tiny house
on wheels permit, to verify the unit is in good working order for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation, including adequate connection to utilities. Additional inspections may be required at the discretion of the Chief Building Official. The cost of any required inspection shall be borne by the tiny house on wheels owner.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.304.140 TREE REMOVAL. ¶
(A) Purpose. This subsection establishes permit requirements to remove or alter a tree. These regulations are intended to:
(1) Protect and preserve trees that are important to the character of the city and its neighborhoods;
(2) Protect the public's safety by allowing hazardous tree removal; and
(3) Allow for tree removal and mass reduction as necessary to allow for residential developments and supporting solar arrays.
(B) Definitions. For the purpose of this subsection, the following definitions shall apply unless the context clearly indicates or requires a different meaning.
ALTERING A TREE . Relocating, reducing the crown by more than 20%, or any action that kills or destroys a tree.
MASS REDUCTION . Mass reduction of a tree means actions taken to reduce the volume of a tree's branches or foliage. PROTECTED TREES.
(a) Outside GGMA. Outside gulch greenway management areas (GGMA) as defined in § 155.508.020, a PROTECTED
TREE means any tree native to coastal Northern California, as identified in the Calflora database or USDA Plants Database, with a 24-inch diameter, or a circumference of 75 inches, or greater, as measured 4.5 feet above the ground.
(b) Inside GGMA. In GGMA, a PROTECTED TREE means any tree native to coastal Northern California, as identified in the Calflora database or USDA Plants Database, with a 12-inch diameter, or a circumference of 38 inches, or greater, as measured 4.5 feet above the ground.
(C) Permits required.
(1) General. Table 304-1 identifies permits required to remove or alter a protected tree. No permit is required for actions affecting a non-protected tree.
(2) Inside GGMA. Inside GGMA, removing or altering a protected tree requires either a minor or conditional gulch greenway permit. See § 155.224.050 for Gulch Greenway permit requirements.
(3) Outside GGMA. Outside GGMA, removing or altering more than five protected trees requires a tree permit. Removing or altering five or fewer protected trees requires a zoning clearance.
| affecting a non-protected tree. (2)_Inside GGMA._Inside GGMA, removing or altering a protected tree requires either a minor or conditional gulch greenway permit. See § 155.224.050 for Gulch Greenway permit requirements. (3)_Outside GGMA._Outside GGMA, removing or altering more than five protected trees requires a tree permit. Removing or altering five or fewer protected trees requires a zoning clearance. |
affecting a non-protected tree. (2)_Inside GGMA._Inside GGMA, removing or altering a protected tree requires either a minor or conditional gulch greenway permit. See § 155.224.050 for Gulch Greenway permit requirements. (3)_Outside GGMA._Outside GGMA, removing or altering more than five protected trees requires a tree permit. Removing or altering five or fewer protected trees requires a zoning clearance. |
affecting a non-protected tree. (2)_Inside GGMA._Inside GGMA, removing or altering a protected tree requires either a minor or conditional gulch greenway permit. See § 155.224.050 for Gulch Greenway permit requirements. (3)_Outside GGMA._Outside GGMA, removing or altering more than five protected trees requires a tree permit. Removing or altering five or fewer protected trees requires a zoning clearance. |
affecting a non-protected tree. (2)_Inside GGMA._Inside GGMA, removing or altering a protected tree requires either a minor or conditional gulch greenway permit. See § 155.224.050 for Gulch Greenway permit requirements. (3)_Outside GGMA._Outside GGMA, removing or altering more than five protected trees requires a tree permit. Removing or altering five or fewer protected trees requires a zoning clearance. |
|---|---|---|---|
| Table 304-1: Protected Tree Removal Permit Requirements | |||
| P = Permitted by-right (no permit) ZC = Zoning Clearance MGG = Minor Gulch Greenway Permit CGG - Conditional Gulch Greenway Permit TP = Tree Permit |
Location | Reference | |
| Inside GGMA | Outside GGMA | ||
| Table 304-1: Protected Tree Removal Permit Requirements | |||
| P = Permitted by-right (no permit) ZC = Zoning Clearance MGG = Minor Gulch Greenway Permit CGG - Conditional Gulch Greenway Permit TP = Tree Permit |
Location | Reference | |
| Inside GGMA | Outside GGMA | ||
| Hazardous | ZC | ZC | 155.304.140(C)(4) |
| Within 15 ft. of structure | MGG | ZC | 155.304.140(C)(5) |
| Blocks solar access | MGG [1] | ZC | 155.304.140(C)(6) |
| Five or fewer [2] | MGG | ZC | |
| More than five every 10 years [2] | CGG | TP | 155.304.140(D) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| With a CalFire-approved THP [3] | ZC | ZC | |
| Required by insurance company [4] | ZC | ZC | |
| [1] Tree removal and alteration allowed with zoning clearance if needed to comply with a solar access easement recorded prior to adoption of this subsection. [2] Excludes hazardous trees in all areas and trees removed for solar access with a zoning clearance and trees removed within 15 feet of a structure outside GGMA. [3] This applies only to tree removal conducted under and in compliance with a valid timber harvesting plan (THP) approved by the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection (CalFire). It does not apply to tree removal under a CalFire exemption. [4] A protected tree may be removed or altered with a zoning clearance when required by the property owner's or prospective property owner's insurance company as a condition of maintaining or obtaining coverage, based on evidence of the requirement. |
|||
(4) Hazardous trees in all areas. Removing or altering a hazardous protected tree is allowed in all areas with a zoning clearance as follows:
- (a) Emergencies. In cases of emergency, a protected tree may be removed or altered if the tree:
Presents an immediate danger of collapse; and
Poses an imminent threat to the public safety or general welfare.
(b) Dead/dying trees. A hazardous protected tree may be removed or altered if the tree is dead, or dying with no hope of recovery; is a danger to public safety, general welfare, and/or the health of adjacent trees; and the issue cannot be addressed by mass reduction that does not remove or alter the tree.
(c) Determination of hazardous condition. A determination that the conditions in divisions (C)(4)(a) or (C)(4)(b) are met may be made by the Eureka Police Department; Humboldt Bay Fire Department; the Public Works Director or designee; Development Services Director or designee; Parks Superintendent or designee; or by an arborist or Registered Professional Forester (RPF).
(5) Within 15 feet of structures - outside GGMA. A protected tree outside GGMA may be removed or altered with a zoning clearance as part of project to construct a new structure if the tree is:
(a) Within 15 feet of the footprint of a proposed new structure or within the boundary of the associated access road; and
(b) Identified on the site plan of the proposed project.
(6) Solar access.
(a) Outside GGMA. If a protected tree outside GGMA hinders direct sunlight for a solar energy system, the tree may be removed or altered with a zoning clearance. The city may approve the zoning clearance only if a report prepared by an arborist or RPF finds that the removal or alteration is necessary to provide solar access, and the solar access cannot be achieved with more minimal mass reduction.
(b) Inside GGMA. A protected tree inside GGMA may be removed or altered with a zoning clearance only when necessary to comply with a solar access easement recorded prior to the adoption of this subsection based on evidence of the easement. All other tree removal or alteration for solar access requires a minor Gulch Greenway permit, with a report prepared by an arborist or RPF that finds the removal or alteration is necessary to provide solar access, and the solar access cannot be achieved with more minimal mass reduction.
(D) Tree permits.
(1) Review authority. The Planning Commission reviews and takes action on tree permit applications.
(2) Required report. Tree permit applications and Gulch Greenway permit applications to remove a protected tree must include a report prepared by an arborist or RPF that recommends measures, if needed, to:
(a) Avoid or minimize adverse impacts to remaining trees on the property that would not be removed.
(b) Address issues associated with drainage, erosion, land stability, windscreen, and visual buffers along roads and between neighbors resulting from the tree removal.
(3) Findings for approval. To approve a tree permit, the Planning Commission must find that the project:
(a) Complies with requirements of this subsection; and
(b) Incorporates adequate measures to minimize and mitigate adverse impacts resulting from the tree removal.
- (E) Nesting bird protection. The following nesting bird protections apply in all areas.
(1) Trees to be removed or altered from March 15 through August 15 shall be surveyed by a qualified biologist to determine the presence or absence of nesting birds.
(2) If the biologist encounters an active nest, no work may begin until the biologist, in consultation with the California Department of Fish and Wildlife (CDFW), prepares species-specific measures to avoid nest abandonment or other harm, and the measures are approved by city staff and implemented.
(F) Other approvals. Removing or altering any tree, including a non-protected tree, may require an encroachment permit approved by the Public Works Department and approval from CalFire and/or other governmental agencies.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 911-C.S., passed 12-15-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.304.150 VACATION RENTAL. ¶
(A) Purpose. This subsection establishes regulations to allow for short-term vacation rentals within residential zoning districts. These regulations are intended to:
(1) Minimize adverse impacts that could result from vacation rental uses in residential neighborhoods;
(2) Ensure that vacation rentals do not significantly impact the supply of permanent housing available to Eureka residents;
(3) Provide opportunities for homeowners to generate supplemental income by renting individual rooms or entire residential units to visitors;
(4) Provide visitors with a range of lodging options to support the local tourism economy; and
(5) Ensure the city is able to collect transient occupancy taxes (TOT) and other taxes as required by city ordinances.
(B) Applicability.
- (1) This subsection applies to dwelling units, or portions thereof, located in a residential zoning district that are rented to transient patrons for 30 consecutive days or less.
(2) This subsection does not apply to lodging uses in a residential unit in a mixed-use or other non-residential zoning district. All lodging uses outside of a residential zoning district are regulated as a commercial lodging use, regardless of whether the lodging use occupies or replaces an existing residential or commercial use.
(C) Types of vacation rentals. This subsection allows for two types of vacation rentals:
(1) Proprietor on-site. The rental of an entire dwelling unit, or any portion of a dwelling unit, with the proprietor in residence on the site for the duration of the rental. Includes bed and breakfast establishments where meals are provided.
(2) No proprietor on-site. The rental of an entire dwelling unit, or any portion of a dwelling unit, when the proprietor is not a resident on-site during any portion of the duration of the rental.
(D) Rental of accessory dwelling units, second single-family homes in the RE and R1 zoning districts, and new single-family homes resulting from urban lot split subdivisions.
(1) An accessory dwelling unit that received a certificate of occupancy after January 1, 2020 may not be utilized as a vacation rental. (2) A second single-family home created on a parcel in the RE or R1 zoning district pursuant to Cal. Gov’t Code § 65852.21 may not be utilized as a vacation rental.
(3) A single-family home created on a parcel resulting from an urban lot split subdivision may not be utilized as a vacation rental.
- (E) Maximum number per year.
(1) The number of vacation rentals with no proprietor on-site permitted/licensed each year may not exceed the annual limit set by the City Council. Alternatively, the total number of vacation rentals with no proprietor on-site permitted/licensed by the city may not exceed the total limit set by City Council.
- (2) Vacation rentals with a proprietor on-site are exempt from the annual limit for new vacation rentals.
(F) Permits required.
(1) Vacation rental permit. A vacation rental permit is a ministerial approval by the Department to confirm that a proposed vacation rental complies with all applicable standards.
(2) Minor use permit. See Table 204-1 in § 155.204 (Residential Zoning Districts) for types of vacation rentals that require a minor use permit.
(3) Home occupation permit. Vacation rental operators may require a home occupation permit. See § 155.304.070 (Home Occupations).
(4) Business license. Vacation rental operators must acquire and maintain a city business license.
(5) Vacation rental agreement. Prior to receiving a business license, each vacation rental operator must sign a statement that they have read, understand, and will comply with the city's vacation rental requirements.
(G) City taxes. All vacation rental uses are subject to a transient occupancy tax ("TOT") and any other mandated taxes. Each vacation rental owner, proprietor, and/or manager must comply with Municipal Code § 35.070, which addresses the collection, record keeping, reporting and remittances of applicable TOT.
(H) Standards for all vacation rental uses. The following standards apply to vacation rental uses.
(1) Inspections.
(a) All vacation rental uses must be inspected to residential standards by the Building Department prior to approval.
(b) If the dwelling unit was previously inspected by the Building Department within one year of the vacation rental application, the Building Official may waive the requirement for a new inspection.
(2) Parking.
(a) No on-site parking is required to utilize an existing residential use as a vacation rental use.
(b) Except to allow conversion to an accessory dwelling unit as provided by § 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Units), if onsite parking exists at the time the vacation rental use is established, that parking may not be removed while the vacation rental use remains in operation.
(3) Events. Vacation rentals are limited to six events ( e.g. , wedding receptions, graduation parties) per year. Event attendance may not exceed the total occupant limit for the property as allowed by the Building Code and may not create a noise nuisance in violation of Municipal Code § 94.02 (Loud Noises Unlawful). Vacation rental operators may further limit the number of events. (4) Signs. See § 155.340.030(A)(8) (Vacation Rental).
(5) Maximum number per lot. The number of residential units and/or vacation rentals on a lot may not exceed the maximum allowed by the density established in Tables 204-2 and 204-3 in § 155.204 (Residential Zoning Districts).
(6) Maximum occupants. The maximum number of occupants allowed in a vacation rental may not exceed two persons per bedroom plus an additional two persons (e.g., a two-bedroom unit may have six occupants). Children aged 12 and under are not counted toward the occupancy total.
(7) Emergency contact.
(a) Each applicant for a vacation rental with no proprietor on-site must designate a local emergency contact person on the application form, including a 24-hour-emergency contact phone number.
(b) The emergency contact person may be the property owner, property manager, or designee, and must live within 50 miles of the city limits.
(c) The Department will provide the emergency contact information to all neighboring properties within 200 feet of the use and to the Eureka Police Department.
(d) The property owner must immediately notify the Department in writing of any changes to the designated emergency contact information.
(8) Fire Department access. Properties with gated entries must have a Fire Department approved device that allows emergency response vehicles and personnel to enter the property.
(9) Lapse of vacation rental permit.
(a) Vacation rental permits shall be subject to annual review and no-fee renewal by the Department.
(b) A vacation rental permit shall lapse and become void by February 1 of each year, unless the business license for the vacation rental is renewed and in good standing, all applicable taxes and fees are paid, and there are no outstanding Police, Fire, or Building Department violations.
(c) If a vacation rental permit lapses, a new vacation rental permit shall be required.
(d) Unless a lapse occurs, approval of a vacation rental permit shall run with the land and shall be fully transferable to the new property owner, provided the new property owner obtains a business license within two months of the purchase of the property.
(I) Enforcement. A permit or approval for any vacation rental use may be revoked in accordance with § 155.428 (Enforcement and Penalties) and as follows:
(1) The Director may revoke a permit for a vacation rental use upon finding one or more of the following:
(a) The proprietor, property owner, or emergency contact has been negligent in responding to an emergency situation more than two times in a rolling 12-month period.
(b) More than two documented law enforcement violations related to the vacation rental have occurred in a rolling 12month period.
(c) The vacation rental use has been chronically non-compliant with the requirements of this subsection.
(d) The vacation rental owner has failed to pay required transient occupancy taxes despite warnings from the Finance Department.
- (e) The proprietor or property owner has failed to correct noted Building or Fire Code violations.
Documented, significant violations may include copies of citations, written warnings, or other documentation maintained by law enforcement, Fire Department, Finance Department, or Building Department.
(Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22)
§ 155.308 GENERAL STANDARDS. ¶
§ 155.308.010 LOT STANDARDS. ¶
(A) Minimum lot area.
(1) All newly-created lots must comply with the minimum lot area requirements for the applicable zoning district in the
Zoning District Standards subchapter unless otherwise allowed by the Zoning Code. Minimum lot area requirements do not apply to existing lots.
(2) Minimum lot area requirements do not apply to individual condominiums or townhouse units, but instead apply to the creation of the entire site that is the location of the condominium or townhouse project.
(3) A lot line adjustment may not:
(a) Reduce the area of an existing lot to less than the minimum area for the applicable zoning district; or
(b) Further reduce the lot area for existing lots that do not comply with the minimum lot area for the applicable zoning district.
(B) Lot dimensions and configuration.
- (1) Lots are not subject to minimum width and depth requirements.
(2) To approve a lot line adjustment or subdivision, the Director (or Planning Commission for subdivisions creating five or more lots) must find that the resulting lots, excluding remainder parcels, are “buildable.” A BUILDABLE LOT means a lot with a building site that can reasonably accommodate a structure in compliance with the minimum setbacks, lot coverage and other development standards for the applicable zoning district.
(C) Street frontage and access.
(1) Residential lots.
- (a) Newly created lots in a residential zoning district must have frontage on and take direct access from a public street, an alley or recorded access easement.
(b) If vehicle access is not possible due to the location of existing buildings or other physical site features, the lot must be served by a minimum four-foot wide dedicated pedestrian accessway. Such cases must receive approval from the Fire Marshal of Humboldt Bay Fire District.
(2) Commercial or industrial lots. Commercial or industrial lots must either have public-street frontage or appropriate access provided by way of common/reciprocal easement (e.g., a vehicle access easement in a shopping center parking lot). (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.308.020 HEIGHT EXCEPTIONS. ¶
(A) Additional story - mixed-use zoning districts. In all mixed-use zoning districts, up to 20% of the building footprint may contain one additional story with habitable space above the maximum permitted building height. In no case may the project exceed the maximum floor area ratio in the applicable zone.
(B) Projections allowed by-right. The following building features may project above the maximum permitted building height in the applicable zoning district. These projections are permitted by-right, with no discretionary permit required:
(1) Non-habitable decorative features such as spires, steeples, belfries, cupolas and domes;
(2) Parapets, fire escapes, catwalks and open guard rails required by law;
(3) Skylight, chimneys and vent stacks;
(4) Photovoltaic panels and wind energy systems;
(5) Rooftop equipment and enclosures;
(6) Elevator shafts and stair towers;
(7) Building-mounted wireless telecommunications facilities as allowed by Ch. 159 (Wireless Telecommunication Facilities);
(8) Amateur radio facilities and receive-only radio and television antennas;
(9) Flag poles; and
(10) Other similar building features as determined by the Director.
(C) Maximum height. A projection above the maximum permitted building height may not exceed the maximum height necessary to perform its intended function as determined by the Director.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.308.030 SETBACK EXCEPTIONS. ¶
(A) Building features.
- (1) In residential zoning districts, the following building features may project a maximum of three feet into required setbacks,
but may not cross property lines without an easement or encroachment permit:
(a) Cornices, awnings, eaves, and other similar roof projections;
(b) Bay windows, balconies, sills, louvers, fireplaces, chimneys, and similar wall projections;
(c) Unenclosed balconies, decks, stairways, fire escapes, and other emergency egress structures (all unenclosed); and
(d) On demand water heaters, utility meters and/or connections, and other equipment normally associated with a structure.
(2) In residential zoning districts, the total length of all building wall projections (excluding eaves and other roof projections) in required setback areas may not exceed 50% of the length of the wall to which the projection is attached. See Figure 308-1.
Figure 308-1: Maximum Length of Setback Projection
(3) In non-residential zoning districts, a building feature may extend across a property line into the public right-of-way with an encroachment permit.
(B) Site features.
(1) The following site features and accessory structures may be located within required setbacks:
(a) At-grade flatwork such as concrete paving and patios;
(b) Landing places, patios, steps and decks 18 inches or less above grade;
(c) Wheelchair ramps and similar features for the disabled;
(d) Trellis structures and arbors up to ten feet in height and at least 50% transparent. See Figure 508-1 and 508-8 in § 155.508 (Glossary) for examples of a trellis and an arbor;
(e) Retaining walls, seating, planter boxes and other similar landscaping features up to four feet in height;
(f) Decorative ornamental features up to six feet in height;
(g) Children’s play equipment, movable dog house and similar moveable objects;
(h) Movable sheds, greenhouses and other similar buildings without a foundation, less than 120 square feet, and without electrical, water or sewer connections;
(i) Rain harvest tanks up to eight feet in height; and
(j) Ground-mounted mechanical and utility equipment up to 36 inches in height.
(2) The following accessory structures must be set back a minimum of five feet from side and rear property lines, and may not be located within a front or exterior side setback:
(a) Swimming pools, hot tubs, spas, fire pits, outdoor kitchens and other similar entertainment features.
(b) Emergency generators.
(c) Pergolas. See Figure 508-6 in § 155.508 (Glossary) for an example of a pergola.
(3) Fences and walls within required setbacks must comply with maximum height limitations in § 155.320 (Fences and Walls).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.308.040 VISION CLEARANCE AREA. ¶
(A) General. For the purpose of traffic safety, properties must provide vision clearance areas (also known as sight visibility triangles) at the intersections of streets, driveways and alleys as required by this section and Municipal Code § 71.55 (Height of Obstructions). These requirements apply only to fences, walls, landscaping, trees, signs and other similar objects. These requirements do not apply to homes, garages and other buildings that comply with the minimum setback standards of the applicable zoning district.
(B) Non-conformities. Properties non-conforming to this section must be brought into conformance when required by § 155.424.030 (Non- conforming Site Features).
(C) Vision clearance areas defined.
(1) Streets intersections. The intersection vision clearance area is the area formed by measuring 20 feet along the two intersecting corner lot lines from the point of intersection and diagonally connecting the ends of the two lines. See Figure 308-2.
(2) Driveways/alleys. The driveway/alley vision clearance area is the area formed by measuring five feet along the edge of the driveway/alley and the lot line from the point of intersection, and diagonally connecting the ends of the two lines. See Figure 3082.
Figure 308-2: Vision Clearance Area
(D) Maintenance of sight lines. No fence, wall, landscaping, vehicle or object over 36 inches in height may be placed within a vision clearance area, except as allowed by division (G) below.
(E) Pruned trees. Trees pruned at least ten feet above the established grade of the curb so as to provide clear view by motor vehicle drivers are permitted within a vision clearance area.
(F) One-way streets. Vision clearance areas are required at the intersection of one or more one-way streets where sight visibility triangles are needed for traffic safety purposes, as determined by the Director.
(G) Exceptions.
(1) The Director, in consultation with, and concurrence by the Public Works Director and Chief of Police, may approve an administrative adjustment to allow an exception to the vision clearance area requirement.
(2) To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that compliance with the vision clearance area standard is unnecessary for traffic safety.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.308.050 OUTDOOR LIGHTING. ¶
(A) Purpose. This division establishes standards for outdoor lighting to minimize light pollution, maintain enjoyment of the night sky, and reduce light impacts on adjacent properties.
- (B) Applicability. The standards in this division apply to all outdoor lighting in Eureka.
(C) Exceptions.
(1) Lighting installed and maintained by the city, another public agency, or a public utility;
(2) Athletic field lights used within a school campus or public or private park;
(3) Temporary construction and emergency lighting;
(4) Seasonal lighting displays related to cultural or religious celebrations; and
(5) Low intensity string lights.
(D) Administrative adjustments. The Director may approve an administrative adjustment to allow deviations from the standards
in this division. To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and one of the following additional findings:
- (1) The modification to the lighting standard is necessary for public safety or security purposes; or
(2) The modification allows for creative accent lighting of building and/or site features visible from public vantage points, and the lighting has been designed to minimize light pollution.
(E) Nonconformities. Properties nonconforming to this division must be brought into conformance when required by §
155.424.030 (Non-conforming Site Features). This standard does not apply to single-family uses or interior remodels with no exterior changes to the structure.
(F) Fixture types. All lighting fixtures must be shielded or recessed so the lighting source is not directed toward other structures, wildlife habitat, adjoining properties, or the public right-of-way. All fixtures must meet the International Dark Sky Association's (IDA) requirements for reducing waste of ambient light ("dark sky compliant") and the California Green Building Standards Code.
(G) Light trespass.
(1) Lights must be directed downward and away from adjacent lots and nearby wildlife habitat to minimize illumination of adjacent properties, nearby wildlife habitat, and the public right-of-way to the maximum extent possible.
(2) Direct or sky-reflected glare from floodlights may not be directed into an adjacent property or the public right-of-way.
(3) No lighting may produce an illumination level greater than one foot-candle on any adjacent residential property.
(H) Prohibited lighting. The following types of exterior lighting are prohibited:
(1) Bare bulbs without fixtures or hoods;
(2) Mercury vapor lights; and
(3) Searchlights, laser lights, or any other lighting that flashes, blinks, alternates, or moves.
(I) Parking lot lighting. See § 155.324.060(I) (Lighting).
(J) Residential zoning districts.
(1) Light fixtures in any residential zoning district may not exceed a height of 16 feet. Motion sensor lights, light fixtures used to light upper floor decks and balconies, and exterior stairs leading to upper floors, must be directed downward and away from adjoining properties and the right-of-way, and may exceed the 16-foot height limitation.
(2) Multi-family residential development with more than four units must provide lighting along all on-site vehicular access ways and pedestrian walkways.
(3) Lighting of at least one-foot candle must be provided within all covered and enclosed parking areas serving multi-family uses.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.308.060 SCREENING FOR RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
(A) Screening requirement. In the mixed-use and industrial zoning districts, a solid wall or fence at least six feet high must be provided on all interior side and rear lot lines that abut a residential zoning district. Bushes, vines and other vegetation may be incorporated into the design of required fences.
(B) Non-conformities. Properties non-conforming to division (A) above must be brought into conformance when required by § 155.424.030 (Non-Conforming Site Features).
- (C) Parking lot screening. See also § 155.324.060(K) (Screening) for parking lot screening standards.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.308.070 SOLID WASTE/RECYCLABLE MATERIAL STORAGE. ¶
(A) Purpose. This division establishes standards for solid waste and recyclable material collection and storage areas.
(B) Applicability. The standards in this subsection apply to all multi-family residential and non-residential uses.
(C) Exceptions.
(1) Uses that do not store solid waste/recyclable materials outdoors.
(2) Structures with an existing site coverage of 100%.
(D) Non-conformities. Uses nonconforming to the standards in § 155.308.070(E) (Standards) must be brought into conformance when required by § 155.424.030 (Non-conforming Site Features).
(E) Standards.
(1) Location. Collection and storage areas may not be located in a required parking space or landscape area, and must be located as far back from the front and exterior side lot lines as feasible.
(2) Screening. All outdoor collection and storage areas must be screened from view from any parking lot, street, or adjoining residential zoning district, residential use, or commercial business by a fence or enclosure, compatible with adjacent architecture, with a minimum height of five feet for carts/cans, and seven feet for dumpsters.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.312 DESIGN STANDARDS. ¶
§ 155.312.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.312 establishes design standards for new development in the residential and mixed-use zoning districts.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.312.020 APPLICABILITY. ¶
- (A) When required. This section applies to the following new development:
(1) All new primary buildings in the R2 and R3 zoning districts and all new non-residential primary buildings in the R1 zoning district;
(2) All new primary buildings in the DT, DW, HC, SC, WA, NC, HM and OR zoning districts; and
(3) Additions adding 30% or more floor area to the total existing floor area of a primary building in the R2 or R3 zoning districts, a primary building in a mixed-use zoning district, or a non-residential primary building in the R1 zoning district.
(B) Exempt projects. Projects exempt from this section include the following:
(1) Single-family homes, including accessory dwelling units and other structures accessory to a single-family home;
(2) Hospitals, medical offices and clinics, and other health care-related uses in the Hospital Medical (HM) zoning district; and
(3) Public infrastructure and public utility uses in any zoning district.
(C) Street-facing. The standards in this section apply to all exterior street-facing portions of a building.
(D) Equivalent degree.
(1) For buildings located on sites with multiple street frontages, such as buildings on corner or double frontage lots, each side of the building facing a street must feature:
(a) An equivalent quality of materials; and
(b) An equivalent degree and quality of detailing.
(2) For example, on a corner lot, the quality and design detail of windows on the side of the building that faces the side street must be comparable to windows on the front building wall.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.312.030 EXTERIOR MATERIALS. ¶
(A) Materials allowed. All exterior materials used for additions and new construction of any primary building in the multifamily residential and mixed-use zoning districts, and non-residential primary buildings in the R1 Zoning District, must allow for long-term durability and appearance. The use of uninterrupted plywood siding, unfaced particle board, OSB and/or vinyl as exterior siding material is prohibited.
(B) Board and batten. Vertically-oriented board and batten must consist of separate boards and battens that are installed together onto the building wall. Pre-fabricated sheathing or siding that simulates the board and batten appearance is not allowed.
(C) Stucco. For all multi-family and non-residential buildings, stucco may be used for a maximum of 50% of the street-facing building wall. The calculation of the building wall area excludes windows, doors and other building openings. This standard applies to all forms of exterior plaster, including stucco, concrete plaster, elastomer and other related materials. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.312.040 BUILDING ENTRIES. ¶
(A) Buildings with one primary entry. For buildings with one primary entrance that provides interior access to multiple individual dwelling units or non-residential tenant spaces, the primary building entrance must face the street. See Figure 312-1.
(B) Multiple independent entries. On lots where units/tenant spaces have independent entrances, all ground floor units/tenant spaces with street frontage must have an entrance that faces the street. If any wall of a ground floor unit/tenant space faces the street, the unit/tenant space must comply with this requirement. For units/tenant spaces that do not front the street, entrances may face the interior of the lot. See Figure 312-2.
Figure 312-1: Building Entry Orientation - Single Primary Entry Figure 312-2: Building Entry Orientation - Multiple Primary Entries
(C) Entrance design.
(1) Residential projects. A street-facing primary entrance to residential buildings must feature a porch, covered entry or recessed entry clearly visible from the street to give the entrance prominence. Entrances must be connected to the adjacent sidewalk with a pedestrian walkway. Recessed entries must feature design elements that call attention to the entrance such as ridged canopies, contrasting materials, crown molding, decorative trim or a 45-degree cut away entry. This standard does not apply to secondary or service entrances.
(2) Non-residential projects. Primary entrances to non-residential and mixed-use buildings must be emphasized and clearly recognizable from the street. Methods to achieve this result include:
(a) Projecting non-fabric awnings or canopies above an entry (covered entry);
(b) Taller building mass above an entry, such as a tower that protrudes from the rest of the building surface;
(c) Special corner building treatments, such as rounded or angled facets on the corner, or an embedded corner tower, above the entry;
(d) Special architectural elements, such as columns, porticos, overhanging roofs and ornamental light fixtures;
(e) Projecting entries or projecting bays in the façade;
(f) Recessed entries or recessed bays in the façade; and
(g) Changes in roofline or articulation in the surface of the subject wall.
(D) Exceptions.
(1) Where a building or ground floor unit/tenant space has frontage on two streets (e.g., on a corner), only one of the two sides must have an entrance.
(2) The Director may allow an exception to the building entry requirement in this section with an administrative adjustment.
(3) To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that:
(a) The street-facing building wall incorporates architectural features and design details beyond the minimum requirements in § 155.312.050 (Architectural Features); and
(b) The exception allows for a clearly superior project to that which can be achieved while complying with the building entry requirement.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.312.050 ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES. ¶
(A) Options for architectural features. New buildings must incorporate at least two of the following architectural features on the street-facing portions of buildings (e.g., “roof form variation” and “horizontal articulation” or “projecting bay windows” and “masonry facade”). See division (B) below for rules to measure each type of architectural feature.
- (1) Roof form variation.
(a) At least 25% of the linear frontage of the building’s street-facing roof line incorporates at least one element of variable roof form that is different from the remainder of the street-facing roof form. See Figure 312-3. The following are examples of how to meet this requirement:
Recessed or projecting gabled roof elements;
Roof dormers;
Changes in roof heights;
Changes in direction or pitch of roof slopes; and
Other similar methods.
- (b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) above.
(2) Roof detail and ornamentation.
(a) At least 80% of the linear frontage of the building’s street-facing roof line incorporates roof detail and/or ornamentation. The following are examples of how to meet this requirement:
Parapet wall that is an average of at least one-foot tall and has a cornice;
Periodic and articulated corbelling or dentils;
An ornamental soffit;
A projecting roof eave with decorative fascia and eave returns;
A projecting roof eave with exposed rafters;
An offset gable clearstory;
A half story in which the building features a habitable uppermost story lighted by dormer windows where a sloping roof replaces the upper part of the front wall; and
Other similar methods.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(3) Horizontal articulation.
(a) At least 25% of the linear frontage of the ground floor street-facing building wall has a projection or recess of at least one-foot deep. If located on a building with two or more stories, the articulated elements must be greater than one story in height. See Figure 312-3. Horizontal articulation may also include an articulated corner tower, angled facet or other special articulated corner treatments.
- (b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
Figure 312-3: Roof Form Variation and Horizontal Articulation
(4) Cantilevered upper story.
(a) For at least 25% of the linear frontage of the street-facing building wall, an upper story building wall projects at least two feet from the ground floor building wall.
(b) Traditional designs must include decorative features such as knee braces. Contemporary, minimalistic designs do not require decorative features.
- (c) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(5) Balconies. At least 20% of the linear frontage of the street-facing building wall contains at least one above-ground balcony.
- (a) Each balcony must be either:
A traditional balcony that is at least four feet in depth; or
A Juliet balcony that is served by French doors and that includes metal or glass railings that allow unobstructed visibility.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(6) Projecting windows.
(a) At least 25% of all windows on the street-facing building wall consist of projecting windows. The furthest extent of each projecting window must project at least one foot from the building wall. This requirement may be satisfied with bay windows, oriel windows, bow windows, canted windows and other similar designs.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(7) Window trim.
(a) At least 75% of all windows on the street-facing building wall feature trim that surrounds the entire window and meets one or more of the following criteria:
Crown molding projects at least two inches from the building wall;
Trim material visually contrasts with the building wall; and
Sill projects at least two inches from the building wall.
(b) Trim material must be constructed of materials such as wood, fiber cement board, brick, stone, stucco, concrete or cellular PVC. Foam does not meet this requirement.
(c) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(8) Recessed windows.
(a) At least 75% of all windows on the street-facing building wall are recessed at least four inches from the building wall.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(9) Rigid window coverings.
(a) At least 50% of all windows on the street-facing building wall have rigid window coverings, such as rigid awnings, shade devices, above-window cornices or crowns, projecting arches or other window coverings of equivalent quality. Flexible materials such as fabric and vinyl do not satisfy this requirement.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(10) Masonry façade.
(a) At least 40% of the street-facing building wall surface area is covered in masonry such as brick, stone, terrazzo, ceramic tile, or comparable material. Exposed cinder block does not satisfy this requirement.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(11) Wood façade.
(a) At least 40% of the street-facing building wall surface area is covered in high-grade wood that is finished with a clear sealer or semi-transparent stain. Wood may not be painted or finished with an opaque stain. Faux wood products made from synthetic materials, including vinyl, cellular PVC and fiber cement do not satisfy this requirement.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(12) Glass façade.
(a) At least 40% of the street-facing building wall surface area is covered in glass, including window glass.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(13) Cladding materials façade.
(a) At least 40% of the street-facing building wall surface area is covered in, concrete tile, stone, ceramic, high-grade metal or comparable material.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(14) Living wall.
(a) At least 20% of the street-facing building wall surface area is covered in a directly integrated living wall or building
integrated vegetation. Plans submitted for living walls and building integrated vegetation must include a long-term maintenance plan that includes documentable evidence of on-going maintenance and operation strategies to ensure the long-term viability of the wall. Living walls and building integrated vegetation must include an integrated water delivery system.
(b) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(15) Combination of materials facade.
(a) At least 40% of the street-facing building wall surface area is covered in a combination of two or more of the following materials: masonry; stone; high-grade wood; glass; metal/ceramic cladding; or living wall. Materials used to satisfy this requirement must comply with requirements in divisions(A)(9) through (A)(13) above (excluding wall area percentage requirements in these paragraphs).
- (b) The combination of materials facade option may not be double-counted with any of the other façade materials options
(i.e. masonry facade, glass facade, cladding facade or living wall) to satisfy the architectural features requirement. For example, a building wall that is 40% masonry and 10% wood siding can qualify for combination of materials facade, but cannot
simultaneously qualify for masonry facade. However, a wall that is 20% masonry, 20% living wall and 40% glass may satisfy two architectural features requirements, with the masonry and living wall satisfying the combination of materials option and the glass satisfying the glass facade option.
(3) The rule to measure this architectural feature is provided in division (B)(1) below.
(B) Rules for measurement of architectural features. The architectural features in division (A) above (Options for Architectural Features) are measured as follows.
(1) Percent of linear frontage.
(a) Percent of linear frontage is used to measure roof form variation, roof detail and ornamentation, horizontal articulation, cantilevered upper story and balconies.
(b) Percent of linear frontage is calculated by measuring the total horizontal length of the frontage of a building’s streetfacing wall relative to the total horizontal length of the architectural feature to be evaluated. For example, a three-story building with a street-facing wall that is 100 feet long has a total horizontal length of 100 feet. If that building has a cantilevered section on the second floor that has a 25-foot horizontal length, then the cantilevered section constitutes 25% of the street-facing wall’s linear frontage (25 divided by 100). In this case, the building meets the criteria for cantilevered upper story. Alternatively, if a two-story building with a 50-foot total horizontal length had two separate 20-foot long balconies on the second floor, then 80% of the streetfacing wall’s linear frontage contains balconies (40 divided by 50). In this case, the building exceeds the criteria for balconies.
(2) Percent of all windows.
(a) Percent of all windows is used to measure projecting windows, recessed or protruding windows, window trim and rigid window coverings.
(b) Percent of all windows is calculated by counting the total number of windows on the building’s street-facing wall and then dividing that number into the architectural feature to be evaluated. For example, a building wall that contains 100 windows, 75 of which are recessed from the building wall, has 75% recessed windows. In this case, the building meets the criteria for recessed windows.
- (3) Percent of street-facing building wall surface area.
(a) Percent of street-facing building wall surface area is used to measure masonry façade, wood façade, living wall, glass façade, cladding materials façade and combination of materials façade.
(b) Percent of street-facing building wall surface area is the total area of the building’s street-facing wall relative to the total surface area of the architectural feature to be evaluated. The building wall area measurement includes doors, windows and other openings within the wall area. For example, a building wall that is 100 feet long and 30 feet high has a total surface area of 3,000 square feet (including the wall’s windows and doors). If that same wall includes a section of exposed brick that is 50 feet long and 30 feet high, then 50% of the total wall surface area has a masonry facade. The 50% calculation may include windows and doors inset into brick wall material. In this example, the building meets the criteria for masonry facade. A street-facing building wall that is at least 80% glass may double-qualify as satisfying two architectural features. No other materials (such as masonry, green wall or cladding) may double-qualify as satisfying two architectural features.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22)
§ 155.312.060 BLANK WALLS. ¶
(A) Maximum blank wall area. The area of a blank building wall fronting a public street may not exceed a square area where the height and width are both ten feet. See Figure 312-4.
(B) Breaks in blank walls.
(1) A break in a blank building wall may be provided by any of the following:
(a) Doors, windows, or other building openings;
(b) Building projections or recesses, doorway and window trim, or other details that provide architectural articulation and design interest;
(c) Varying wall planes where the wall plane projects or is recessed at least six inches;
(d) Non-fabric awnings, canopies or arcades;
(e) Substantial variations in building material. For example, adding brick or stone veneer to a stucco building or changing from vertically-oriented board and baton style siding to horizontally-oriented lap siding; and
(f) A living wall as defined in § 155.312.050.
(2) The following do not qualify as a break in blank wall:
(a) Variation in exterior building wall color;
(b) Vegetation or landscaping;
(c) Mechanical appurtenances such as water heaters, vents, or utility meters;
(d) Gutters;
(e) Signage; and
(f) Murals.
Figure 312-4: Blank Walls
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.312.070 GARAGE DOORS IN RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS. ¶
In residential zoning districts, garage doors may occupy no more than 40% of a building’s street frontage. See Figure 312-5. Figure 312-5: Maximum Garage Door Width
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.312.080 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. ¶
Roof- and ground-mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from view from public rights-of-way through the use of landscaping, building design and/or other types of screening. Examples of screening include parapet walls for roof-mounted equipment, and hedge planting for ground-mounted equipment. The use of barbed wire, chain-link, or razor wire for screening is not permitted.
(Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.316 ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS. ¶
§ 155.316.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This section establishes standards for accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units in conformance with Cal. Government Code §§ 66310 - 66324. See § 155.304.130 (Tiny Houses on Wheels) for regulations to use a tiny house on wheels as an accessory dwelling unit.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.316.020 PERMITTING PROCESS. ¶
(A) Zoning clearance. Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units consistent with the requirements of this section are allowed by-right with a zoning clearance (i.e., building permit approval).
(B) Time limit to act.
(1) On lots with an existing single- or multi-family dwelling, an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit shall be approved or denied within 45 days of submission of a complete application.
(2) If an applicant applies for both a new primary dwelling and an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit, the city may delay approving or denying the accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit the city approves or denies the primary dwelling.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.316.030 WHERE ALLOWED. ¶
An accessory dwelling unit is permitted on any lot where single- or multi-family dwellings are a permitted use, and where there is an existing or proposed primary dwelling.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.316.040 NUMBER OF ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS. ¶
(A) Single family dwelling.
(1) On a lot with an existing or proposed single-family dwelling, the following maximum number of accessory dwelling units are allowed:
(a) Two attached or detached accessory dwelling units; and
(b) One junior accessory dwelling unit pursuant to Cal. Government Code §§ 66333 - 66339.
(2) Relationship to SB 9 residential developments and urban lot split subdivisions in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts.
(a) In no case shall the total number of primary dwellings, accessory dwelling units, and junior accessory dwelling units exceed four on any given lot in the RE or R1 Zoning Districts.
(b) When a lot split occurs under Cal. Government Code § 66411.7 and § 155.332.030 (Urban Lot Split Subdivisions), each
resulting lot is limited to three dwelling units: one single-family home, one junior accessory dwelling unit, and either one additional single-family home or one accessory dwelling unit.
(B) Multi-family dwelling.
(1) On a lot with an existing multi-family dwelling, the following maximum number of accessory dwelling units are allowed:
(a) Up to eight detached accessory dwelling units, provided the number of accessory dwelling units does not exceed the number of existing primary dwelling units on the lot (detached accessory dwelling units are not required to be detached from each other but must be detached from the multi-family dwelling); and
(b) One or more accessory dwelling units within portions of the existing multi-family dwelling that are not used as liveable space. Examples of such areas include garages, storage rooms, boiler rooms, passageways, attics, and basements that are not used as habitable space. The number of these internal accessory dwelling units may not exceed 25% of the total number of dwelling units in the existing structure, or at least one accessory dwelling unit, whichever is greater.
(2) On a lot with a proposed multi-family dwelling, not more than two attached or detached accessory dwelling units are allowed.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.316.050 ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS AS SHORT-TERM RENTALS. ¶
An accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit in a residential or mixed-use zoning district may not be converted to, or utilized as, a short-term, transient, vacation rental or commercial lodging if the accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit was granted a certificate of occupancy after January 1, 2020.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.316.060 SITE AND DESIGN STANDARDS. ¶
(A) General standards.
(1) Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units are not considered for the purposes of evaluating the density requirements established by the general plan; are considered residential uses; and may count as a dwelling unit for purposes of identifying adequate sites for housing.
(2) Accessory dwelling units may be sold separately from the primary dwelling unit(s) only as permitted by Cal. Government Code §§ 66341 or 66342.
(3) Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units must comply with the state building standards for dwellings as determined by the Building Official, except as provided by division (I)(2) below.
(4) The floor area of an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit may not be less than the floor area required for an efficiency dwelling unit.
(B) Height, FAR, and site coverage.
(1) Accessory dwelling units are subject to the same height standards that apply to primary dwellings on the lot in the applicable zoning district.
(2) FAR and site coverage standards do not apply to accessory dwelling units.
(C) Relationship to residential structures.
(1) An accessory dwelling unit may be within, attached to, or detached from a single- or multi-family residential structure.
(2) A junior accessory dwelling unit must be contained entirely within an existing or proposed single-family residence. For purposes of this standard, enclosed uses within the residence, such as attached garages, are considered a part of the residence.
(3) An accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit within a proposed or existing primary residence must have its own separate exterior access.
(4) An accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit must have kitchen and bathroom facilities that are separate from the primary dwelling, except as allowed by division (C)(5) below.
(5) A junior accessory dwelling unit may have an efficiency kitchen as defined in Cal. Government Code § 66333(f). Bathroom facilities, but not the efficiency kitchen, may be shared with the primary dwelling. If the bathroom is shared with the primary dwelling, the junior accessory dwelling unit must have an interior entry to the primary dwelling's main living area. (D) Maximum unit size.
(1) Junior accessory dwelling unit. The floor area of a junior accessory dwelling unit may not exceed 500 square feet in size. See § 155.112.050(B) (Floor Area Calculation for Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit) for rules of measurement.
(2) Accessory dwelling unit.
(a) The floor area for an accessory dwelling unit (either attached or detached) may not exceed 1,200 square feet.
(b) Accessory dwelling units that qualify for approval under Cal. Government Code § 66323(a)(1), (3), or (4) are exempt from this maximum size requirement.
(3) Calculating size. The floor area calculation for accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units does not include covered parking.
(E) Existing home designated as accessory unit. If a lot contains an existing single-family home 1,200 square feet in size or smaller, the existing home may be designated as an accessory dwelling unit as part of a project to construct a new single-family home on the lot.
(F) Setbacks; minimum setbacks from property lines. The setbacks for accessory dwelling units shall be the same as those required for primary structures in the applicable zoning district, except as provided below:
(1) Side and rear setbacks. The minimum side and rear setback for accessory dwelling units is four feet, unless the applicable zoning district permits a smaller minimum setback for primary structures, in which case that smaller setback applies.
(2) Second floor or conversion. No additional setbacks are required for:
(a) An existing structure that is converted to an accessory dwelling unit;
(b) An accessory dwelling unit constructed above an existing structure; or
(c) An accessory dwelling unit constructed in the same location as an existing structure, provided any modifications to the dimensions do not expand the footprint in the nonconforming setback area.
(3) Front setback exemption. No minimum front setback is required for:
(a) A new-construction accessory dwelling unit that is 800 square feet or smaller in floor area and complies with minimum four-foot side and rear yard setbacks.
(b) Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units that qualify for approval under Cal. Government Code § 66323(a)(1) - (4).
(G) Parking.
(1) On-site parking is not required for accessory dwelling units or junior accessory dwelling units.
(2) When an existing parking space (covered or uncovered) is eliminated in conjunction with the creation of an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit, replacement parking is not required for the eliminated parking space.
(H) Historic review. New construction, exterior alterations or additions for an accessory dwelling unit on a property listed on the Local Register of Historic Places shall comply with Eureka Municipal Code Chapter 157, except the following types of accessory dwelling units are exempt from Historic Preservation Review:
(1) A new-construction, detached accessory dwelling unit not located between a historic building and the street.
(2) The conversion of an existing interior space or structure to an accessory dwelling unit where no exterior alterations are proposed (interior construction only).
(3) A new-construction attached accessory dwelling unit that is not visible from the sidewalk, alley or street because it is blocked from view by permanent structures.
(4) Accessory dwelling units that qualify for approval under Cal. Government Code § 66323(a)(1) - (4).
(I) Nonconformities.
(1) New construction, exterior alterations or additions for an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit are not subject to § 155.424.030(B) (Required Compliance), and do not trigger the need to correct nonconforming zoning conditions,
building code violations, or unpermitted structures that do no present a threat to public health and safety and are not affected by the creation of the accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit.
(2) An application for an unpermitted accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit constructed before January 1, 2020 that violates building or zoning standards shall be approved unless the Building Official finds that correcting the violation is necessary to protect the health and safety because the building is substandard pursuant to Cal. Health and Safety Code § 17920.3.
(J) Additional junior accessory dwelling unit requirements.
(1) The owner of the property must reside in either the remaining portion of the single-family residence or the junior accessory dwelling unit, except if the owner is a governmental agency, land trust or housing organization.
- (2) A deed restriction must be filed including:
(a) A prohibition on the sale of the junior accessory dwelling unit separate from the sale of the single-family residence; and
(b) A restriction on the size and attributes of the junior accessory dwelling unit in conformance with Government Code §§ 66333 - 66339.
(Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.316.070 INTERPRETATION. ¶
Any ambiguities in this section shall be interpreted to be consistent with state law.
(Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-19-25)
§ 155.320 FENCES AND WALLS. ¶
§ 155.320.010 PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY. ¶
This § 155.320 establishes standards for fences and walls in all zoning districts.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.320.020 REQUIRED PERMITS AND APPROVALS. ¶
(A) No department approval required. Fences and walls consistent with this section are permitted by-right without the need to obtain a zoning clearance or other Department approval, unless otherwise stated.
(B) Building permit. Fences and walls may require a building permit as required by California Building Code.
(C) Encroachment permit. Fences and walls in the public right-of-way require an encroachment permit approved by the Public Works Department.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.320.030 MEASUREMENT OF FENCE AND WALL HEIGHT. ¶
(A) Measurement of height.
(1) The height of a fence or wall is measured as the vertical distance from the highest finished grade at the base of the fence or wall to the top edge of the fence or wall. See Figure 320-1.
- (2) Fence or wall height includes any materials directly attached to the fence or wall.
(B) Variable height fences. If the height of a fence varies due to features integral to the overall fence design, variable height elements of the fence may exceed the allowed height by a maximum of one-foot six-inches. See Figure 320-2.
Figure 320-1: Measurement of Fence Height
Figure 320-2: Variable Fence Height
(C) Fences on walls. If a fence is atop a wall, the fence height is measured from the base of the wall or the sidewalk, whichever results in a greater height, except as allowed by division (D) below.
(D) Different finished grades. If the adjacent finished grade is different on opposite sides of a fence or wall, the height is measured from the side with the highest finished grade to the highest point on the fence or wall.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.320.040 MAXIMUM HEIGHT. ¶
(A) Maximum height. Fences and walls may not exceed the maximum height shown in Table 320-1 and Figure 320-3.
| (A)_Maximum height._Fences and walls may not exceed the maximum height shown in Table 320-1 and Figure 320-3. | (A)_Maximum height._Fences and walls may not exceed the maximum height shown in Table 320-1 and Figure 320-3. | (A)_Maximum height._Fences and walls may not exceed the maximum height shown in Table 320-1 and Figure 320-3. |
|---|---|---|
| Table 320-1: Allowed Fence Height | ||
| Maximum Height [1] [3] | ||
| Solid Fence | Open Fence [2] | |
| Table 320-1: Allowed Fence Height | ||
| Maximum Height [1] [3] | ||
| Solid Fence | Open Fence [2] | |
| Residential Zones | ||
| Front yard area between front building wall and front lot line | 4 ft. | 6 ft. |
| All other areas on lot | 7 ft. | 7 ft. |
| Mixed use zones - any location on lot | 8 ft. [4] | 8 ft. |
| Industrial, public facilities, and resource related zones - any location on lot | 12 ft. | 12 ft. |
| Notes: [1] Fences exceeding 7 feet require a Building Permit and engineered plans. [2] Open fences must utilize decorative masonry, ornamental steel or wrought iron, aluminum, brick, stone, or wood, and be at least 70% open to the passage of light and air. Chain link and other woven wire fence materials smaller than 6 gauge are not allowed between a building and the street in the residential and mixed-use zoning districts. [3] See § 155.308.040 (Vision Clearance Area) for height limitations at street intersections and when adjacent to driveways and alleys. [4] Solid fences taller than 3' (36") are not allowed between a building and the street in a mixed-use zone district. |
||
Figure 320-3: Allowed Fence Height - Residential Zoning Districts
(B) Vision clearance area. Walls and fences shall comply with the vision clearance area requirements in § 155.308.040 (Vision Clearance Area).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.320.050 MATERIALS. ¶
Table 320-2 identifies prohibited fence materials.
| Table 320-2 identifies prohibited fence materials. | Table 320-2 identifies prohibited fence materials. |
|---|---|
| Table 320-2: Prohibited Fence Material | |
| Fence Material | Where Prohibited |
| Barbed wire | All zoning districts except for industrial and resource-related zoning districts |
| Razor or concertina wire | All zoning districts, except when protecting critical infrastructure as determined by the Public Works Director |
| Electrified fence | All zoning districts except for resource-related zoning districts |
| Chain link and other woven wire fencing smaller than 6 gauge | Between a building and the street in residential and mixed-use zoning districts |
| Nails, broken glass, or other similar hazardous objects on the top of fence or wall |
All zoning districts |
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.320.060 NON-CONFORMING FENCES AND WALLS. ¶
Existing fences and walls that do not comply with this section may remain and may be repaired and modified in accordance with § 155.424.030(D) (Repairs and Modifications). When an existing fence or wall conflicts with § 155.308.040 (Vision Clearance Area), the conflict must be corrected when compliance with vision clearance area standards is triggered by § 155.424.030(B) (Required Compliance).
- (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.324 PARKING. ¶
§ 155.324.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.324 establishes on-site parking requirements to:
(A) Provide on-site parking spaces for existing and new land uses in a manner that promotes infill development, supports a pedestrian-friendly environment and maintains Eureka’s unique sense of place;
(B) Provide for functional on-site parking areas that are safe for vehicles and pedestrians;
(C) Ensure that parking areas are well-designed and contribute to a high-quality design environment in Eureka;
(D) Maintain a sufficient supply of parking on an area-wide basis, with less concern for the number of parking spaces provided on each individual lot or land use;
(E) Allow for flexibility in on-site parking requirements to support a multi-modal transportation system and sustainable development pattern;
(F) Encourage the construction of new housing and conversion of existing underutilized commercial properties to residential use;
(G) Support and encourage low carbon emission vehicles, bicycle transportation, car sharing and other new and innovative transportation options;
(H) Support a vibrant and dynamic local economy with flexible parking requirements;
(I) Ensure that on-site parking areas do not adversely impact land uses on neighboring properties; and
(J) Support a pedestrian-friendly streetscape design, walkable neighborhoods and active and inviting mixed-use districts.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.324.020 APPLICABILITY. ¶
(A) Parking required. On-site parking must be provided as required by this section, except when:
(1) Exempted by this division (A); or
(2) Reduced by § 155.324.040 (Reductions and Alternatives to Automobile Parking).
(B) Residential use exemptions. The following residential uses are exempt from on-site parking requirements:
(1) Accessory dwelling units;
(2) New residential units 500 square feet or less, regardless of the size of the overall structure;
(3) New residential units that are deed restricted to households earning 80 percent or less of the Humboldt County area median income, including one, on-site, deed restricted or market rate, manager's unit;
(4) New construction or conversion of existing non-residential space to create eight or fewer residential units in the Downtown (DT), Downtown West (DW), and Hinge Industrial (HN) zoning districts. Where nine or more new units are created, parking must be provided only for the units in excess of eight. This parking exemption applies to exempt units in perpetuity regardless of future development on the site;
(5) New construction or conversion of existing non-residential space to create four or fewer residential units in the Henderson Center (HC), Neighborhood Commercial (NC), Wabash Avenue (WA), Office Residential (OR), Hospital Medical (HM), and Service Commercial (SC) zoning districts. Where five or more new units are created, parking must be provided only for the units in excess of four. This parking exemption applies to exempt units in perpetuity regardless of future development on the site;
(6) Division of an existing residential unit to create one or more additional residential units;
(7) Conversion of existing covered parking to create one or more additional residential units. When a covered parking space is eliminated to create an additional residential unit, replacement parking is not required for the eliminated parking space;
(8) New second residential units in the RE and R1 zoning districts created pursuant to Cal. Gov’t Code § 65852.21, and new residential units created as a result of an R1 urban lot split subdivision pursuant to Cal. Gov’t Code § 66411.7; and
(9) Residential units on a lot with a dedicated pedestrian access in lieu of vehicular access pursuant to § 155.308.010(C)(1) (b).
(C) Non-residential use exemptions. The following non-residential uses are exempt from on-site parking requirements:
(1) New construction of a building less than 1,000 square feet;
(2) New construction on lots less than 4,000 square feet;
(3) Existing non-residential buildings enlarged by less than 1,000 square feet;
(4) All new construction in the Downtown (DT), Downtown West (DW), Henderson Center (HC) and Hinge Industrial (HN) Zoning Districts and in the Neighborhood Market (NMO) Overlay Zone;
(5) All new construction within the Parking Assessment District. See Figure 508-5 in § 155.508 (Glossary) for parking assessment district boundaries; and
(6) In all zoning districts, a change from an existing non-residential use to a different non-residential use within an existing building.
(D) Enlargements. Where parking is required for an enlarged building, additional parking is required only to serve the enlarged area. Additional parking is not required to remedy parking deficiencies existing prior to the enlargement.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.324.030 NUMBER OF ON-SITE PARKING SPACES REQUIRED. ¶
(A) Vehicle spaces required. On-site parking for motor vehicles must be provided in the quantities specified in Table 324-1, except as otherwise provided in this section.
| (A)_Vehicle spaces required._On-site parking for motor vehicles must be provided in the quantities specified in Table 324-1, except as otherwise provided in this section. |
(A)_Vehicle spaces required._On-site parking for motor vehicles must be provided in the quantities specified in Table 324-1, except as otherwise provided in this section. |
|---|---|
| Table 324-1: Required | Vehicle Parking Spaces |
| Land Use | Number of Required Parking Spaces |
| Table 324-1: Required | Vehicle Parking Spaces |
| Land Use | Number of Required Parking Spaces |
| Residential | |
| All residential uses except those listed below [1] | 1 per unit |
| Accessory dwelling unit | None required |
| Farm worker housing | 0.25 per bed |
| Medical care housing | 0.5 per bedroom |
| Micro/shared housing | 0.25 per bedroom |
| Non-medical care housing | 0.25 per bedroom |
| Commercial and Office | |
| All commercial uses, except those listed below [1] | 1 per 500 sq. ft. |
| Day care facility | None |
| Family day care home | None beyond that required for residential use |
| Kennel-animal boarding | 1 per 2,000 sq. ft. |
| Commercial lodging | 0.75 per room |
| Vacation rental | None beyond that existing for residential use |
| Hospitals | None |
| Outdoor commercial recreation | For sites less than 1 acre, 1 per 5,000 sq. ft. of outdoor space available to customers; for sites over one acre, 1 per 15,000 sq. ft. of outdoor space |
| --- | --- |
| Parking lots and structures | |
| Vehicle repair, towing and impound | |
| Industrial and Storage | |
| All industrial and storage uses except those listed below [1] | |
| Manufacturing, artisan | |
| Mini-storage | |
| Civic and Recreation | |
| All civic and recreation uses except those listed below [1] | |
| Elementary and middle school | |
| High school | |
| Colleges and trade schools | |
| Emergency shelter | |
| Parks and playgrounds | |
| Non-commercial places of assembly | |
| Infrastructure and Utilities | |
| Airport | |
| Freight terminals and transfer | |
| Public agency corporation yard | |
| Public utility | |
| Recycling collection facility | |
| Recycling processing facility | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] See § 155.504 (Land Use Classifications) for specific land uses included in category. |
|
(B) Required electric vehicle spaces. See § 155.324.050(C) (Electric Vehicle Charging).
(C) Required bicycle parking spaces. See § 155.324.070 (Bicycle Parking).
(D) Calculation of required spaces.
(1) Floor area. Where a parking requirement is a ratio of parking spaces to floor area, the floor area is assumed to be gross floor area, unless otherwise stated. The floor area of a use is calculated as described in § 155.112.050 (Floor Area and Floor Area Ratio).
(2) Employees. Where a parking requirement is stated as a ratio of parking spaces to employees, the number of employees is based on the largest shift that occurs in a typical week.
(3) Seats. Where a parking requirement is stated as a ratio of parking spaces to seats, each 24 inches of bench-type seating is counted as one seat.
(4) Fractional spaces. In determining the number of required parking, fractions of spaces over one-half will be rounded down to the next whole number.
(E) Unlisted uses. The parking requirement for land uses not listed in Table 324-1 is determined by the Director based on the requirement for the most comparable similar use, the particular characteristics of the proposed use and any other relevant data regarding parking demand.
(F) Sites with multiple uses. Where more than one land use is conducted on a site, the minimum number of required on-site parking spaces is the sum of the number of parking spaces required for each individual use unless on-site shared parking is
allowed in accordance with § 155.324.040(D) (On-site Shared Parking).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.324.040 REDUCTIONS AND ALTERNATIVES TO AUTOMOBILE PARKING. ¶
(A) General.
(1) This section identifies allowed reductions and alternatives to on-site automobile parking spaces required by §
155.324.030 (Number of On-Site Parking Spaces Required).
(2) These reductions are allowed either by-right or require approval of an administrative adjustment. If the reduction is requested as part of a project subject to discretionary approval, the request is considered by the review authority as part of the overall project.
(B) Calculation of parking reductions.
(1) Available reductions apply only to non-exempt parking spaces as specified in § 155.324.020 (Applicability).
(2) Available reductions are additive (i.e., multiple reductions may be combined for a single project). Each allowed reduction is calculated using the number of parking spaces required before any other reduction is applied. For example, parking for a development requiring 20 parking spaces that qualifies for a 10% transit proximity reduction (division (C)(1) above) and a 25% low demand reduction would be reduced by 35% (seven spaces).
(C) Available reductions. The following allow for the reduction of required on-site parking spaces:
(1) Transit proximity. For projects in proximity to an active public transit bus stop, required on-site parking may be reduced as shown in Table 324-2. Public transit bus stops exclude school bus stops.
| shown in Table 324-2. Public transit bus stops exclude school bus stops. | shown in Table 324-2. Public transit bus stops exclude school bus stops. |
|---|---|
| Table 324-2: Transit Proximity Parking Reduction | |
| Proximity to Bus Stop | Allowed Parking Reduction |
| 600 feet | 30% |
| 900 feet | 20% |
| 1,200 feet | 10% |
(2) Bus pass.
(a) On-site parking is not required for a multi-family rental unit within 900 feet of a public transit stop if the lease agreement includes a complementary bus pass for use by the resident, paid for by the property owner during the entire duration of the rental.
(b) The Department will authorize this reduction only after the property owner or the property owner's authorized representative has submitted to the Department a signed agreement in a form approved by the City Attorney guaranteeing that the complementary bus pass will be provided as required for the parking reductions.
(3) Bicycle facility proximity. Required on-site parking may be reduced by up to 30% for projects located within 300 feet of an existing designated Class I or Class II bicycle facility as shown in General Plan Figure M-2.
(4) Carpool spaces. For non-residential uses, two automobile parking spaces may be exchanged for one carpool parking space. The carpool parking space must be designated as such with signage and/or space markings.
(5) Electric vehicle charging stations. Two required parking spaces may be exchanged for one space served by an electric vehicle charging station. To receive reduction, electric vehicle charging stations must be in excess of the minimum number of charging stations required by § 155.324.050(C) (Electric Vehicle Charging).
(6) Loss of on-street parking. If providing new on-site parking requires a new curb cut through an existing sidewalk and thereby eliminates an on-street parking space, the on-site parking is required only if the new on-site parking provides at least two more spaces than the number of lost on-street spaces. For example, if a new parking lot eliminates one on-street parallel parking space, new off-street parking is required only if it contains at least three spaces.
(7) Required disabled and electric vehicle spaces. Replacement parking spaces are not required if retrofitting a required accessible parking space or installing a required electric vehicle charging station eliminates one or more required parking spaces (e.g., to accommodate accessible loading area).
(8) Bicycle and motorcycle spaces.
(a) Bicycle or motorcycle parking may replace up to two required automobile spaces or 10% of the required number of onsite automobile parking spaces, whichever is less.
(b) Each automobile parking space must be replaced by space for at least six bicycles or four motorcycles. Bicycle parking spaces must comply with development standards in § 155.324.070 (Bicycle Parking).
(c) Bicycle spaces replacing an automobile space must be in addition to the minimum bicycle parking spaces required by § 155.324.070 (Bicycle Parking).
(9) In-lieu fees. Parking requirements may be satisfied through the payment of in-lieu fees consistent with any in-lieu parking fee program established by the City Council.
(10) On-site shared parking.
(a) Shared parking is the practice of allowing land uses with different peak and off-peak parking demand schedules to share required on-site parking spaces.
(b) Shared parking is allowed with an administrative adjustment for uses on a single lot, on adjacent lots, and on lots within 100 feet of one another.
(c) An applicant requesting shared parking must submit a parking demand study justifying the shared parking. The study must be prepared by a qualified transportation planning consultant or consist of materials that provide satisfactory evidence as determined by the Director.
(d) The total number of parking spaces in a shared parking arrangement must be equal to or greater than the number of spaces ordinarily required for any one of the participating uses.
(e) To approve an administrative adjustment for shared parking, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval).
- (f) The Director may require that additional documents, covenants, deed restrictions or other agreements are executed to ensure that:
The required parking spaces are maintained for the duration of the uses served; and
Uses with similar hours and parking requirements as those uses sharing the parking remain for the life of the building. (11) Off-site parking.
- (a) Required parking may be provided off-site if the parking is located no more than 300 feet from the lot serving the use. An administrative adjustment is required only if parking is to be provided on a non-adjoining lot.
(b) To approve an administrative adjustment for off-site parking at a non-adjoining lot, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that the off-site parking is located and designed in a manner that will conveniently meet the parking needs of the use that it serves.
(c) Prior to establishing any required parking off-site, a covenant record ("parking indenture"), approved by the city, must be filed with the County Recorder guaranteeing that off-site parking will be maintained exclusively for the use served for the duration of the use.
(12) Low demand.
(a) The number of required parking spaces may be reduced by up to 25% with an administrative adjustment for uses with unique operating characteristics that result in a lower parking demand than otherwise would be required.
(b) An applicant requesting reduced parking for a low demand use must submit evidence to the satisfaction of the Director that the use requires fewer parking spaces than otherwise required by § 155.324.030 (Number of On-site Parking Spaces
Required). Acceptable evidence may include parking surveys, sales receipts, and examples of comparable uses in Eureka or similar communities.
(c) To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and the following additional findings:
Evidence submitted by the applicant demonstrates that the use requires fewer parking spaces required by § 155.324.030 (Number of On-Site Parking Spaces Required) for the use; and
The use will provide a sufficient amount of on-site parking to accommodate its expected parking demand.
(13) Low impact development.
(a) Required parking spaces may be reduced by up to 15%, not to exceed four spaces, with an administrative adjustment in cases where the parking requirement conflicts with the city's storm water system (MS4) permit requirements.
(b) To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that providing all of the on-site parking while complying with the city's storm water system (MS4) permit requirements is not possible due to physical site constraints.
(14) Infill incentive permit reductions. Required parking spaces may also be reduced through an infill incentive permit. See Table 412-2 in § 155.412.060 (Infill Incentive Permits).
- (D) On-site shared parking.
(1) Shared parking is the practice of allowing land uses with different peak and off-peak parking demand schedules to share required on-site parking spaces.
(2) Shared parking is allowed with an administrative adjustment for uses on a single lot, on adjacent lots and on lots within 100 feet of one another.
(3) An applicant requesting shared parking must submit a parking demand study justifying the shared parking. The study must be prepared by a qualified transportation planning consultant or consist of materials that provide satisfactory evidence as determined by the Director.
(4) The total number of parking spaces in a shared parking arrangement must be equal to or greater than the number of spaces ordinarily required for any one of the participating uses.
(5) To approve an administrative adjustment for shared parking, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval).
(6) The Director may require that additional documents, covenants, deed restrictions or other agreements are executed to ensure that:
(a) The required parking spaces are maintained for the duration of the uses served; and
(b) Uses with similar hours and parking requirements as those uses sharing the parking remain for the life of the building. (E) Off-site parking.
(1) Required parking may be provided off-site on a non-adjoining lot with an administrative adjustment if the parking is located no more than 300 feet from the lot serving the use. Required parking may be provided on an adjoining lot by-right.
(2) To approve an administrative adjustment for off-site parking at a non-adjoining lot, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that the off-site parking is located and designed in a manner that will conveniently meet the parking needs of the use that it serves.
(3) Prior to establishing the off-site parking, a covenant record (“parking indenture”), approved by the city, must be filed with the County Recorder guaranteeing that off-site parking will be maintained exclusively for the use served for the duration of the use.
(4) The number of required parking spaces may be reduced by up to 25% with an administrative adjustment for uses with unique operating characteristics that result in a lower parking demand than otherwise would be required.
(5) An applicant requesting reduced parking for a low demand use must submit evidence to the satisfaction of the Director that the use requires fewer parking spaces than otherwise required by § 155.324.030 (Number of On-Site Parking Spaces Required). Acceptable evidence may include parking surveys, sales receipts and examples of comparable uses in Eureka or similar communities.
(6) To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and the following additional findings:
(a) Evidence submitted by the applicant demonstrates that the use requires fewer parking spaces required by § 155.324.030 (Number of On-Site Parking Spaces Required) for the use; and
(b) The use will provide a sufficient amount of on-site parking to accommodate its expected parking demand. (F) Low impact development.
(1) Required parking spaces may be reduced by up to 15%, not to exceed four spaces, with an administrative adjustment in cases where the parking requirement conflicts with the city’s storm water system (MS4) permit requirements.
(2) To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that providing all of the on-site parking while complying with the city’s storm water system (MS4) permit requirements is not possible due to physical site constraints.
(G) Infill incentive permit reductions. Required parking spaces may also be reduced through an infill incentive permit. See Table 412-2 in § 155.412.060 (Infill Incentive Permits).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.324.050 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. ¶
(A) Availability and use of spaces.
(1) Required parking spaces for multi-family and non-residential uses must be permanently available and maintained to provide parking for the use they are intended to serve.
(2) Required parking spaces for single-family homes may not be removed unless specifically allowed by the Zoning Code. Immovable equipment, such as water heaters and washer/dryers, may not be located within a required parking space.
(3) Required parking spaces must be used exclusively for the temporary parking of vehicles and not for the sale, lease,
display, advertising or storage of vehicles, trailers, boats, campers, mobile homes, merchandise or equipment, or for any other use not authorized by the Zoning Code, except as allowed by division (A)(4) below.
(4) One vehicle or trailer owned by the lessee, owner or renter of a property may be displayed within a required parking area for the purpose of sale for a maximum of 30 days.
(5) Repair work or servicing of motor vehicles is not allowed in an uncovered on-site parking facility, except for minor work commonly performed on operating vehicles that are associated with a residential use.
(B) Parking location.
(1) On-site parking. Required parking must be located on the same lot or site as the use which it serves, or on an adjoining lot, except as allowed by § 155.324.040(C)(11) (Off-Site Parking).
(2) Vehicles contained on lot. Parked vehicles may not encroach onto or over a sidewalk or public right-of-way.
(C) Electric vehicle charging.
(1) Number of charging stations. The number of required parking spaces with an electric vehicle charging station is as required by the Building Code. Two required parking spaces may be exchanged for one space served by an electric vehicle charging station as allowed by 155.324.040(C)(5) (Electric Vehicle Charging Stations).
(2) Signage. Signage must designate spaces with required electric vehicle charging stations as available only for electronic vehicle parking. Signage is required only for electric vehicle changing stations required by this division.
(D) Large vehicle parking. Recreational vehicles, boats and other large vehicles may not be parked within a required front or exterior side setback in a residential zoning district.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.324.060 PARKING DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. ¶
(A) Parking access.
(1) Alley access. The following alley access requirements apply to all uses, except for detached single-family homes.
(a) For interior lots served by an alley, access to parking must be from the alley unless the Director approves an administrative adjustment to allow parking access from the street.
(b) To approve an administrative adjustment to access parking from a street, the Director must make the findings in §
155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that access from a street is necessary due to traffic, circulation or safety concerns.
(c) For corner lots served by an alley, parking may be accessed from a side street without an administrative adjustment.
(2) Number of driveways.
(a) For residential uses in residential zoning districts, no more than one driveway may serve lots less than 100 feet wide and no more than two driveways may serve lots 100 feet wide or more. On corner lots, this rule applies separately to each of the two street-facing sides.
(b) For non-residential uses in residential zoning districts and in all other zoning districts, the maximum number of driveways will be the minimum number necessary to serve the intended use. The Director, in consultation with the Public Works Director, will determine the permitted number of driveways based on the needs of the intended use and traffic, circulation and safety concerns.
(3) Driveway drop curb width. Minimum and maximum allowed driveway drop curb widths shall be as required by the Public Works Director.
(4) Separation of driveways. Separation between driveways will be the minimum distance required by the Public Works Director.
(5) Shared driveways. Parking facilities on adjoining lots may share access points and driveways provided reciprocal access easements are recorded for all properties.
(6) Distance from street corner. New driveways must be located the minimum distance from street corners required by the Public Works Director.
(B) Parking placement on site.
(1) Applicability. The parking placement requirements in this division apply only to new development and the parking areas that serve them.
(2) Multi-family dwellings. Surface parking spaces and carports for a multi-family dwelling may not be located between a primary building and a front or exterior side property line. See Figure 324-2.
Figure 324-2: Multi-Family Residential Parking Location
(3) DT, DW, NC, HC, OR, SC Zoning Districts. Surface parking spaces and carports may not be located between a building and a front or exterior side lot line. Parking must be located to the rear or side of buildings. Corner surface parking lots and carports are prohibited. See Figure 324-3.
Figure 324-3: Mixed Use District Parking
(4) Modification to parking placement standard. The Director may approve modification s to the parking placement standards in this section with an administrati ve adjustment. To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that complying with the parking placement standards is infeasible due to unique physical site conditions such as parcel shape, topography, or traffic-related public safety risks.
(C) Forward entrance and exit. Parking areas of four or more spaces adjacent to an arterial or collector roadway must provide sufficient maneuvering area to allow vehicles to enter and access the roadway in a forward direction.
(D) Controlled access. Parking areas must be designed to prevent vehicular access to the public right of way at any point other than at designated driveways.
(E) Parking space and lot dimensions.
(1) Parking areas with three or fewer spaces. For parking areas with one to three parking spaces, spaces must have the following minimum dimensions:
(a) Uncovered parking space: eight feet six inches in width by 18 feet in length.
(b) Uncovered parking space parallel to an alley: eight feet six inches in width by 20 feet in length.
(c) Covered parking space in a garage or carport: ten feet in width by 18 feet in length.
(d) The width of a carport space may be reduced to eight feet six inches if one side is open without a solid wall or physical barrier obstructing a car door.
(2) Parking lots with four or more spaces. For parking lots with four or more spaces, parking spaces, drive aisles, and other parking lot features must comply with minimum dimensions shown in Figure 324-4.
(3) Compact spaces. Up to 50% of the required parking spaces in a parking lot may be compact spaces.
Figure 324-4: Parking Dimensions
(F) Surfacing.
- (1) Standard materials.
(a) Except as allowed by division (F)(2) below, all parking areas and drive aisles must be paved with an asphalt, concrete or comparable all-weather surfacing material approved by the Public Works Director. Unpaved areas may not be used for parking or maneuvering.
(b) Ribbon driveways (parallel strips of paved surface for tires separated by an open, unpaved area) are allowed for singlefamily home driveways.
(c) Permeable paving materials, such as porous concrete/asphalt, open-jointed pavers and turf grids, are a permitted surface material, subject to approval by the Public Works Director.
(d) Parking areas must be graded to dispose of all surface water consistent with the city’s MS4 permit storm water requirements to the satisfaction of the Public Works Director.
(2) Alternative materials.
(a) Parking areas and access ways may be surfaced with decomposed granite or other similar all-weather compacted material when serving:
All uses in a residential zoning district;
All uses in the Hinge Industrial (HN) and Light Industrial (LI) Zoning Districts; and
All uses in the Parks and Recreation (PR) and Public Facilities (PF) Zoning Districts.
- (b) Where alternative surface materials are allowed by division (F)(2)(a) above, asphalt, concrete or comparable all-weather surfacing material must be used for:
The first 20 feet of the access way from a public street serving residential uses; and
The first 50 feet of the access way from a public street serving uses in the Hinge Industrial (HN), Light Industrial (LI), Parks and Recreation (PR) and Public Facilities (PF) Zoning Districts.
(c) Construction methods must be approved by the Public Works Director.
(3) Wheel stops and curbs.
(a) Landscaped areas, walkways and walls must be protected by either:
Parking space wheel stops; or
A curb at least six inches wide and six inches high designed to allow storm water runoff to pass through.
(b) A paved sidewalk may be used as a wheel stop if the overhang will not reduce the minimum required walkway width.
(4) Landscaped parking space. Up to two feet of the front of a parking space as measured from a line parallel to the direction of the bumper of a vehicle using the space may be landscaped with ground cover plants instead of paving where wheel stops or curbs are provided. See Figure 324-5. Parking space landscaping may be included in the required perimeter landscaping area required by § 155.324.080(D) (Perimeter Parking Lot Landscaping).
Figure 324-5: Parking Space Landscaping
(G) Tandem parking spaces.
(1) When allowed. Tandem parking spaces are permitted for residential uses and designated employee parking. See Figure 324-6.
(2) Residential uses. Parking spaces in a tandem configuration for residential uses must be reserved for and assigned to a single dwelling unit.
(3) Non-residential uses. Tandem parking may be used only for employee parking, in addition to parking spaces required by § 155.324.030 (Number of On-Site Parking Spaces Required).
(4) Configuration. Tandem parking spaces may not conflict with required parking spaces or aisles providing access to other parking spaces located within the parking area. For example, a tandem space may not project into the minimum drive aisle width providing vehicle access to other parking spaces in a parking lot.
Figure 324-6: Tandem Parking Space
(H) Parking lifts. Required parking may be provided using elevator-like mechanical parking systems (“lifts”) provided the lifts are located within an enclosed structure or otherwise screened from public view.
(I) Lighting. Parking area lighting must be provided in compliance with § 155.308.050 (Outdoor Lighting) and as follows.
(1) A parking area with six or more parking spaces must include outdoor lighting that provides a minimum illumination of 1.0 foot-candles over the entire parking area.
(2) Lighting must be pedestrian-scaled and may not exceed a maximum height of 16 feet.
(3) Outdoor lighting as required above must be provided during nighttime business hours.
(4) Parking structures must provide indoor lighting as required by the California Building Code.
(J) Pedestrian access.
(1) Parking lots with more than 30 parking spaces must include a pedestrian walkway outside of drive aisles. Only one walkway is required to serve the entire parking lot; walkways for each parking row within the lot are not required.
(2) The design of the pedestrian walkway must be clearly visible and distinguished from parking and circulation areas through striping, contrasting paving material or other similar method as approved by the Director. The pedestrian walkway must be a minimum width of six feet.
(K) Screening. Parking lots of six spaces or more must comply with the following screening standards. See also § 155.308.060 (Screening for Residential Zoning Districts):
(1) Location. Screening must be provided along the perimeter of parking lots fronting a street and/or abutting a residential zoning district or ground floor residential use.
(2) Height.
(a) Screening adjacent to streets must have a minimum height of three feet.
(b) For parking lots within ten feet of a residential zoning district or ground floor residential use, screening must have a minimum height of six feet.
(3) Materials.
(a) Required screening adjacent to a street may consist of:
A low-profile wall constructed of brick, stone, stucco or other durable solid material; or
An open fence combined with landscaping to form an opaque screen. Open fences must be wrought iron or other highquality decorative material and at least 70% open to the passage of light and air. Chain link and other wire fence materials are not allowed.
(b) Parking lots within ten feet of a residential zoning district or ground floor residential use must be screened by a six-foot solid wall or fence. Bushes, vines, and other vegetation may be incorporated into the design of required fence or wall. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.324.070 BICYCLE PARKING. ¶
(A) Applicability. All new multi-family and commercial construction must provide bicycle parking as required by this section and the California Green Building Standards Code.
(B) Nonconformities. Sites nonconforming to this subsection must be brought into conformance when required by § 155.424.030 (Nonconforming Site Features).
(C) Types of bicycle parking.
(1) Short-term bicycle parking. Short-term bicycle parking provides shoppers, customers, messengers and other visitors who generally park for two hours or less a convenient and readily accessible place to park bicycles.
(2) Long-term parking. Long-term bicycle parking provides residents and employees who live or work at a site a secure and weather-protected place to park and store bicycles. Long-term parking may be located in garages or other limited access areas for exclusive use by tenants, residents, and/or employees. Long-term parking may not be located within an area of a dwelling unit primarily intended to serve a different function (e.g., clothes closet or bathroom).
(D) Number of spaces.
(1) Minimum requirement. Multi-family and commercial uses must provide short-term and long-term bicycle parking as specified in Table 324-3.
| exclusive use by tenants, residents, and/or employees. Long-term parking may not be located within an area of a dwelling unit primarily intended to serve a different function (e.g., clothes closet or bathroom). (D)Number of spaces. (1)_Minimum requirement._Multi-family and commercial uses must provide short-term and long-term bicycle parking as specified in Table 324-3. |
exclusive use by tenants, residents, and/or employees. Long-term parking may not be located within an area of a dwelling unit primarily intended to serve a different function (e.g., clothes closet or bathroom). (D)Number of spaces. (1)_Minimum requirement._Multi-family and commercial uses must provide short-term and long-term bicycle parking as specified in Table 324-3. |
exclusive use by tenants, residents, and/or employees. Long-term parking may not be located within an area of a dwelling unit primarily intended to serve a different function (e.g., clothes closet or bathroom). (D)Number of spaces. (1)_Minimum requirement._Multi-family and commercial uses must provide short-term and long-term bicycle parking as specified in Table 324-3. |
exclusive use by tenants, residents, and/or employees. Long-term parking may not be located within an area of a dwelling unit primarily intended to serve a different function (e.g., clothes closet or bathroom). (D)Number of spaces. (1)_Minimum requirement._Multi-family and commercial uses must provide short-term and long-term bicycle parking as specified in Table 324-3. |
|---|---|---|---|
| Table 324-3: Required Bicycle Parking Spaces | |||
| Land Use [1] | Required Bicycle Parking Spaces | ||
| Short-Term Spaces | Long-Term Spaces | ||
| Table 324-3: Required Bicycle Parking Spaces | |||
| Land Use [1] | Required Bicycle Parking Spaces | ||
| Short-Term Spaces | Long-Term Spaces | ||
| Multi-family dwellings | 1 per 6 units | 1 per 3 units | |
| Commercial uses | |||
| Service Commercial (SC) Zoning District | 1 per 2,000 sq. ft. | 1 per 20 required automobile spaces for uses |
|
| All other zoning districts | 1 per 1,000 sq. ft. | 10,000 sq. ft. or greater | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] For mixed-use projects, required bicycle parking spaces is the combined total for the residential |
and commercial components of the project. | ||
(2) Calculations of less than one. When the calculation of required bicycle parking results in less than one space, a minimum of one bicycle parking space must be provided.
(3) Maximum spaces. In no case will more than 15 bicycle spaces be required for any single use or development project.
(4) Reductions. The Director may allow reductions to the number of required bicycle parking spaces with an administrative adjustment. To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and one or both of the following additional findings:
(a) Adequate space is not available to provide the bicycle parking; and/or
(b) Reduced bicycle parking is justified by reasonably anticipated demand.
(E) Short-term bicycle parking standards.
(1) Location. Short-term bicycle parking must be located within 100 feet of the primary entrance of the structure or use it is intended to serve. Parking may be located within required setbacks.
(2) Surfacing. Parking areas must be paved with asphalt, concrete or other all-weather surface.
(3) Protection. When located in a parking area: for the protection of bikes, automobiles and pedestrians, bicycle spaces must be protected by curbs, fences, planter areas, bumpers or similar barriers.
(F) Parking space dimensions.
(1) Minimum dimensions of two feet by six feet must be provided for each bicycle parking space. Spaces may be configured horizontally or vertically. Minimum ceiling height is prescribed by the California Building Code.
(2) An aisle of at least five feet must be provided behind all bicycle parking to allow room for maneuvering.
(3) A minimum two feet of clearance must be provided between bicycle parking spaces and adjacent walls, poles, landscaping, pedestrian paths and other similar features.
(4) A minimum four feet of clearance must be provided between bicycle parking spaces and adjacent automobile parking spaces and drive aisles.
(G) Rack design. Bicycle racks must be capable of locking both the wheels and the frame of the bicycle, and of supporting bicycles in a secure position, such as an “inverted-U” style rack. Alternative methods to secure bicycles are allowed if they provide a level of security equivalent to conventional bicycle racks.
(H) Long-term bicycle parking standards.
(1) Location. Long-term bicycle parking:
(a) Must be located on or within 250 feet of the use that it is intended to serve;
(b) May be located within a garage;
(c) May not be located within required front setbacks; and
(d) Must be permanently available and maintained to provide bicycle parking for the use they serve (e.g., immovable equipment, such as water heaters and washer/dryers, may not be located within a required parking area).
(2) Security. Long-term bicycle parking spaces must be secured. Spaces are considered secured if one or more of the following apply:
(a) The spaces are in a locked room or area enclosed by a fence with a locked gate;
(b) The spaces are within view or within 100 feet of an attendant or security guard; and
(c) The spaces are visible from employee work areas.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.324.080 PARKING LOT LANDSCAPING. ¶
(A) Applicability.
- (1) New parking lots. All new parking lots with four or more spaces must comply with this section as illustrated in Figure 324-7.
Figure 324-7: Parking Lot Landscaping
(2) Non- conformities. An existing parking lot with four or more spaces non-conforming to this section must be brought into conformance to the extent possible when required by § 155.424.030 (Non-Conforming Site Features).
(B) Landscape materials. Except as otherwise specified in this section, 50% of required landscape area must be covered with groundcover, shrubs, turf or other types of plants at maturity. The remaining area may be covered by mulch, bark chip, crushed rock, pebbles, stone and similar non-plant materials.
(C) Interior parking lot landscaping.
(1) Amount of landscaping.
(a) All portions of a parking lot not occupied by a parking space, drive aisle, pedestrian way or trash collection and storage area must be landscaped.
(b) A minimum of one tree that reaches a mature height of at least 20 feet must be planted within the parking lot at a minimum ratio of one tree for each 15 parking spaces.
(c) When the calculation of required trees results in less than one tree (i.e., parking lots with fewer than 15 spaces), a minimum of one tree must be provided.
- (2) Location of landscaping.
(a) Where space permits, a landscaped island, at least four feet in all interior dimensions, and containing at least one tree, must be provided at each end of each interior row of automobile parking stalls and between every eight consecutive automobile parking stalls. Horizontal curb surfaces may not be included in the landscaped island area calculation. Trees in landscape islands may count towards the required number of trees hereunder.
(b) Parking lots with more than 50 spaces must provide a concentration of landscape elements at primary parking lot entrances, such as trees, shrubs, flowering plants and enhanced paving.
(c) Landscaping must be located and designed so that pedestrians are not required to cross landscaped areas to reach
building entrances from parked cars. This may be achieved through the orientation of the landscaped fingers and islands, and by providing dedicated pedestrian access through landscaped areas where needed.
(D) Perimeter parking lot landscaping.
(1) Adjacent to streets.
(a) Parking areas adjacent to a street must include a landscaped planting strip between the street and parking area at least four feet wide with at least 50% of the plant material attaining a minimum plant height at maturity of 36 inches. See § 155.324.060(K) (Screening) for when a low-profile wall or fence is required along the perimeter of a parking lot in addition to landscaping.
(b) Plantings and screening materials may include a combination of plant materials, earth berms, solid decorative masonry walls, raised planters, or other screening devices that are determined by the Director to meet the intent of this requirement.
(c) Trees must be provided within the planting strip at a rate of at least one tree for each 30 feet of street frontage with a minimum distance of not more than 60 feet between each tree. Tree species must reach a mature height of at least 20 feet. Planting strip tree requirements are in addition to required interior parking lot trees.
(d) Landscaping must comply with intersection and driveway vision clearance requirements in § 155.308.040 (Vision Clearance Area).
(2) Stormwater runoff. When required, parking lot drainage plans will be reviewed by the Public Works Director and must comply with all applicable Low Impact Development (LID) standards.
(E) Alternative landscape designs.
(1) The Director may approve an administrative adjustment to allow alternative landscape design that deviates from the requirement in this section.
(2) To approve an administrative adjustment for an alternative landscape design, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and find that adjustments to landscape design requirements are warranted to provide relief for existing site constraints or to achieve a superior aesthetic or environmental design.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.328 LANDSCAPING. ¶
§ 155.328.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This section establishes landscaping standards to enhance the aesthetic appearance of developed areas in Eureka and to promote the efficient use of water resources.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.328.020 NONCONFORMITIES. ¶
Properties nonconforming to the standards in § 155.328.040 (Required Landscape Areas) and § 155.328.050 (General Landscape Requirements) must be brought into conformance when required by § 155.424.030 (Nonconforming Site Features). (Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.328.030 LANDSCAPE PLANS. ¶
(A) Landscape plan required.
(1) An applicant must submit a landscape plan if new or modified landscaping is required by this chapter.
(2) Required landscape plans must be submitted as part of the design review application, if any, and subsequent building permit applications.
(B) Required contents. Landscape plans must include the following features and information:
(1) Site boundaries.
(2) Existing conditions on the property, including contours and existing structures.
(3) New structures and expansions proposed as part of the project.
(4) Existing landscaping, trees, and vegetation to be retained, specifying plant location, species, and size. Details of existing trees must also include approximate tree diameter measured 48 inches above existing grade and approximate outer limit of tree canopy.
(5) New landscaping proposed as part of the development project, specifying plant location, species, number, and size.
(6) Irrigation plan specifying the location, type, and size of all components of the irrigation system (if proposed).
(7) Proposed grading if any.
(8) A landscape maintenance plan describing how the landscaping will be maintained in a healthy and thriving condition, including provisions to replace plant material as needed to maintain compliance with the approved landscape plan.
(9) Additional information as determined by the Department to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section.
(C) Review and approval.
(1) For projects that do not require design review, the Department will review all landscape plans to verify compliance with this section as part of the zoning clearance approval.
(2) For projects that require design review, the review authority responsible for approving design review must also approve the landscape plan.
(D) Changes to approved landscape plans.
(1) Only the review authority that approved the landscape plan may allow substantial modifications to an approved landscape plan.
(2) The Director may approve minor changes to a landscape plan previously approved by the City Council, Planning Commission, or Design Review Committee. Minor changes are defined as modifications to a landscape plan that do not alter the general design character of the landscaped area or alter a feature of the landscaped area specifically required by the review authority. The Director may also approve changes to a landscape plan required to comply with Building Code or Fire Code requirements.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.328.040 REQUIRED LANDSCAPE AREAS. ¶
(A) Applicability. The requirements of this subsection do not apply to single-family homes in any zoning district.
(B) Parking lots. See § 155.324.080 (Parking Lot Landscaping) for required landscaping in parking lots.
(C) Residential zoning districts.
(1) The following areas, excluding areas required for access to the property, must be landscaped and maintained:
(a) All required front and street side setback areas;
(b) All areas between a building and a front or exterior side lot line; and
(c) Any area between the front or exterior side lot lines and the sidewalk or edge of street curb. See Figure 328-1.
(2) Landscaping is not required in setback or yard areas located behind a four-foot or higher solid fence or wall or in areas not visible from the sidewalk or street.
(3) Landscaping may consist of any combination of living plants, such as trees, shrubs and grass or related natural features,
such as rock, stone, or mulch. Decorative hardscape featuring pervious materials, such as pervious paver stones, gravel, and decomposed granite, is permitted within required landscaping areas.
Figure 328-1: Required Landscape Area in Residential Zoning Districts
(D ) Mixed-use zoning districts. In mixed-use zoning districts, all areas between a building and a front or exterior side lot line and all areas between the front or exterior side lot lines and the sidewalk or edge of street curb must be landscaped, excluding areas required for access to the property. See Figure 328-2.
Figure 328-2: Required Landscape Area In Mixed Use Districts
(E) Other zoning districts. Parking lots in zoning districts other than residential and mixed-use zoning districts must comply with the landscaping requirements in § 155.324.080 (Parking Lot Landscaping). No additional landscaping is required.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.328.050 GENERAL LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS. ¶
(A) The following requirements apply to all landscaping within the city.
(1) Vision clearance area. Landscaping must comply with the vision clearance area requirements in § 155.308.040 (Vision Clearance Area).
(2) Public safety. Plant species must be selected and located so that at maturity they do not interfere with pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicular circulation and do not conflict with utilities and overhead lights.
(3) Invasive plants. Planting species with a "High" rating in the California Invasive Plant Council's Cal-IPC inventory of invasive plants and plant species identified as invasive weeds by the Humboldt County Weed Management Area are prohibited.
(B) The following requirements apply to landscaping installed as part of a city-approved landscaping plan.
(1) Parking lots. See § 155.324.080 (Parking Lot Landscaping) for landscaping requirements that apply to new parking lots with four or more spaces.
(2) Native plants. At least 75%, by count, of all new in-ground shrubs, groundcover, and trees will involve only the use of species native to Eureka as listed by the California Native Plant Society, with the remainder being noncompeting exotic species. (3) Trees.
(a) New trees must be a minimum 15-gallon size unless the reviewing authority determines that a smaller size is sufficient for the site.
(b) Trees in landscape planters less than ten feet in width or located closer than five feet from a public sidewalk, street, or permanent structure on an adjacent property must be planted with root barriers or root barrier panels to prevent damage to adjacent structures or pavement.
(4) Groundcover and shrubs.
(a) A minimum of 50% of required landscape area must be covered with groundcover, shrubs, turf, or other types of plants at maturity.
(b) Groundcover must be provided throughout the landscaped area and must be spaced to achieve full coverage of the groundcover area within one year.
(c) A maximum of 50% of the required landscape area may consist of mulch, bark chip, crushed rock, pebbles, stone, or similar non-plant materials.
(d) Landscaped areas must be top dressed with bark, chip, mulch, or other similar material to cover exposed bare soil.
(5) Timing of installation. Required landscaping must be installed prior to receiving a temporary or final certificate of occupancy.
(6) The Director may defer the installation of landscaping for a maximum of 180 days after project occupancy/completion in cases of delays caused by inclement weather, unavailability of plant materials, construction scheduling, or other similar issues. The
Director may require the applicant to provide adequate security to guarantee the landscaping installation in accordance with § 155.420.070 (Performance Guarantees).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.328.060 WATER EFFICIENCY IN LANDSCAPING ORDINANCE (WELO). ¶
(A) General. In addition to the requirements of this section, all applicable development in Eureka must also comply with the California Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (WELO) as required by California Water Conservation in Landscaping Act (Cal. Government Code §§ 65591 et seq. ).
(B) When required. The following landscape projects must comply with the WELO requirements:
(1) New construction projects requiring a building permit that have an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet.
(2) Rehabilitated landscape projects requiring a building permit that have an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 2,500 square feet.
(C) Conflicts. If conflicts occur between the Cal. Government Code or WELO and this section, the more restrictive will control.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.328.070 MAINTENANCE AND ENFORCEMENT. ¶
The following maintenance requirements and enforcement procedures apply to landscaping installed as part of a city-approved landscaping plan:
(A) Maintenance required.
(1) Dead and dying plants. All landscaping must be maintained free of physical damage or injury from lack of water, excess chemical fertilizer or other toxic chemical, blight, or disease. Dead or dying plants must be removed and replaced with landscaping of similar size and maturity.
- (2) Weed removal. Landscaping must be kept free from weeds.
(3) Irrigation systems. Irrigation systems must be maintained in a fully functional manner as approved by the city and required by this section. Watering schedules should be adjusted periodically to reflect seasonal variations.
(B) Violations. Failure to maintain landscape areas in compliance with this section will be deemed a nuisance subject to the enforcement procedures in § 155.428 (Enforcement and Penalties).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.332 RESIDENTIAL SUBDIVISION ALTERNATIVES. ¶
§ 155.332.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.332 establishes requirements for residential small lot, conservation, and urban lot split subdivisions to accommodate a diversity of infill housing types, allow for development on constrained lots and preserve open space and other natural resources. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22)
§ 155.332.020 SMALL LOT SUBDIVISIONS. ¶
(A) Purpose. This section establishes standards for small lot subdivisions in the multi-family zoning districts. The intent of these standards is to:
(1) Facilitate the development of infill housing on vacant and underutilized properties;
(2) Increase opportunities for fee-simple home ownership in higher density areas of Eureka;
(3) Expand the types of housing available for purchase in Eureka, including lower-cost housing for first-time homebuyers and seniors looking to downsize; and
(4) Ensure that development on small lot subdivisions is well designed and minimizes impacts on neighboring properties.
(B) Where allowed. Small lot subdivisions are allowed only in the R2 and R3 Zoning Districts.
(C) Optional/not mandatory. Small lot subdivisions are an available option, not a mandatory requirement. Lots in the R2 and R3 Zoning Districts may also be subdivided using generally applicable subdivision requirements. Conventional subdivisions, however, are not eligible for relaxed development standards in § 155.332.020(E) (Development Standards).
(D) Approvals required. Small lot subdivisions require city approval of a tentative and final or parcel map as required by the California Subdivision Map Act and Municipal Code Ch. 154 (Subdivision Regulations). Proposed small lot subdivisions shall be clearly identified as such on the tentative map.
(E) Development standards.
(1) Lot area.
(a) The minimum lot area in a small lot subdivision is 2,000 square feet.
(b) The maximum lot area in a small lot subdivision is 4,999 square feet except an existing primary residence, including
accessory structures located on the same resultant lot as the primary residence, is not limited to the 4,999 square foot maximum.
- (2) Minimum setbacks.
(a) There are no minimum setbacks from lot lines within a small lot subdivision that do not abut a lot outside of the small lot subdivision. See Figure 332-1.
(b) Setbacks from lot lines that abut a property outside of the small lot subdivision are as required by the applicable zoning district.
Figure 332-1: Small Lot Subdivision Setbacks
(3) Lot access. Newly created lots must comply with street frontage and access standards in § 155.308.010(C) (Street Frontage and Access). For lots without direct vehicle access from a street or alley, utility access easements must be granted to the city. See Figure 332-2.
- (4) Parking.
(a) On-site parking is required consistent with § 155.324 (Parking); except that, the Director may waive the on-site parking requirement with an Administrative Adjustment for lots without street or alley frontage where it is physically impossible for a vehicle to access a lot.
(b) To approve the administrative adjustment, the Director must make the findings in § 155.412.030(F) (Findings for Approval) and the following additional findings:
It is physically impossible to provide vehicular access to the lot due to the location of existing structures; or
Proposed development on the lot cannot be reasonably reconfigured in any way that would allow for vehicular access to the lot.
Figure 332-2: Lot Access
(5) Other standards. Except for minimum setbacks, small lot subdivisions are subject to all development standards (e.g., height, FAR, site coverage) in the applicable zoning district.
- (F) Subdivision configurations.
(1) Minimum requirements. Small lot subdivisions must comply with § 155.308.010 (Lot Standards).
(2) Example configurations. Figures 332-3 and 332-4 illustrate example lot configuration and building placement permitted in small lot subdivisions. Other configurations are permitted, provided they comply with the requirements of this section.
Figure 332-3: Small Lot Subdivision Example Configurations - Interior Lots
Figure 332-4: Small Lot Subdivision Example Configurations - Corner Lots
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22)
§ 155.332.030 URBAN LOT SPLIT SUBDIVISIONS. ¶
(A) Purpose. This subsection allows for subdivision of RE and R1 zoned lots and development of housing pursuant to Cal. Government Code §§ 65852.21 and 66411.7.
(B) Where allowed. Urban lot split subdivisions are permitted on any parcel zoned RE (Residential Estate) or R1 (Residential Low) provided:
(1) The original lot area is at least 2,400 square feet;
(2) The lot is not listed on the State or Local Register of Historic Places or located within a designated historic district;
(3) The parcel satisfies the requirements of Cal. Government Code § 65913.4(a)(6), subparagraphs (B) to (K), which prohibit development on sites subject to specified environmental resources and hazards;
(4) Neither the owner of the parcel being subdivided nor any person acting in concert with the owner has previously subdivided an adjacent parcel using an urban lot split subdivision as provided under Cal. Government Code § 66411.7;
(5) The parcel has not been established through a prior urban lot split subdivision;
(6) No parcel owner has exercised the owner's rights under Cal. Government Code §§ 7060 et seq. (the Ellis Act) to withdraw accommodations from rent or lease within 15 years before the date of application for the urban lot split; and
(7) The urban lot split would not require demolition or alteration of housing that:
(a) Is subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of moderate, low, or very low income; and/or
(b) Has been occupied by a tenant in the last three years.
(C) Optional/not mandatory. Urban lot split subdivisions are an available option, not a mandatory requirement. Lots in the RE and R1 Zoning Districts may also be subdivided using generally applicable subdivision requirements. Conventional subdivisions, however, are not eligible for relaxed development standards in division (E) below (Development Standards).
- (D) Approval process.
(1) Ministerial approval. Urban lot split subdivisions require ministerial city approval of a parcel map as required by the California Subdivision Map Act and Municipal Code Chapter 154 (Subdivision Regulations).
(2) Nonconforming zoning conditions. The Director may not require the correction of nonconforming zoning conditions as a condition of parcel map approval.
(3) Time limit to act. Urban lot splits shall be approved or denied within 60 days of submission of a complete application.
(4) Identification on parcel map. Proposed urban lot split subdivisions must be clearly identified as such on the parcel map.
(E) Development standards.
(1) Number of new parcels. The urban lot split creates no more than two resulting parcels.
(2) Resulting minimum lot area.
(a) The minimum lot area for a lot resulting from an urban lot split subdivision is 1,200 square feet; and
(b) The resulting minimum lot area must be at least 40% of the original lot area. For example, if the original lot is 5,000 square feet, the smallest resulting lot must be at least 2,000 square feet, or 40% of the original lot area. If the original lot is 3,000 square feet, then the smallest resulting lot must be at least 1,200 square feet.
(3) Minimum setbacks and other standards. No setback is required for an existing structure or a structure in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure. In all other circumstances see Table 204-2.1 for minimum setback and other development standards for urban lot split subdivisions.
(4) Lot access. Newly created lots must comply with street frontage and access standards in § 155.308.010(C) (Street Frontage and Access). For lots without direct vehicle access from a street or alley, utility access easements must be granted to the city. See Figure 332-2.
(5) Parking. On-site parking is not required. If on-site parking is provided, the parking must be consistent with § 155.324 (Parking), and garages and carports must be setback as provided in Table 204-2.1.
(6) Maximum number of dwelling units. A maximum of one single-family home, one junior accessory dwelling unit and either one additional single-family home or one accessory dwelling unit are allowed on a lot that is subdivided using the authority contained in the Cal. Government Code.
(7) Guaranteed allowance. A standard of this chapter must be waived if the applicant demonstrates it would have the effect of physically precluding the construction of two units on either of the resulting parcels, each with up to 800 square feet of floor area. (F) Other requirements.
(1) Short-term rental. Rental of any unit created pursuant to an urban lot split subdivision must be for a term longer than 30 days.
(2) Residential use. The primary use of the resulting lots must be residential. The resulting lots may not be utilized for any non-residential primary use otherwise permitted in the RE or R1 zoning districts as identified in Table 204-1.
(3) Owner occupancy. An applicant for an urban lot split subdivision shall sign an affidavit stating the applicant intends to occupy one of the housing units as their principal residence for a minimum of three years from the date of the approval of the urban lot split subdivision. Owner-occupancy is not required if the owner is a community land trust or qualified nonprofit corporation under Cal. Revenue and Taxation Code §§ 214.15 or 402.1.
(Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 965-C.S., passed 8-17-25)
§ 155.332.040 CONSERVATION SUBDIVISIONS. ¶
(A) Purpose. This section allows for residential conservation subdivisions to preserve open space and accommodate creative site plans on lots where development is constrained by gulches, trees, steep slopes and other physical features. See Figure 332-5 for an example conservation subdivision in the RE Zoning District.
Figure 332-5: Example Conservation Subdivision
(B) Eligibility. Conservation subdivisions are permitted in any residential zoning district on lots 10,000 square feet or more.
(C) Approvals required. Conservation subdivisions require city approval of a tentative and final or parcel map as required by the California Subdivision Map Act and Municipal Code Ch. 154 (Subdivision Regulations). Proposed conservation subdivisions must be clearly identified as such on the tentative map.
(D) Development standards.
(1) Lot size.
(a) There is no minimum lot size within a conservation subdivision, provided the overall density of the subdivision does not exceed the maximum density of the applicable zoning district.
(b) Project density is calculated using the number of homes, not the number of lots, and includes all open space areas. See Figure 332-5.
(2) Setbacks.
(a) There are no minimum setbacks from lot lines within a conservation subdivision that do not abut a property outside of the conservation subdivision. See Figure 332-5.
(b) The applicable zoning district will govern setbacks from lot lines that abut a property outside of the conservation subdivision.
(3) Height. Buildings within a conservation subdivision may not exceed a maximum height of 35 feet.
(4) Site coverage. There is no maximum site coverage for individual lots within a conservation subdivision.
(5) Floor area ratio. The maximum floor area ratio in a conservation subdivision is as required by Table 204-2 in § 155.204 (Residential Zoning Districts).
(E) Allowed land uses. The applicable zoning district will govern allowed land uses in a conservation subdivision.
(F) Conservation area. Dedicated conservation areas within a conservation subdivision must be separated from residential parcels and comply with the following standards:
(1) Open space minimums. A conservation subdivision project must designate a minimum of 50% of the total project site as permanent open space. See Figure 332-5 .
(2) Conservation easement required. Designated open space must be guaranteed in perpetuity using one or more of the following control mechanisms:
(a) Dedication of a conservation easement to a public agency or a public interest land trust;
(b) Dedication of land in fee-title to a public agency; or
(c) Deed restrictions recorded with the County Recorder.
(3) Use of conservation area. Conservation areas will remain as undeveloped open space in accordance with the following:
(a) Development is prohibited within a conservation area, except for development necessary for natural resource protection and restoration as determined by the Director;
(b) Animal grazing and crop production is allowed in a conservation area consistent with Municipal Code Ch. 91 (Animals). Accessory structures serving an agricultural use, such as pole barns, are allowed;
(c) Trees may not be removed within a conservation area, except as allowed by § 155.304.140 (Tree Removal); and
(d) A subdivider or property owner is not required to provide public access to a conservation area.
(4) Contiguity. Fragmentation of dedicated open space areas must be avoided. Dedicated open space areas must be consolidated or linked to facilitate wildlife movement, maintain functioning biological communities and accommodate agricultural activity where appropriate. Open space connections to adjoining land beyond the project site should be anticipated and identified where possible.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.336 TEMPORARY USES AND STRUCTURES. ¶
§ 155.336.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.336 establishes standards for temporary uses and structures to allow for appropriate short-term events and activities while limiting impacts on neighboring properties and the general public.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.336.020 APPLICABILITY AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS. ¶
(A) Applicability. This section applies to all temporary uses and structures in Eureka.
(B) Permit requirements. Specific types of temporary uses and structures are allowed either:
(1) By-right without Department approval (see § 155.336.040); or
(2) With a zoning clearance (see § 155.336.050).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.336.030 GENERAL STANDARDS. ¶
(A) Standards for all temporary uses and structures. All temporary uses and structures must comply with the following standards.
(1) Encroachment permit. Temporary uses and structures may not be located in the public right-of-way without an encroachment permit.
(2) Business license required. Any person engaging in commercial activity or conducting a business in any manner as part of a temporary use must obtain a City of Eureka business license.
(3) Nuisance. A temporary use or structure may not constitute a public nuisance as defined in Municipal Code § 150.163 (Public Nuisance Specified).
(4) Obstructions. A temporary use or structure may not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular traffic or block a driveway or alleyway.
(5) Trash and litter. Temporary uses must provide on-site trash receptacles as needed to keep the site free of trash and debris.
(6) Site condition after use. Upon completion and removal of a temporary use, the site must be cleaned of debris and litter and returned to its original state. Temporary uses and structures may not result in permanent alterations to the site.
(7) Other applicable requirements. Temporary uses and structures must comply with all other applicable standards in the Zoning Code and Municipal Code, including, but not limited to:
(a) Lighting standards in § 155.308.050 (Outdoor Lighting);
(b) Sign standards § 155.340.090 (Temporary Signs); and
(c) Noise limitations in Municipal Code §§ 94.01 et seq. (Noise).
(B) Applicant agreement. An applicant requesting approval of a temporary use or structure requiring a zoning clearance must agree in writing to comply with all applicable standards as provided in this section.
- (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.336.040 TEMPORARY USES AND STRUCTURES ALLOWED BY-RIGHT. ¶
The following temporary uses and structures are allowed without a zoning clearance or any other form of Department approval:
(A) On-site construction yards and equipment. A construction yard on the same site as an approved construction project, including a trailer or modular unit used for security personnel, storage, office or other similar temporary use, dumpsters and other
construction equipment. Construction yards, trailers and equipment must be removed within ten days of completion of the construction project, or the expiration of the building permit, whichever occurs first;
(B) Garage sales. Garage sales for individual residences limited to three, one- to two-day events per calendar year. One block or neighborhood sale per calendar year is allowed in addition to individual sales;
(C) Portable moving and storage containers. Moving and storage containers delivered to a home, loaded by residents and delivered to another location, for a maximum of two weeks on private property. Containers placed in a street must comply with the City of Eureka Traffic Code Ch. 72 (Stopping, Standing and Parking);
(D) Dumpsters. Dumpsters used to collect and store debris from building demolition and property clean-up activities are allowed on private property for the duration of the building permit or 30 days;
(E) Outdoor fundraising events. Outdoor fundraising events on commercial sites when sponsored by a non-profit organization directly engaged in civic or charitable efforts. Outdoor fundraising events are limited to two days each month for each sponsoring organization;
(F) Catering. Mobile food vendors operating as caterers to private events when food or beverages are not sold to the general public; and
(G) Recreational vehicles (RVs).
(1) A recreational vehicle (RV), motor home, camper or other similar vehicle as follows:
(a) Used for living and sleeping purposes on a site with an active building permit for a construction project associated with an existing, or proposed single-family home. Vehicles may be occupied only by the property owner and the property owner’s family. Vehicles must be removed within ten days of completion of the construction project, or the expiration of the building permit, whichever occurs first.
(b) Used for temporary living and sleeping purposes when associated with a single-family home (e.g., visiting relatives) for a maximum of 14 consecutive days and a maximum of 45 days per calendar year.
(c) Used for emergency housing during a declared shelter crisis on city-owned or -leased properties specifically designated as safe parking facilities under the city's shelter crisis declaration.
(2) A recreational vehicle (RV), motor home, camper or other similar vehicle located outside of a legally established recreational vehicle park may not be used for living or sleeping purposes, except as allowed in division (G)(1) above. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22)
§ 155.336.050 TEMPORARY USES AND STRUCTURES ALLOWED WITH A ZONING CLEARANCE. ¶
The following temporary uses and structures require a zoning clearance.
(A) Seasonal sales. Seasonal sales (e.g., Christmas trees, pumpkins) for a maximum of 60 days, no more than four times per year on a single property.
(B) Outdoor sales events. Outdoor sales events conducted by a permanent on-site use for a maximum of 30 days in any 180-day period.
(C) Traveling sellers. Temporary outdoor retail sales not associated with a permanent on-site use conducted in a fixed location as follows.
(1) A traveling seller may conduct sales for a maximum of 14 days and no more than four times per year on a single property. After 14 days, a traveling seller must move to a new location 1,000 feet or more from the previous location.
(2) Traveling sellers may locate only on commercial property, and only with approval of the property owner. Sales activities are not permitted in the public right-of-way.
(3) Retail sales from a vehicle are not subject to these limitations. See § 155.304.090 (Mobile Vendors).
(D) Metal shipping containers. Metal shipping containers (e.g., CONEX boxes) in residential and mixed-use zoning districts, not to exceed 30 days.
(E) Expansion or replacement facilities. Temporary work space for employees during construction or remodeling of a permanent building. Temporary space may be provided in trailers or transportable buildings that are pre-constructed and arrive at the site ready for occupancy and are readily removed and installed at other sites. Structures must be removed within ten days of completion of the construction project, or the expiration of the building permit, whichever occurs first.
(F) Tiny houses on wheels. Tiny houses on wheels when permitted as an accessory dwelling unit in a residential zone district pursuant to § 155.304.130 (Tiny Houses on Wheels).
(G) Other temporary uses. Other temporary uses compatible with the applicable zoning district and surrounding land uses as determined by the Director.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22)
§ 155.340 SIGNS. ¶
§ 155.340.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.340 establishes standards relating to the permitted type, size, dimensions, placement, number and design of signs. The intent of these standards is to:
(A) Support economically viable businesses serving city residents, workers and visitors;
(B) Allow for signage that identifies businesses and other properties in a fair and equitable manner;
(C) Allow persons to exercise their free speech rights protected under the U.S. and California Constitutions;
(D) Promote the use of signs that are aesthetically pleasing, of appropriate scale, and integrated with surrounding buildings and landscape, in order to meet the community’s expressed desire for quality development;
(E) Ensure that signs are compatible with their surroundings;
(F) Promote the free flow of traffic and protect pedestrians and motorists from injury and property damage caused by, or which may be fully or partially attributable to cluttered, distracting or illegible signage;
(G) Emphasize Eureka’s small-town historical character by promoting pedestrian-oriented and appropriately-scaled signage in all parts of town other than Broadway;
(H) Acknowledge Broadway’s role as a primarily vehicular corridor through Eureka and allow for larger-scale and more
vehicle-oriented signs on Broadway while still emphasizing aesthetic quality and scales appropriate for Eureka; and
(I) Allow for a simple and streamlined sign permitting process.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.340.020 APPLICABILITY. ¶
Unless specifically exempted, all signs in Eureka must comply with the requirements of this section, including signs for which a city permit or other approval is not required.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.340.030 SIGNS ALLOWED WITHOUT PERMITS. ¶
(A) Types of signs. The following signs are exempt from the permit requirements of this section and are not counted towards the allowable sign area or number of signs:
(1) Address and nameplate signs. Street, apartment, unit, suite numbers, and nameplates, not greater than four inches in height for residential uses, and not greater than six inches in height for commercial uses.
(2) Commemorative plaques. One commemorative plaque identifying a building name, date of construction, or similar information that is cut into, carved, or made of stone, concrete, metal, or other similar permanent material. Commemorative plaques may not be illuminated.
(3) Decorations. Holiday and cultural observance decorations on private property which do not include any commercial advertising.
(4) Sandwich board signs on private property. Non-digital sandwich board signs on private property, not to exceed a vertical or horizontal dimension of four feet. Sandwich board signs within the public right-of-way must comply with the requirement of § 155.340.070(F) (Sandwich Board Signs).
(5) Directional signs. On-site directional signs located entirely on the property to which they pertain, identifying direction to parking, restrooms, and similar public facilities, each not exceeding five feet in height and five square feet in area for nonresidential uses, and two square feet for residential uses.
(6) Directory signs. One directory sign per street frontage as follows:
(a) Maximum area: one square foot per tenant.
(b) Maximum height: six feet if freestanding.
(c) Internal illumination prohibited.
(7) Home occupation. One single, non-illuminated, wall-mounted outdoor sign of not more than two square feet in area.
(8) Vacation rental. Each lot containing a vacation rental use may display one single, non-illuminated, wall-mounted outdoor sign of not more than two square feet.
(9) Flags. Flags bearing noncommercial messages or graphic symbols.
(10) Government signs. Signs installed or required by a governmental agency, including signs advertising community activities and local nonprofit, civic, or fraternal organizations.
(11) Informational signs. Signs with information for the safety and convenience of the public such as address, hours and days of operation, whether a business is open or closed, and no smoking notices, up to three square feet per sign and ten square feet in total. Excludes internally illuminated window signs.
- (12) Internal signs. Signs within a building, or on the premises of a building, that are not visible from the public right-of-way and are intended for interior viewing only.
(13) Window signs. Window signs consistent with Table 340-2 (Window Signs, Non-Illuminated) and Table 340-3 (Window Signs, Internally Illuminated). Signs may not move or appear to move, change intensity, color, or pattern at any time, and may not create a public nuisance or hazard due to glare or halo effect.
(14) Equipment signage. Signs manufactured as a standard, integral part of a mass-produced product accessory to a commercial or public or semipublic use, including but not limited to telephone booths, restrooms, vending machines, automated teller machines, gasoline pumps, drive-thru restaurant menu boards, and other signs of an instructive nature.
- (15) No trespassing signs. "No trespassing" signs, each not more than one square foot in size, placed at each corner and each
entrance to a property, and at intervals of not less than 100 feet, or in compliance with the requirements of state or federal law.
(16) Non-commercial bulletin boards. One bulletin board on a parcel occupied by a non-commercial place of public assembly, with a maximum area of 12 square feet.
(17) Real estate listings. Real estate listings posted in the window of a real estate office, with a maximum area of 25% of the total window area.
(18) Restaurant menu signs. Restaurant menu signs attached to a building.
(19) Fuel price signs. Fuel price signs as required by state law. (See Cal. Business and Professions Code § 13530). Fuel price signs may include digital displays; however, the digital display may change no more than once a day. Digital displays must comply with brightness limitations in Table 340-9 (Digital Signs).
(20) Temporary signs. Temporary signs consistent with § 155.340.090 (Temporary Signs).
(B) Routine maintenance. The painting, cleaning, repair and normal maintenance of a legally-established sign in conformance with § 155.340.080(E) (Maintenance) is allowed by-right, without a zoning clearance or other form of Department approval.
(C) Murals and decorations. Murals, decorations and design elements on the exterior of a building that do not advertise a
product, business or service are not considered signs and are not subject to the requirements of this section. Advertisement includes text displaying the name of a business, text displaying the name of a product, text publicizing a service, business-specific logos and product-specific logos. Murals do not require a permit.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.340.040 PROHIBITED SIGNS. ¶
(A) Prohibited sign types. The following types of signs are prohibited:
(1) Banner signs, feather banners, yard signs, and inflatable balloon signs, except when used as a temporary sign consistent with § 155.340.090 (Temporary Signs);
(2) Beacon signs and searchlights;
(3) Human directional and advertising signs;
(4) New off-premise signs established after June 20, 2019;
(5) Ticker signs; and
(6) Digital signs, except when allowed consistent with Table 340-9 in § 155.340.070 (Sign Standards).
(B) Prohibited location or placement. Signs with the following location and/or placement characteristics are prohibited:
(1) Signs attached to or placed adjacent to any utility pole, parking meter, traffic signpost, traffic signal or any other trafficcontrol device, except when installed by a governmental agency;
(2) Signs attached to trees;
(3) Signs erected or maintained with horizontal or vertical clearance from overhead utilities less than required by a governmental agency;
(4) Signs installed without permission of the property owner or the owner’s agent;
(5) Signs mounted or attached to a vehicle parked for the purpose of calling attention to or advertising a business establishment. This prohibition does not limit the use of business logos, identification or advertising on vehicles actively used for business purposes and/or personal transportation;
(6) Signs in the public right-of-way or projecting over a public street which have not received an encroachment permit;
(7) Signs that obstruct or interfere with a traffic- control sign or signal;
(8) Signs that obstruct or interfere with the free use of a fire escape, exit, stairway, door, ventilator or window in violation of the California Building or Fire Code; and
(9) Signs that conflict with § 155.308.040 (Vision Clearance Area) or signs that otherwise interfere with visibility at an intersection, public right-of-way, driveway or other point of ingress/egress. The city may require sign setbacks greater than specified in this section to maintain adequate visibility for motorists and pedestrians.
(C) Prohibited design features. Signs with the following design features and/or physical characteristics are prohibited:
(1) Signs containing mirrors and signs that constitute a traffic hazard due to highly reflective or fluorescent materials;
(2) Signs that simulate in size, color, lettering or design a traffic control sign or signal;
(3) Signs that blink, except chase lighting (see § 155.340.080(H));
(4) Signs that flash, strobe or change intensity;
(5) Signs emitting audible sounds, odor, fumes, smoke, flames or other visible matter; and
(6) Signs that feature a flag, pennant, whirligig or any devices that wave, flutter, rotate or display other movement under the influence of wind.
(D) Prohibited sign content.
(1) The following sign content is prohibited:
(a) Obscene or indecent text or graphics;
(b) Text or graphics that advertise unlawful activity under state or local laws;
(c) Text or graphics that constitute defamation, incitement to imminent lawless action or true threats; and
(d) Text or graphics that present a clear and present danger due to their potential confusion with signs that provide public safety information (for example, signs that use the words “Caution,” “Danger” or comparable words, phrases, symbols or characters in such a manner as to imply a safety hazard that does not exist).
(2) The content prohibited by division (D)(1) above is either not protected by the United States or California Constitutions or is offered limited protection that is outweighed by the substantial governmental interests in protecting the public safety and
welfare. It is the intent of the City Council that each subparagraph of division (D)(1) above be individually severable in the event that a court of competent jurisdiction were to hold one or more of them to be inconsistent with the United States or California Constitutions.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.340.050 RULES OF MEASUREMENT. ¶
(A) Calculating sign area.
(1) Sign area for digitally-printed signs is measured as the area within a single rectangle that completely enclose the sign copy and graphics, as well as any frame, material or color that is an integral part of the display or used to differentiate the sign’s contents from the background against which they are placed. See Figure 340-1.
(2) For all signs other than digitally-printed signs, sign area is measured as the area within up to eight rectangles that completely enclose the sign copy and graphics. See Figure 340-2.
Figure 340-1: Sign Area Measurement - Digitally Printed Signs
Figure 340-2: Sign Area Measurement - All Other Sign Types
(3) Supporting framework or bracing that is clearly incidental to the display itself is not calculated as sign area.
(4) For projecting and other double-faced (back-to-back) signs with identical faces, only one display face is counted in the sign area measurement if the distance between each sign face does not exceed 36 inches and the two faces are parallel with each other.
(5) The area of spherical, free-form, sculptural or other non-planar signs is measured as 50% of the sum of the area enclosed within the four vertical sides of the smallest four-sided polyhedron that will encompass the sign structure. See Figure 340-3. Figure 340-3: Non-Planer Sign Area
(B) Tenant frontage.
(1) General. Tenant frontage is the linear measurement of a tenant's building wall that abuts and faces a street, a tenant's building wall that abuts and faces a parking lot, or a tenant's building wall that abuts and faces a pedestrian walkway or alley. See Figure 340-4.
Figure 340-4: Tenant Frontage
(2) Corner and through lots.
(a) Where a tenant occupies a building that fronts on two streets (on a corner or through lot), allowed sign standards apply independently for each street frontage unless otherwise indicated in this section. See Figure 340-5. Figure 340-5: Corner and Through Lots
(b) For example, a corner tenant in the DT Zoning District may install one wall sign on each street frontage. Allowed sign area applies individually to each frontage and may not be transferred between frontages.
(C) Building frontage. Building frontage is measured in the same manner as tenant frontage, except calculated for the entire building, not individual tenants. See Figure 340-6.
Figure 340-6: Building Frontage
(D) Detached sign height measurement. The height of a freestanding, pole, monument or other type of detached sign is measured from the finished grade at the base of the sign to the top of the sign. See Figure 340-7. Figure 340-7: Detached Sign Height
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.340.060 SIGN PERMITS. ¶
(A) Types of sign permits. The Zoning Code establishes three types of sign permits: administrative sign permits, master sign permits, and creative sign permits.
(1) An administrative sign permit is a ministerial approval by the Department to confirm that a proposed sign complies with all applicable standards.
(2) A master sign permit is a discretionary permit reviewed by the Design Review Committee to allow for comprehensive and coordinated signs on large, complex, non-residential multi-tenant sites and to allow some deviation from sign standards where appropriate.
(3) A creative sign permit is a discretionary permit reviewed by the Design Review Committee to allow unique, high-quality signs that deviate from sign standards in this section.
(B) Administrative sign permits.
(1) When required. All new signs require an administrative sign permit except for:
(a) Signs exempt from permit requirements as identified in § 155.340.030 (Signs Allowed Without Permits);
(b) Signs that comply with the requirements of an approved master sign permit as identified in § 155.340.060(C) (Master Sign Permit); and
(c) Signs that comply with the requirements of an approved creative sign permit as identified in § 155.340.060(D) (Creative Sign Permit).
- (2) Permit requirements.
(a) Administrative sign permit applications must be submitted using an official Department form accompanied by all fees, information, and materials required by the Department.
(b) Department staff will review the proposed sign to verify compliance with applicable standards. If the proposed sign complies with all applicable standards, the Department staff will approve the administrative sign permit. No public notice or hearing is required.
(C) Master sign permit.
(1) Purpose. The purpose of the master sign permit is to provide a coordinated approach to signage for large sites/buildings and non-residential multi-tenant developments, buildings, or adjacent/adjoining properties/parcels.
(2) When allowed. Any site greater than one acre, any site with tenant spaces above the first floor, or any non-residential development, building, or property with three or more tenants, may request approval of a master sign permit.
(3) Review authority. The Design Review Committee reviews and takes action on master sign permit applications.
(4) Application submittal and review.
(a) Master sign permit applications must be submitted and reviewed in compliance with § 155.408 (Permit Procedures).
(b) Master sign permit applications must be authorized by the property owner/agent.
(5) Master sign program. All master sign permit applications must include a proposed master sign program that identifies the placement, size, materials, type, and general design of signs located on a site, including both existing and proposed signs.
- (6) Design standards.
(a) A master sign program may not allow prohibited signs as identified in § 155.340.040 (Prohibited Signs) or deviation from digital sign requirements in Table 340-9 (Digital Signs).
(b) A master sign program may allow deviation from the maximum size of signs through transfers of maximum sign areas in § 155.340.070 (Sign Standards) between tenants on a site. For example, on a site with ten tenants that each have 20-foot-wide frontages, each tenant would be allowed 20 square feet of pole signs. Through a standard administrative sign permit, the area of each sign cannot be transferred from one tenant to another. However, through Design Review Committee approval of a master sign permit, the collective total of 200 square feet of sign area for the entire site can be pooled and then re-allocated between tenants so that one tenant could have 101 square feet and the remaining tenants could each have 11 square feet of sign area.
(c) A master sign program may allow deviation from the total number of signs permitted per site in § 155.340.070 (Sign Standards). In the example in division (6)(b) above, the site would be limited to one pole sign 150 square feet or smaller with a standard administrative sign permit. However, through a master sign permit, the site could have two or more pole signs totaling 150 square feet of signage if specifically allowed by the master sign permit approval.
(d) Deviation from any other requirement in this section is not allowed.
(7) Public notice and hearing. The Design Review Committee will review and act on a master sign permit application at a noticed public hearing in compliance with § 155.408.080 (Notice of Public Hearing) and § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings).
(8) Findings for approval. To approve a master sign permit, the Design Review Committee must make all of the following findings:
(a) Allowed signs are consistent with the General Plan, Zoning Code, and any applicable specific plan or area plan adopted by the City Council;
(b) The master sign program features a unified and coordinated approach to the materials, size, type, placement, and general design of signs proposed for a project or property;
(c) If deviations from sign standards in § 155.340.070 (Sign Standards) are proposed, the deviations are necessary to accommodate the unique signage needs of the site;
(d) Allowed signs comply with all applicable standards in this section, unless specific deviations are allowed by the master sign program;
(e) The allowed signs will not adversely impact the public health, safety, or general welfare;
(f) The allowed sign sizes are proportionate and appropriate to the building and site where they are located; and
(g) The number, placement, design, and material of the allowed signs are compatible with the architectural design of buildings on the site.
(9) Limitations. As a part of the discretionary approval of a master sign permit, the Design Review Committee may require modifications to the proposed master sign program including limits on allowed sign types, height, area, dimensions, placement, materials, and other sign design features, in addition to the limitations set by the objective standards of the Zoning Code.
(10) Effect of master sign program.
(a) All tenants and land uses on the site are subject to the requirements of the approved master sign program.
(b) All subsequent signs proposed for a site subject to an approved master sign program must comply with the standards and specifications included in the master sign program.
(c) Subsequent signs consistent with an approved master sign program are allowed with an administrative sign permit.
(d) Signs inconsistent with an approved master sign program require either an amendment to the master sign program or modification of the inconsistent signs.
(e) Approval of a master sign program supersede the regulations of this section. Any aspect of the proposed signs not addressed by the master sign program must be in compliance with this section.
- (D) Creative sign permits.
(1) Purpose. A creative sign permit allows for creative signs that deviate from sign standards in this section. Creative sign permits are intended to:
(a) Encourage signs of unique design, and that exhibit a high degree of thoughtfulness, imagination, inventiveness, and spirit; and
(b) Allow for creative signs that deviate from the standards in this section while minimizing adverse impacts on neighboring properties and the community at large.
(2) When allowed. A creative sign is allowed for any type of sign in any location in Eureka, except for digital signs, which are allowed only in locations specified in Table 340-9 (Digital Signs).
(3) Review authority. The Design Review Committee reviews and takes action on creative sign permit applications.
(4) Application submittal and review. Creative sign permit applications must be submitted and reviewed in compliance with § 155.408 (Permit Procedures). To allow the Design Review Committee to understand the context of proposed creative signs, creative sign permit applications may identify the placement, size, materials, type, and general design of all existing and proposed signs located on the same site, including signs not requiring a creative sign permit. If proposed signs meeting all applicable standards are considered and approved by the Design Review Committee as part of a creative sign permit application, the creative sign permit serves as an equivalent of an administrative sign permit and no separate administrative sign permit is required.
(5) Eligible adjustments. A creative sign permit may allow deviation from standards in § 155.340.070 (Sign Standards), excluding standards for digital signs (see Table 340-9) and marquee signs (see § 155.340.070(E)(3)). Deviation from any other requirement in this section is not allowed. One creative sign permit may cover multiple deviations from standards and multiple signs on the same site.
(6) Design features requiring a creative sign permit. The following sign design features are allowed only with a creative sign permit:
(a) Signs which change color at a frequency of more than one color change per 15 seconds, except for digital signs consistent with Table 340-9 (Digital Signs);
- (b) Chase lighting; and
(c) Neon signs that change color or are animated. Neon signs that do not change color or utilize animation are allowed without a creative sign permit.
(7) Digitally-printed signs. A digitally-printed sign may constitute no more than 40% of the total sign area of a sign approved with a creative sign permit.
(8) Public notice and hearing. The Design Review Committee will review and act on a creative sign permit application at a noticed public hearing in compliance with § 155.408.080 (Notice of Public Hearing) and § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings).
(9) Approval criteria. To approve a creative sign permit, the Design Review Committee must find that the sign meets all of the general design criteria and incorporates three or more of the sign features, materials, and contextual criteria, as provided below.
(a) General design. The sign meets all of the following general design criteria:
The sign constitutes a substantial aesthetic improvement to the site and has a positive visual impact on the surrounding area;
The sign is of unique design, and exhibits a high degree of thoughtfulness, imagination, inventiveness, and spirit;
The sign is of a higher creative, artistic, and/or sculptural nature than the average sign typically found in Eureka; and
The sign provides strong graphic character through the imaginative use of graphics, color, texture, quality materials, scale, and proportion.
- (b) Sign features, materials, and contextual criteria. The sign incorporates three or more of the following:
Materials of a higher quality than typically used for signs in Eureka (e.g., stone, sculptural steel, sandblasted wood, gold leaf, hand-painted content with an artistic mural-like component);
Projecting, recessed, or cut-out text (e.g., push-through illuminated acrylic letters, routed letters, routed metal);
Creative and unique use of clearly-visible high-quality landscaping with an area greater than the minimum required for the sign or site, whichever is more;
Creative and unique use of lighting (e.g., chase, neon lighting, LED faux neon, a well-coordinated combination of at least three different types of site-appropriate illumination);
Clearly visible three-dimensionality where a notable proportion of the structure or form of the sign includes multiple deviations from a parallel plane (e.g., a sphere, a half-sphere, sculptural elements, a fully three-dimensional beer mug);
Sign design successfully emulates the architecture of the building (e.g., a sign with roof-like covering that matches the general design of the roof of the building it serves);
Highly irregular multi-dimensional sign shape (e.g., a sign that has at least five or more straight sides, a sign that has a few straight sides and multiple variable rounded sides, a sign with an unusually disproportionate height-to-width ratio);
At least 50% of the sign area includes custom artistic illustrations;
Sign shape includes inventive representation of the use, name, or logo of the structure or business (e.g., a fish-shaped sign for a fishing store);
Neon and/or LED faux neon signs that emulate movement but do not include chase lighting;
Mechanically-animated element(s); and
Symbols or imagery relating to timber, commercial fishing, coastal land uses, arts/culture, other factors inherent to Eureka's identity, or to Eureka's current or historic character.
(10) Limitations. As a part of the discretionary approval of a creative sign permit, the Design Review Committee may require modifications to the proposed signage including limits on allowed sign types, area, dimensions, placement, materials, and other sign design features, in addition to the limitations set by the objective standards of the Zoning Code.
(E) Encroachment permit. Any sign which projects into the public right-of-way requires approval of an encroachment permit.
(F) City-installed or required signs. Signs installed or required by the city do not require a permit.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.340.070 SIGN STANDARDS. ¶
(A) Sign type standards.
(1) All signs must comply with the sign type standards in Tables 340-1 through 340-9 unless deviations are allowed through a master sign permit (§ 155.340.060(C)) or creative sign permit (§ 155.340.060(D)).
(2) Maximum sign standards in Tables 340-1 through 340-9 apply to individual signs, not all signs combined on a property, unless otherwise noted in the tables.
(3) If a proposed sign type is not specifically listed in Tables 340-1 through 340-9, the sign will be regulated in the same manner as the most similar listed sign type as determined by the Director.
Table 340-1: Wall Signs
| (2) Maximum sign standards in Tables 340-1 through 340-9 apply to individual signs, not all signs combined on a property, unless otherwise noted in the tables. (3) If a proposed sign type is not specifically listed in Tables 340-1 through 340-9, the sign will be regulated in the same manner as the most similar listed sign type as determined by the Director. |
(2) Maximum sign standards in Tables 340-1 through 340-9 apply to individual signs, not all signs combined on a property, unless otherwise noted in the tables. (3) If a proposed sign type is not specifically listed in Tables 340-1 through 340-9, the sign will be regulated in the same manner as the most similar listed sign type as determined by the Director. |
|---|---|
| Table 340-1: Wall Signs | |
| Definition: a wall sign is a sign attached to, or painted on, the exterior wall of a structure, with the display surface of the sign approximately parallel to the building wall. Wall signs include signs attached to, but not extending above, a fascia, parapet or mansard roof. |
|
| Where allowed: all zoning districts. | |
| Materials: Unless painted on a wall, wall signs must be constructed of durable, rigid material such as wood, plastic or metal. Permanent walls signs constructed of flexible, non-rigid material (e.g., cloth, flexible vinyl) are not permitted. Wall signs may be painted directly on a building wall. |
Figure 340-8: Wall Signs |
| Illumination: |
In non-residential zoning districts: both external and internal illumination is allowed. In residential zoning districts and multi-family residential uses: only external illumination is allowed. Digital signs: Digital signs are not allowed as a wall sign.
| Standards [1] | Zoning District | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DT, DW, HC, WA, NC, OR, HM, H | SC, LI, HI | Non-Residenti al Uses in All Residential Zones and Multi-Family Residential Uses |
||
| Max. number | 2 per tenant frontage | 1 per building frontage | ||
| Max. area [2] | 1.0 sq. ft. per linear foot of tenant frontage to a maximum of 32 sq. ft. per tenant frontage |
1.0 sq. ft. per linear foot of tenant frontage (no maximum) |
24 sq. ft. | |
| Max. height | Roof line o | r parapet of building to which sign is attached. | ||
| Max. projection from building wall |
12 inches | |||
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] Standards apply only to ground-floor tenants and uses. See § 155.340.070(B) (Multi-Story Buildings). [2] Maximum area applies to all wall signs combined on a tenant frontage. |
Table 340-2: Window Signs, Non-Illuminated
Definition: a sign posted, painted, placed or affixed in or on a window exposed to public view (including windows on upper floors). Any sign attached to a window, within two feet of a window, or attached to a display located within two feet of a window is considered a window sign. Where allowed: all zoning districts. Window transparency: for each individual window, a minimum of 50% of the Figure 340-9: Window Signs, Non-Illuminated total window area must be transparent and free of signage features. Window area is measured from interior of trim to interior of trim, including mullions, muntins and other separations of panes of glass.
| Standard [1] | Zoning District | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DT, DW, HC, WA, NC, OR, HM, H |
SC, LI, HI | Non-Residential Uses in All Residential Zones |
||
| Max. number | No max. | |||
| Max. area [2] | 25% of total tenant frontage window area |
50% of total tenant frontage window area |
25% of the total window area of each individual window |
|
| Max. height | No max. | |||
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] Standards apply only to ground-floor tenants and uses. See § 155.340.070(B) (Multi-Story Buildings). [2] Maximum area applies to all window signs combined on a tenant frontage. |
Table 340-3: Window Signs, Internally Illuminated
Definition: a sign placed in a window with individually illuminated letters, numbers or graphics not exceeding 12 square feet. Includes illuminated “open” signs and signs illuminated with LEDs, neon or other fluorescing gas.
Where allowed: allowed in all non-residential zoning districts, except for the Figure 340-10: Window Signs, Internally Illuminated Office Residential (OR) Zoning District. Additional requirements: animated window signs require a creative sign permit. Digital signs: digital signs are not allowed as a window sign.
Window transparency: for each individual window, a minimum of 50% of the total window area must be transparent and free of signage features. Window area is measured from interior of trim to interior of trim, including mullions, muntins, and other separations of panes of glass.
| Standard [1] | Zoning District | Zoning District | |
|---|---|---|---|
| DT, DW, HC, WA, NC, HM, HN | SC, LI, HI | ||
| Max. number | 2 per tena | nt frontage | |
| Max. area [2] | 25% of total tenant frontage window area |
50% of total tenant frontage window area |
|
| Max. height | No | max. | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] Standards apply only to ground-floor tenants and uses. See § 155.340.070(B) (Multi-Story Buildings). [2] Maximum area applies to all window signs combined on a tenant frontage. |
Table 340-4: Projecting and Suspended Signs
| Table 340-4: Projecting and Suspended Signs | Table 340-4: Projecting and Suspended Signs |
|---|---|
| Definition: a sign permanently attached to a building or wall such that the sign face or faces are perpendicular to the building or wall. Includes blade signs suspended under a bracket, armature or other mounting device. |
|
| Where allowed: **•Allowed in all non-residential zoning districts. •**Prohibited in all residential zoning districts. |
Figure 340-11: Projecting and Suspended Signs |
| Vertical and horizontal clearance: see § 155.340.080(I) (Vertical and Horizontal Clearance), Digital signs: Digital signs are not allowed as a projecting or suspended sign. |
|
| Standard [1] | |
| --- | --- |
| Max. number | |
| Max. area | |
| Max. height | |
| Maximum projection from building wall | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: [1] Standards apply only to ground-floor tenants and uses. See § 155.340.070(B) (Multi-Story Buildings). [2] The Building Code may require a projection less than eight feet. |
Table 340-5: Awning/Canopy Signs Table 340-5: Awning/Canopy Signs
Definition: an awning sign is incorporated into, attached to or painted on the face or valance of an awning. A canopy sign is attached to a fixed overhead shelter used as a roof. Figure 340-12: Awning Signs Figure 340-13: Canopy Signs
Where allowed:
• Allowed in all non-residential zoning districts. • Prohibited in all residential zoning districts except for multi-family residential uses. Placement: awnings and canopies with signs may only be mounted on the wall area below the second floor. Vertical and horizontal clearance: see § 155.340.080(I) (Vertical and Horizontal Clearance). Materials: awnings must be constructed of durable, long-lasting fabric. Plastic or vinyl material is not permitted. Awnings/canopies without sign copy: awnings and canopies without lettering or sign copy are not regulated as signs. Digital signs: Digital signs are not allowed as an awning or canopy sign.
Vertical and horizontal clearance: see § 155.340.080(I) (Vertical and Horizontal Clearance). Materials: awnings must be constructed of durable, long-lasting fabric. Plastic or vinyl material is not permitted. Awnings/canopies without sign copy: awnings and canopies without lettering or sign copy are not regulated as signs. Digital signs: Digital signs are not allowed as an awning or canopy sign.
| Standard | Zoning District | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DT, DW, HC, WA, NC, OR, HM, HN |
SC, LI, HI | Multi-family residential uses |
||
| Standard | Zoning District | |||
| DT, DW, HC, WA, NC, OR, HM, HN |
SC, LI, HI | Multi-family residential uses |
||
| Max. number | No | max. | 1 per frontage | |
| Max. area | 25 sq. ft. or area of awning or canopy fascia, whichever is less |
35 sq. ft. or area of awning or canopy fascia, whichever is less |
25 sq. ft. or area of awning or canopy fascia, whichever is less |
|
| Max. height (awning signs) | Height of awning area | |||
| Max. height (canopy signs) | Height of canopy fascia; 3 ft. for signs atop canopy |
Height of canopy fascia; 4 ft. for signs atop canopy |
Height of canopy fascia; 3 ft. for signs atop canopy |
|
| Max. width | The building wall to which it is attached or the te | nant space it identifies | ||
| Maximum projection from building wall |
No max. | |||
| NOTES TO TABLE: Standards apply only to ground-floor tenants and uses. See § 155.340.070(B) (Multi-Story Buildings). |
||||
Table 340-6: Roof Signs
| Table 340-6: Roof Signs | Table 340-6: Roof Signs |
|---|---|
| Definition: a sign erected above a roof and/or the parapet of a building. Signs attached to the side of a mansard roof are not considered roof signs. The definition of roof signs does not include signs attached to a building wall or other horizontal building element. |
|
| Where allowed: Allowed in all non-residential zoning districts except for Office Residential (OR) and Hospital Medical (HM). Prohibited in Office Residential (OR), Hospital Medical (HM) and all residential zoning districts. |
Figure 340-14: Roof Signs |
| Design: roof signs must consist of individually-formed letters and associated graphics without a solid background. A box sign is not allowed as a roof sign. |
|
| Illumination: internal or external illumination allowed. Internally illuminated signs are permitted only when the portion of the sign that appears illuminated is primarily the sign lettering, registered trademark or logo. |
|
| Digital signs: digital signs are not allowed as a roof sign. | |
| Standards | Zoning District |
| --- | --- |
| DT, DW, HC, WA, NC, HN | |
| Max. number | |
| --- | --- |
| Max. area | |
| Max. height | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: Standards apply only to ground-floor tenants and uses. See § 155.340.070(B) (Multi-Story Buildings). |
|
| --- | --- |
| Table 340-7: Monument Signs | |
| Definition: a monument sign is a sign detached from a building and supported on the ground by one or more structural elements that are one-quarter or more of the width of the sign face. Internal supports, poles or pylons, if any, are enclosed by decorative covers or otherwise not exposed to view. Includes signs where supporting structural elements are architecturally dissimilar to the design of the sign. Excludes “pole signs.” |
|
| Where allowed: allowed in all mixed-use and industrial zoning districts and multi-family residential uses. |
Figure 340-15 Monument Signs |
| Monument and pole signs: a monument sign is not allowed on a site that also contains a pole sign. |
|
| Ground support and placement: see § 155.340.080(J) (Detached Sign Ground Support and Placement). |
|
| Digital signs: Digital signs are not allowed as a monument sign. | |
| Standard | |
| --- | --- |
| Max. number | |
| Max. area | |
| Max. height | |
| Max. width | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: Standards apply only to ground-floor ten |
Table 340-8: Pole Signs
| Table 340-8: Pole Signs | Table 340-8: Pole Signs |
|---|---|
| Definition: a sign detached from a building and supported on the ground by one or more structural elements that are less than one-quarter the width of the sign face. |
|
| Where allowed: New pole signs are allowed in the SC, LI and GI Zoning Districts. New pole signs are prohibited in all other zoning districts. Pole signs existing as of June 20, 2019, may remain. |
Figure 340-16: Pole Signs |
| Pole and monument signs: a pole sign is not allowed on a tenant frontage that also contains a monument sign. | |
| Ground support and placement: see § 155.340.080(J) (Detached Sign Ground Support and Placement). |
Landscaping: pole signs must be placed in a planter box or other landscaped area, with the area of the landscaping a minimum of 15 square feet or one-half of the surface area of the sign, whichever is greater.
Digital signs: Digital signs are not allowed as a pole sign.
| Standard | SC, LI, HI Zoning Districts | |
|---|---|---|
| Max. number | 1 per site | |
| Max. area | 1.0 sq. ft. per linear foot of tenant frontage to a maximum of 50 sq. ft. per tenant; maximum of 150 sq. ft. for multi-tenant signs for 3 or more tenants |
|
| Max. height | 24 ft. | |
| Horizontal clearance | See § 155.340.080(I) (Vertical and Horizontal Clearance) | |
| Max. width | No max. | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: Standards apply only to ground-floor tenants and uses. See § 155.340.070(B) (Multi-Story Buildings). |
||
| --- | --- | |
| Table 340-9: Digital Signs | ||
| Definition: a sign that displays a visual image using liquid crystal cells or other types of light emitting diodes (LEDs), or their functional equivalent, where the image can be easily changed, typically by remote control or computer programming. Also known as electronic message center (EMC) signs. Excludes fuel price signs, as provided in § 155.340.030(A)(19), and marquee signs, as provided in § 155.340.070(E). |
||
| Where allowed: prohibited in all zoning districts. | Figure 340-14: Digital Signs | |
| Existing legal non-conforming digital signs: existing legally-established digital signs must comply with all listed digital sign standards, and must be removed when removal is triggered by § 155.424.050 (Non- conforming Signs). |
||
| Off-premises signs prohibited: digital signs may not be used as an off- premises sign, or for any form of off-site advertising. |
Message display: Digital signs may contain static messages only. Signs may not display text which flashes, pulsates, moves or scrolls. Each complete message must fit on one screen. Digital signs may not change message more than once every 15 seconds. The content of a digital sign must transition by changing instantly (e.g., no fade-out or fade-in). Ticker signs are prohibited. Brightness: During daylight hours between sunrise and sunset, luminance is limited to 10,000 nits. At all other times, luminance is limited to 160 nits. Digital signs may produce no more than 0.3 foot-candle of light when measured from the distance using the following formula: Measurement Distance= (Area of Sign Sq. Ft. × 100) Each sign must have a light sensing device that will automatically adjust the brightness of the display as the natural ambient light conditions change.
(B) Multi-story buildings. Standards for signs in Tables 340-1 through 340-9 apply only to ground floor tenants and uses. Signs
for tenants and uses located above the ground floor are allowed only with a master sign permit that establishes sign standards for the site. See § 155.340.060(C) (Master Sign Permits).
(C) Hospital signs. Hospitals are exempt from all building-attached sign regulations, except for digital sign regulations. Hospitals must comply with detached sign regulations. Non-hospital uses in the HM Zoning District must comply with all sign regulations.
(D) Public facilities and parks and recreation zoning districts. In the Public Facilities (PF) and Parks and Recreation (PR) Zoning Districts, the Director will determine the allowed sign types and size based on the signage needs of the associated uses.
(E) Marquee signs.
(1) A marquee sign is allowed with a creative sign permit and must satisfy all of the requirements of that permit. The Design Review Committee will determine the maximum allowed sign area, height, dimensions and other standards as part of the design review approval process.
(2) Marquee signs are limited to theaters, auditoriums, indoor amusement/entertainment facilities and similar facilities. A maximum of one marquee sign is allowed per use.
(3) Digital display is allowed only for marquee sign copy that advertises films, performances and other events. Use of digital display to advertise goods and services is not allowed. Digital display may change no more than once a day. Digital display must comply with the brightness limitation in Table 340-9 (Digital Signs).
(F) Sandwich board signs.
(1) Sandwich board signs on private property are exempt from the requirements of this section. (See § 155.340.030.A.4.)
(2) Sandwich board signs within the public right-of-way must comply with the following standards.
(a) Signs may only be located in mixed use zones.
(b) Signs must be constructed of durable materials and in such a manner as not to present a hazard to pedestrian movement.
(c) A sign may not exceed 30 inches in width and 48 inches in height.
(d) Signs must be weighted at the base so as to provide a stable and secure sign.
(e) Signs must be placed so as to allow for a minimum of 48 inches pedestrian path of travel clearance between obstacles.
(f) Signs may not conflict with utilities or parking meters, public parking or traffic sight distance at street or alley intersections, and may not block entrances or exits.
(g) Signs are limited to one sign per business, and must be placed on the sidewalk that fronts the business.
(h) Digital signs are not allowed as a sandwich board sign. See Table 340-9 (Digital Signs).
(i) Signs in the public right-of-way must acquire an encroachment permit.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902 C.-S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.340.080 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. ¶
(A) Message neutrality.
(1) It is the city’s policy to regulate signs in a constitutional manner that does not favor commercial speech over noncommercial speech, and is content neutral as to non-commercial messages which are within the protections of the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution and the corollary provisions of the California Constitution.
(2) Where necessary, the Director will interpret the meaning and applicability of this section in light of this message neutrality policy. Under no circumstances will this message neutrality policy be interpreted to allow off-premises signs. See division (J) below.
(B) Message substitution.
(1) Subject to the property owner’s consent, a message of any type may be substituted, in whole or in part, for the message displayed on any legally established sign without consideration of message content.
(2) Message substitutions require a zoning clearance.
(3) This message substitution provision does not:
(a) Create a right to increase the total amount of signage beyond that otherwise allowed or existing;
(b) Affect the requirement that a sign structure or mounting device be properly permitted, when a permit requirement applies;
(c) Allow a change in the physical structure of a sign or its mounting device;
(d) Allow the establishment of a prohibited sign as identified in § 155.340.040 (Prohibited Signs); or
(e) Nullify or eliminate any contractual obligation through a development agreement or similar agreement that specifies the allowable content of a sign.
(C) Maximum number of sign types. No more than three different types of signs are allowed.
(D) Changes to sign face. Changes to a sign face that do not structurally alter or enlarge a legally-established sign do not require an administrative sign permit but do require a zoning clearance.
(E) Maintenance.
(1) All signs and supporting hardware, including temporary signs, must be maintained in a state of good repair at all times.
(2) Any repair to a sign must be of equal or better quality of materials and design as the original sign.
(3) A sign that is not properly maintained or is dilapidated will be deemed a public nuisance, and may be abated in
compliance with § 155.428 (Enforcement and Penalties) and Municipal Code §§ 10.35 et seq. (Administrative Citations). Examples of dilapidated signs include the following:
(a) Signs with rust covering 25% or more of a pole or other support structures;
(b) Signs with peeling paint visible on 25% or more of the sign or support structure;
(c) Signs and support structures with visible physical damage that significantly alters the sign’s appearance;
(d) Signs with malfunctioning or damaged lighting;
(e) Illegible sign copy resulting from damage to the sign;
(f) Signs and supporting elements that no longer contain a sign face or copy. Includes box signs without a slide-in sign copy
panel, projecting sign brackets without an attached sign face and stand-alone poles without an attached sign face; and
- (g) Other similar conditions as determined by the Director.
(F) Building surface repair. When an existing sign is replaced, removed or modified, any newly exposed portions of a building surface on which the sign is or was displayed must be repaired and repainted to restore a uniform appearance to the surface. Compliance with this requirement includes the removal of any excess conduit and supports, and the patching or filling of any exposed holes.
(G) Materials. Except for interior window signs, all permanent signs must be constructed of wood, metal, plastic, glass or similar durable and weatherproof material.
(H) Illumination.
(1) Signs in non-residential zoning districts may be internally or externally illuminated, except where specifically prohibited.
(2) Signs in residential zoning districts may only be externally illuminated.
(3) Light sources must be steady, stationary and static in color, except for neon signs and chase lighting when allowed with a creative sign permit.
(4) Lighting may not produce glare that creates a public nuisance or hazard for motorists or pedestrian.
(5) The light source for externally illuminated signs must be positioned so that light does not shine directly on adjoining properties.
(6) Exposed bulbs, with or without chase lighting, are permitted with a creative sign permit.
(7) Design features consisting of neon or other small diameter tubing illuminated by fluorescing gas is allowed as part of any type of sign.
(I) Vertical and horizontal clearance.
(1) Signs that project over any public walkway or walk area must have an overhead clearance of at least eight feet and require an encroachment permit. See Figure 340-17.
(2) Signs must maintain a minimum two-foot horizontal clearance from a driveway or street curb. See Figure 340-15.
Figure 340-17: Vertical and Horizontal Clearance
(J) Detached sign ground support and placement.
(1) Ground support. Detached signs must be supported and permanently placed by embedding, anchoring, or connecting the sign in such a manner as to incorporate it into the landscape or architectural design scheme.
(2) Placement. A detached sign may not occupy an area designated for parking, loading, walkways, driveways, fire lane, easement, traffic portion of the right-of-way, vision clearance areas (if greater than 36 inches tall), or other areas required to remain unobstructed.
(K) Off-premises signs.
(1) New off-premises signs. New off-premises signs established on or after June 20, 2019, are prohibited.
(2) Existing off-premises signs. Legally-established off-premises signs established prior to June 20, 2019, may remain and must comply with all applicable regulations in this section.
(L) Non-conforming signs. See § 155.424.050 (Non-Conforming Signs).
(M) Violations and enforcement. See § 155.428.090 (Signs) for the procedure to remove hazardous and illegal signs.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.340.090 TEMPORARY SIGNS. ¶
Temporary signs are allowed in all zoning districts subject to this section.
(A) “Temporary sign” defined. A TEMPORARY SIGN means a sign intended to be displayed for a limited period of time. The following types of signs are always considered temporary and allowed only as a temporary sign:
(1) Banner signs;
(2) Feather banners;
(3) Yard signs;
(4) Inflatable balloon signs; and
(5) Post signs on a residential property (e.g., for-sale signs).
(B) Allowed by-right. Temporary signs that comply with this section are allowed by-right without a zoning clearance or other form of Department approval.
(C) Prohibited signs. Temporary signs must comply with § 155.340.040 (Prohibited Signs).
(D) Maximum area. Temporary signs may not exceed the maximum sign area shown in Table 340-10.
| form of Department approval. (C)_Prohibited signs._Temporary signs must comply with § 155.340.040 (Prohibited Signs). (D)_Maximum area._Temporary signs may not exceed the maximum sign area shown in Table 340-10. |
form of Department approval. (C)_Prohibited signs._Temporary signs must comply with § 155.340.040 (Prohibited Signs). (D)_Maximum area._Temporary signs may not exceed the maximum sign area shown in Table 340-10. |
|---|---|
| Table 340-10: Maximum Temporary Sign Area | |
| Zoning District | Maximum Area |
| DT, DW, HC, NC, OR | 25 sq. ft. per tenant, business or land use |
| SC, HM, HN, LI, GI | |
| Tenants with less than 50 ft. of tenant frontage | 25 sq. ft. per tenant, business or land use |
| Tenants with 50 ft. or more of tenant frontage | 0.5 sq. ft. per linear foot of building frontage to a maximum of 100 sq. ft. |
| All other zoning districts | 25 sq. ft. per site |
(E) Illumination. Illumination of temporary signs is prohibited.
(F) Duration.
(1) Temporary signs may be displayed for the maximum duration shown in Table 340-11.
(2) A sign displayed longer than allowed by Table 340-11 is considered a permanent sign subject to all applicable requirements in this section.
| (F)Duration. (1) Temporary signs may be displayed for the maximum duration shown in Table 340-11. (2) A sign displayed longer than allowed by Table 340-11 is considered a permanent sign subject to all applicable requirements in this section. |
(F)Duration. (1) Temporary signs may be displayed for the maximum duration shown in Table 340-11. (2) A sign displayed longer than allowed by Table 340-11 is considered a permanent sign subject to all applicable requirements in this section. |
|---|---|
| Table 340-11: Temporary Sign Duration | |
| Type of Temporary Sign | Maximum Duration |
| Yard signs | 90 days |
| Post signs | 180 days |
| All other temporary signs | 30 days per occurrence not to exceed a total of 60 calendar days per year |
- (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21)
§ 155.344 DENSITY BONUS. ¶
§ 155.344.010 PURPOSE. ¶
The purpose of this section is to allow for density bonuses and additional incentives, consistent with Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65915 et seq. and the General Plan Housing Element, and to promote the production of affordable, specialized, and senior housing. The density bonus ordinance codified in this chapter is intended to comply with State Density Bonus Law, Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65915 et
seq .
(Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.344.020 DEFINITIONS. ¶
The definitions found in State Density Bonus Law apply to the terms contained in this subsection. (Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.344.030 APPLICABILITY. ¶
(A) A housing development as defined in State Density Bonus Law is eligible for a density bonus and other regulatory incentives that are provided by State Density Bonus Law when the applicant seeks and agrees to provide low, very-low, senior or moderate-income housing units or units intended to serve transitional foster youth, disabled veterans, homeless persons, and lower income students in the threshold amounts specified in State Density Bonus Law.
(Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.344.040 APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS. ¶
(A) All applications. All applications for a density bonus, developer incentive, waiver or modification of development standards must include the following reasonable documentation:
(1) Density bonus.
(a) A summary table showing the maximum number of dwelling units permitted by the zoning and general plan excluding any density bonus units, the proposed affordable units by income level, the proposed bonus percentage, the number of density bonus units proposed, the total number of dwelling units proposed on the site, and the resulting density in units per acre.
(b) A site plan, drawn to scale, showing the number and location of all proposed units, designating the location of proposed affordable units and density bonus units.
(c) The zoning and general plan designations and assessor's parcel number(s) of the housing development site.
(d) A description of all dwelling units existing on the site in the five-year period preceding the date of submittal of the application and identification of any units rented during the five-year period. If dwelling units on the site are currently rented, income and household size of all residents of currently occupied units, if known. If any dwelling units on the site were rented in the five-year period but are not currently rented, the income and household size of residents occupying dwelling units when the site contained the maximum number of dwelling units, if known.
(e) A description of any recorded covenant, ordinance, or law applicable to the site that restricted rents to levels affordable to very-low or lower-income households in the five-year period preceding the date of submittal of the application.
(2) Concession or incentive. For each concession or incentive requested:
- (a) The existing development standard and the requested development standard or regulatory incentive.
(b) Except where mixed-use zoning is proposed as a concession or incentive, documentation to show any requested incentive will result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs or rents.
(c) If approval of mixed-use zoning is proposed, documentation that nonresidential land uses will reduce the cost of the housing development, that the nonresidential land uses are compatible with the housing development and the existing or planned development in the area where the proposed housing development will be located, and that mixed-use zoning will provide for affordable housing costs or rents.
(3) Waiver. For each waiver requested:
(a) The existing development standard and the requested development standard.
(b) Documentation that the development standard for which a waiver is requested will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915.
(4) Parking reduction. A table showing parking required by the zoning regulations, parking proposed under Cal. Gov’t Code
§ 65915(p), and reasonable documentation that the project is eligible for the requested parking reduction.
(5) Child care facility. Documentation that all requirements included in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(h) can be met.
(6) Condominium conversion. Documentation that all requirements included in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915.5 can be met.
(7) Commercial development bonus. Documentation that all requirements included in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915.7 can be met.
(8) Land donation. Documentation of the location of the land to be dedicated, proof of site control, and reasonable documentation that each of the requirements included in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(g) can be met.
(B) Timeline for application processing. Applications made pursuant to this section will be processed pursuant to Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65950 et seq.
(Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.344.050 BONUS AND INCENTIVE CALCULATION. ¶
(A) All calculations are rounded up for any fractional numeric value in determining the total number of units to be granted, including base density and bonus density, as well as the resulting number of affordable units needed for a given density bonus project.
(B) Projects qualifying for a density bonus under one or more income categories, or one or more types of housing (i.e., senior housing or housing intended to serve transitional foster youth, disabled veterans, homeless persons, or lower income students), must identify the categories under which the density bonus would be applied. Density bonuses from more than one category can be combined up to the maximum allowed under State Density Bonus law.
(C) Density bonus units are not included in determining the number of affordable units required to qualify a project for a density bonus.
(D) The applicant may elect to accept a lesser percentage of density bonus than the housing development is entitled to, or no density bonus, but no reduction will be permitted in the percentages of required affordable units contained in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(b), (c), and (f). Regardless of the number of affordable units, no project will be entitled to a density bonus of more than what is authorized under State Density Bonus Law.
(E) The number of incentives an applicant may request is provided by State Density Bonus Law. (Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.344.060 REVIEW AUTHORITY. ¶
(A) Density bonus applications for housing developments requiring discretionary review will be reviewed and acted upon by the highest review authority designated by the Zoning Code for any of the applications (e.g., a project requiring a use permit and applying for a density bonus will have both applications decided by the Planning Commission).
(B) The Director reviews and takes action on density bonus applications for housing developments requiring only ministerial review (e.g., a density bonus application for a housing development requiring only a building permit will be decided by the Director).
(Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.344.070 FINDINGS FOR APPROVAL. ¶
(A) To approve a density bonus application, the review authority must make the following written findings, based upon substantial evidence, as applicable:
(1) Density bonus.
(a) The proposed development provides the affordable units or senior housing required by State Density Bonus Law to be eligible for the density bonus and any incentives, parking reduction, or waivers requested, including the replacement of units rented or formerly rented to low- and very low-income households as required by Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(c)(3).
(b) The proposed density bonus will result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 50052.5, or for affordable rents, as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 50053; or
- (c) The proposed density bonus will not be contrary to state or federal law; and
(d) The proposed density bonus will not have a specific adverse impact on public health or safety, or the physical environment, or on any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historic Resources. For the purpose of this subsection, specific adverse impact means a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified, written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application for the housing development was deemed complete.
(2) Incentive. Any requested incentive will result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs or rents, except that, if a mixed-use development is requested, the application must instead meet all of the requirements of Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(k)(2).
(3) Waiver. The development standard for which a waiver is requested will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915.
(4) Parking reduction. The housing development is eligible for any requested parking reductions under Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(p).
(5) Donation of land. If the density bonus is based entirely, or in part, on the donation of land, all of the requirements included in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(g) have been met.
(6) Child care facility. If the density bonus or incentive is based on the inclusion of a child care facility, all of the requirements included in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(h) have been met.
(7) Condominium conversion. If the density bonus or incentive is based on the inclusion of affordable units as part of a condominium conversion, all of the requirements included in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915.5 have been met.
(8) Commercial Development.
(a) The city has approved the partnered housing agreement; and
(b) The commercial development bonus has been mutually agreed upon by the city and the commercial developer; and
(c) All of the requirements included in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915.7 have been met.
(Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.344.080 INTERPRETATION. ¶
If any portion of § 155.344 conflicts with State Density Bonus Law (Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65915 et seq. ) or other applicable state law, state law shall supersede this section. Any ambiguities in this section shall be interpreted to be consistent with State Density Bonus Law.
(Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
ADMINISTRATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
§ 155.404 ADMINISTRATION. ¶
§ 155.404.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.404 describes city roles and responsibilities when administering the Zoning Code. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.404.020 REVIEW AND DECISION-MAKING AUTHORITY. ¶
(A) Summary table. Table 404-1 summarizes city review and decision-making authority when processing permit applications and other requested approvals.
(B) Meaning of notations. Authority roles shown in Table 404-1 mean the following.
(1) “Recommend” means the authority reviews and makes a recommendation to a higher decision-making body.
(2) “Decision” means the authority may approve, conditionally approve or deny an application.
(3) “Appeal” means the authority hears an appeal of a decision by a lower review authority.
(4) “-” means the authority has no role in the action.
(C) Multiple permit applications. For projects that include multiple permits, see § 155.408.050 (Multiple Permit Applications). (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.404.030 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT. ¶
Responsibilities and powers. The Department:
(A) Processes permit applications as provided in § 155.408 (Permit Procedures);
(B) Assumes responsibilities delegated by the Director; and
(C) Performs other duties as necessary to administer the Zoning Code.
| _Responsibilities and powers._The Department: (A) Processes permit applications as provided in § 155.408 (Permit Procedures); (B) Assumes responsibilities delegated by the Director; and (C) Performs other duties as necessary to administer the Zoning Code. |
_Responsibilities and powers._The Department: (A) Processes permit applications as provided in § 155.408 (Permit Procedures); (B) Assumes responsibilities delegated by the Director; and (C) Performs other duties as necessary to administer the Zoning Code. |
_Responsibilities and powers._The Department: (A) Processes permit applications as provided in § 155.408 (Permit Procedures); (B) Assumes responsibilities delegated by the Director; and (C) Performs other duties as necessary to administer the Zoning Code. |
_Responsibilities and powers._The Department: (A) Processes permit applications as provided in § 155.408 (Permit Procedures); (B) Assumes responsibilities delegated by the Director; and (C) Performs other duties as necessary to administer the Zoning Code. |
_Responsibilities and powers._The Department: (A) Processes permit applications as provided in § 155.408 (Permit Procedures); (B) Assumes responsibilities delegated by the Director; and (C) Performs other duties as necessary to administer the Zoning Code. |
_Responsibilities and powers._The Department: (A) Processes permit applications as provided in § 155.408 (Permit Procedures); (B) Assumes responsibilities delegated by the Director; and (C) Performs other duties as necessary to administer the Zoning Code. |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Table 404-1: Review and Decision-Making Authority | |||||
| Type of Action | Zoning Code Section | Role of Authority | |||
| Director/ Department |
Design Review Committee |
Planning Commission |
City Council | ||
| Table 404-1: Review and Decision-Making Authority | |||||
| Type of Action | Zoning Code Section | Role of Authority | |||
| Director/ Department |
Design Review Committee |
Planning Commission |
City Council | ||
| Legislative Actions | |||||
| Zoning Code and General Plan amendment |
155.432 | Recommend | - | Recommend | Decision |
| Use Permits | |||||
| Conditional use permit [3] | 155.412.120 | Recommend | - | Decision | Appeal |
| Minor use permit [3] | 155.412.120 | Decision [1] | - | Decision [5] | Appeal |
| Flexibility and Relief | |||||
| Administrative adjustment | 155.412.030 | Decision [1] | - | Appeal | Appeal |
| Infill incentive permit, major [3] | 155.412.060 | Recommend | - | Decision | Appeal |
| Infill incentive permit, minor [3] | 155.412.060 | Decision [1] | - | Decision [5] | Appeal |
| Minor modification | 155.412.070 | Decision [1] | - | Appeal | Appeal |
| Reasonable accommoda tion | 155.412.080 | Decision [1] | - | Appeal | Appeal |
| Variance, major [3] | 155.412.140 | Recommend | - | Decision | Appeal |
| Variance, minor [3] | 155.412.140 | Decision [1] | - | Decision [5] | Appeal |
| Sign Permits | |||||
| Administrative sign permits | 155.340.060(B) | Decision [2] | Appeal | Appeal | Appeal |
| Creative sign permits [3] | 155.340.060(D) | Recommend | Decision | Appeal | Appeal |
| Master sign permits [3] | 155.340.060(C) | Recommend | Decision | Appeal | Appeal |
| Gulch Greenway Permits | |||||
| Conditional Gulch Greenway permit [3] | 155.224.050 | Recommend | - | Decision | Appeal |
| Minor Gulch Greenway permit [3] | 155.224.050 | Decision [1] | - | Decision [5] | Appeal |
| Other Permits and Approval | |||||
| Density bonus (ministerial) | 155.344 | Decision [2] | Appeal | Appeal | |
| Density bonus (discretionary) [3] | 155.344 | Decision [1] | Appeal | Appeal | |
| Design review [3] | 155.412.040 | Recommend | Decision [4] | Appeal | Appeal |
| Home occupation approval | 155.304.070 | Decision [2] | - | Appeal | Appeal |
| Tiny house on wheels permit | 155.304.130 | Decision [2] | Appeal | Appeal | |
| Tree permit | 155.304.140 | Recommend | - | Decision | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Zoning clearance | 155.412.150 | Decision [2] | - | Appeal | |
| NOTES: [1] The Director may choose to refer the project to the Planning Commission for review and decision. [2] The Director may delegate review authority to Department staff on ministerial permits and approvals. [3] Applications requiring other discretionary review will be acted upon by the highest review authority, with appeal rights to the next highest authority, except that decisions of the City Council are final. [4] The Historic Preservation Commission conducts design review for projects that alter a designated historic resource as provided in Municipal Code Chapter 157. If a project subject to design review also requires a permit from the Planning Commission, the Planning Commission conducts design review. If the project both alters a designated historic resource as provided in Municipal Code Chapter 157 and requires a permit from the Planning Commission, the Historic Preservation Commission conducts any design review for the project. [5] The Planning Commission acts on the permit only after receiving a written request for a public hearing during the 15-day hearing request period, in accordance with § 155.408.090 (Notice of Pending Action). If no request for a public hearing is received by the end of the 15-day period, the Director acts on the application, and the action is final. |
|||||
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.404.040 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DIRECTOR. ¶
(A) Responsibilities and powers. The Director:
(1) Serves as the review and decision-making authority as shown in Table 404-1;
(2) Makes official interpretations of the Zoning Code in accordance with § 155.108.030 (Official Interpretations);
(3) Enforces the Zoning Code in accordance with § 155.428 (Enforcement and Penalties);
(4) Assumes responsibilities described in Municipal Code § 32.041 (Director of Development Services);
(5) Performs other duties as necessary to administer the Zoning Code and as assigned by the City Council; and
(6) Serves as the Secretary to the Design Review Committee, Historic Preservation Commission and Planning Commission.
(B) Duties as Secretary to DRC, HPC and PC. As Secretary to the Design Review Committee (DRC), Historic Preservation Commission (HPC) and Planning Commission (PC), the Director:
(1) Prepares staff reports on permit applications and other requested approvals;
(2) Presents applications at public hearings;
(3) Maintains a record of DRC, HPC and PC proceedings and decisions;
(4) Advises the DRC, HPC and PC on the meaning and applicability of the Zoning Code; and
(5) Provides support and technical assistance to the DRC, HPC and PC as needed.
(C) Delegation to staff. The Director may designate one or more Department staff to perform the duties described in division
(A) (Responsibilities and Powers) above and (B) (Duties as Secretary to DRC, HPC, and PC).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.404.050 PLANNING COMMISSION. ¶
(A) Established. The city must maintain a Planning Commission to review and act on proposed development projects and to assist in the development and application of land use policy and regulations in Eureka.
(B) Composition.
(1) Number of members. The Planning Commission consists of five members.
(2) Member experience. Persons appointed to the Planning Commission must have an interest and/or experience in city planning, land development, land use law, architecture, urban design, natural resource protection, real estate, transportation planning, economic development or other relevant planning-related fields.
(3) Appointment; vacancy. Planning Commission members must be appointed and vacancies on the Commission filled in accordance with Municipal Code §§ 33.001 et seq. (Boards and Commissions Created by Council).
(C) Responsibilities and powers. The Planning Commission:
(1) Serves as the review and decision-making authority on applications as shown in Table 404-1;
(2) Hears appeals on decisions in accordance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews);
(3) Makes recommendations to the City Council on Zoning Code amendments and other legislative matters;
(4) Makes recommendations to the City Council on General Plan amendments and specific plans and other special-purpose land use plans; and
(5) Assumes responsibilities described in Municipal Code § 152.01 (Planning Commission).
(D) Meetings and procedures. The Planning Commission operates according to Municipal Code Ch. 33 (Other Departments, Boards and Commissions), Ch. 152 (Planning and Zoning Administration) and any official rules of procedure or bylaws adopted by the Planning Commission.
- (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.404.060 DESIGN REVIEW COMMITTEE. ¶
(A) Established. The Design Review Committee (DRC) is established to review and approve the design of proposed development projects.
(B) Composition.
(1) Number of members. The DRC consists of five members.
(2) Member experience. Persons appointed to the DRC must have professional experience in the fields of architecture, land development, city planning, real estate, landscape architecture or other relevant design-related profession.
(3) Appointment. DRC members must be appointed and vacancies filled according to Municipal Code §§ 33.001 et seq. (Boards and Commissions Created by Council).
(4) Architect. If the DRC membership does not include an architect, the DRC may, by unanimous agreement, invite an architect, who may or may not be a resident of the city, to serve in an advisory capacity.
(C) Responsibilities and powers.
(1) The DRC serves as the review and decision-making authority as shown in Table 404-1.
(2) The DRC may assume other responsibilities as requested by the Director, Planning Commission or City Council.
(D) Meetings and procedures. The DRC operates according to Municipal Code Ch. 33 (Other Departments, Boards and Commissions) and any official rules of procedures or bylaws adopted by the DRC.
- (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.404.070 HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION. ¶
The purpose and function of the Historic Preservation Commission (HPC) is stated in Municipal Code Ch. 157 (Historic Preservation). In the administration of the Zoning Code, the HPC conducts design review for projects that alter a designated historic resource as provided in Municipal Code Ch. 157.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.404.080 CITY COUNCIL. ¶
The City Council:
(A) Takes action on proposed Zoning Code and General Plan amendments;
(B) Hears appeals on decisions in accordance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews); and
(C) Assumes other responsibilities and takes action on other matters related to the Zoning Code according to the Municipal Code and state and federal laws.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.408 PERMIT PROCEDURES. ¶
§ 155.408.010 PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY. ¶
This section establishes procedures for the preparation, filing and processing of permit applications required by the Zoning Code. Procedures and requirements that apply after an application is approved are found in § 155.420 (Post-Approval Provisions).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.408.020 APPLICATION PREPARATION AND FILING. ¶
(A) Pre-application conference.
(1) Applicants are encouraged to request a pre-application conference with the Department before completing and filing a permit application.
(2) The purpose of this conference is to:
(a) Review the applicant’s project concepts, preliminary project descriptions and/or rough site plans;
(b) Inform the applicant of Zoning Code and Department requirements that apply to the proposed project;
(c) Inform the applicant of requirements from other departments (such as Building, Public Works, Police and Fire) and other governmental agencies (such as the Coastal Commission) that may apply to the proposed project;
(d) Inform the applicant of the city’s review processes;
(e) Identify information and materials the city will require with the application, and any necessary technical studies and information relating to the environmental review of the project;
(f) Provide guidance to the applicant of possible project alternatives or modifications; and
(g) Assign Department staff to serve as the project liaison with whom the applicant should communicate as the application is processed.
(3) The pre-application conference and any information provided by city staff must not be construed as a recommendation for approval or denial of an application.
(4) Failure by city staff to identify all permit requirements does not constitute a waiver of those requirements.
(B) Application contents.
(1) Applications must be made in writing on a form provided by the Department.
(2) Applications must be filed along with all fees, information and materials required by the Department.
(C) Eligibility for filing.
(1) An application may be filed only by:
(a) The property owner;
(b) A property tenant;
(c) An authorized agent of the property owner or tenant;
(d) A person under contract or with an exclusive option to purchase the property; or
(e) Any other person who can demonstrate a legal right, interest or other entitlement to use the property for the proposed project.
(2) The application must be either:
(a) Signed by the property owner; or
(b) Accompanied by a written letter signed by the property owner consenting to the application.
(D) Application acceptance.
(1) The Department may accept an application for processing only if the submittal contains all fees, information and materials required by the Department.
(2) Accepting an application for processing does not indicate Department support for the proposed project or that the application is complete pursuant to § 155.408.040 (Application Review).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.408.030 APPLICATION FEES. ¶
(A) Fee schedule. Fees required to process permit applications are identified in the Development Services Department fee schedule adopted by the City Council.
(B) Payment required.
(1) The Department may accept and begin processing an application only after all required fees are paid.
(2) Failure to pay any required fees may be a basis for denial or revocation of a permit.
(C) Refunds and withdrawals.
(1) If an application is withdrawn in writing by the applicant, the Director may authorize a partial refund based upon the prorated costs to the date of withdrawal and the status of the application at the time of withdrawal.
(2) The Department will not refund fees for denied applications, unless directed to do so by City Council. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.408.040 APPLICATION REVIEW. ¶
(A) Initial review. The Department must review each application for completeness and accuracy before it is accepted as complete and officially filed.
(B) Basis for determination. The Department’s completeness determination is based on the Department’s list of required application content and any additional written instructions provided to the applicant at a pre-application conference, and/or during the application review period.
(C) Applicant notification. Within 30 days of application filing, the Department must inform the applicant in writing that the application is complete and has been accepted for processing, or that the application is incomplete and additional information is required.
(D) Appeal of determination. When the Department determines that an application is incomplete, and the applicant believes that the application is complete or that the information requested by the Department is not required, the applicant may appeal the Department’s determination in compliance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews).
- (E) Submittal of additional information.
(1) When the Department determines that an application is incomplete, the applicant must submit additional required information in writing.
(2) Resubmitted information is subject to a new 30-day period of review for completeness.
(3) Requested information must be submitted within the timeframe identified in § 155.408.070(A) (Response Required).
(F) Environmental information. After determining that an application is complete pursuant to § 155.408.040(C) (Applicant Notification), the Department may require the applicant to submit additional information for the environmental review of the project, in compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.408.050 MULTIPLE PERMIT APPLICATIONS. ¶
(A) Concurrent filing. If a project requires more than one permit or approval (e.g., a Zoning Map amendment and a conditional use permit), the applicant must apply for all permits and approvals concurrently, unless the concurrent filing requirement is waived by the Director. The Department may accept a single application form for all required permits and approvals.
(B) Concurrent processing and review.
(1) The Department must process multiple applications for the same project concurrently.
(2) Projects requiring multiple permit applications must be reviewed and acted upon by the highest review authority designated by the Zoning Code for any of the applications (e.g., a project requiring a zoning map amendment and a conditional use permit will have both applications decided by the City Council, instead of the Planning Commission acting on the conditional use permit). This does not apply to any ministerial permits or approvals acted on by the Director or Department staff without notice or public hearing, unless otherwise stated in the provisions of the Zoning Code.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.408.060 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW. ¶
(A) CEQA review.
(1) After accepting a complete application, the Department must review the project in compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and any adopted City CEQA guidelines.
(2) The Department will determine the required level of environmental review (e.g., exemption, negative declaration) within 30 days of finding the application complete.
(B) Special studies required. The Department may require the applicant to prepare special studies and/or submit additional information to supplement the Department’s CEQA compliance review.
(C) Action on CEQA document. The review authority that approves an application must take final action on the CEQA document prepared for the proposed project. Final action on the CEQA document must occur prior to or concurrent with action on required permits. Pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15270(b), the city is not required to take final action on a CEQA documents for a denied application.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.408.070 APPLICATIONS DEEMED WITHDRAWN. ¶
(A) Response required.
(1) When an applicant has been informed by letter that an application is incomplete in accordance with § 155.408.040 (Application Review), the applicant must pay required supplemental fees and/or provide requested information within 120 days following the date of the letter, or within a different timeframe as determined by the Department and communicated to the applicant in writing.
(2) If an applicant does not respond within the required response timeframe, the application expires and is deemed withdrawn without any further action by the Department.
(B) Resubmittal. After an application expires, future Departmental consideration of the project requires an applicant to submit a new complete application and associated fees.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.408.080 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING. ¶
(A) General. When the Zoning Code or a Major Subdivision requires a noticed public hearing, the Department must provide notice of the hearing in conformance with Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65090 et seq. and as described in this section.
(B) Content of notice. Notice of public hearing must include all of the following information, as applicable:
(1) Hearing information. The date, time and place of the hearing; the name of the hearing body; and the phone number, email address and Department location where an interested person can obtain additional information;
(2) Project information. The applicant's name, the application file number, a general description of the project, and the location of the subject property;
(3) Statement on environmental document. The required level of environmental review for the proposed project (e.g., exemption, negative declaration); a statement that the hearing body will consider approval of the project CEQA determination or document, if applicable; and
(4) Statement limiting issues on appeal or in court actions. The following statement: “If you challenge any decision made by a review authority through administrative appeal or in court, you may be limited to raising only those issues you or someone else raised at the public hearing described in this notice, or in written correspondence delivered to the review authority at, or prior to, the public hearing.”
(C) Method of notice distribution. Notice of a public hearing must be given not more than 30 and not less than ten days before the hearing date using the methods required by Cal. Gov’t Code § 65091 and as follows:
- (1) Mailing.
(a) Notice is complete upon mailing and must be mailed or delivered at least ten days before the scheduled hearing to the following recipients:
The owners of the subject property or the owner’s authorized agent, and the applicant;
The owners of the real property located within a radius of 300 feet from the exterior boundaries of the subject property. The Department may mail or deliver notices to properties within a larger radius of the subject property if deemed necessary by the Director;
Each local agency expected to provide roads, schools, sewerage, streets, water, power or other essential facilities or services to the subject property, whose ability to provide those facilities and services may be significantly affected; and
Any person who has filed a written request for notice of the hearing with the Department or City Clerk.
(b) If the number of property owners to whom notice would be mailed in compliance this division (C)(1) is more than
1,000, the Department may provide notice by placing a display advertisement of at least one-eighth page in a local newspaper of general circulation at least ten days prior to the hearing.
(2) Posting. Notice must be posted on the project site and two other public places at least ten days before the hearing, one of which will always be City Hall.
- (3) Publication.
(a) Notice of a public hearing for a General Plan, Zoning Code amendment, subdivision and other projects required to do so by state law must be published in a local newspaper of general circulation at least ten days before the hearing.
(b) For any other project requiring a public hearing, the Director may determine that enhanced public notice is necessary
and/or desirable and require notice publication in a newspaper of general circulation at least ten days before the hearing.
(4) Drive-thru facilities. For projects involving a new or modified drive-thru facility, the Department shall provide notice to local organizations identified by the Department as serving Eureka’s blind, aged and/or disabled community.
(5) Additional notice. In addition to the types of notice required above, the Department may require or provide additional notice as determined necessary or desirable by the Department.
(D) Failure to receive notice. The validity of the hearing is not affected by the failure of any resident, property owner or community member to receive a mailed or other notice.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.408.090 NOTICE OF PENDING ACTION. ¶
When the Zoning Code requires a notice of pending action for applications acted on by the Director, public notice must be given prior to the date of action as follows.
(A) Content of notice. A notice of pending action must include all of the following information, as applicable:
(1) Project information. The applicant's name, the application file number, a general description of the project, the location of the subject property.
(2) Statement on environmental determination. The environmental review for the project (e.g., exemption, negative
declaration); a statement that the Director has adopted a CEQA determination or document, if applicable.
(3) Hearing request period. The notice must state that within 15 days of the date the notice is mailed, any person may submit a written request for a public hearing before the Planning Commission on the application, and must indicate the reason or reasons the public hearing is requested.
(B) Method of notice distribution. Notice of pending action must be mailed to the following recipients:
(1) The owners of the subject property, the owner's authorized agent, and/or the applicant.
(2) The owners of the real property located within a radius of 300 feet from the exterior boundaries of the subject property.
The Department may mail or deliver notices to properties within a larger radius of the subject property if deemed necessary by the Director.
(3) Any person who has filed a written request for notice of the action with the Department or City Clerk.
(C) Hearing only on request.
(1) If the Department receives a written request for a public hearing before the end of the 15-day period, a date for the public hearing will be determined, and notice will be provided pursuant to § 155.408.080 (Notice of Public Hearing).
(2) If no request for a public hearing is received by the end of the 15-day period, the Director will act on the application, and the action is final.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22)
§ 155.408.100 PUBLIC HEARINGS. ¶
(A) General. Hearings will be conducted in a manner consistent with any procedures adopted or endorsed by the review authority.
(B) Notice of public hearing. Notice of the public hearing must be provided in accordance with § 155.408.080 (Notice of Public Hearing).
(C) Time and place of hearing. A hearing must be held at the date, time, and place for which notice was given, unless the required quorum of hearing body members is not present or the hearing is continued pursuant to division (E) below.
(D) Public comment. All hearings must be open to the public with opportunity to provide comment and/or testimony in accordance with established procedures.
(E) Continued hearing.
(1) A hearing may be continued without further notice, provided that the review authority chair announces the date, time and place to which the hearing will be continued before the hearing adjournment or recess.
(2) The Director may continue a hearing without further notice when a quorum of the review authority is not present at the public hearing. The Director must announce the date, time and place to which the hearing will be continued.
(F) Decision. After the close of a public hearing, the review authority may:
(1) Approve, approve with conditions or deny the application; or
(2) Make a recommendation to another review authority if the review authority does not make the final decision on the application.
- (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.408.110 CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL. ¶
(A) Discretionary permits.
(1) The review authority may attach conditions to a discretionary approval as needed to:
(a) Achieve consistency with the General Plan, Zoning Code and any applicable specific plan or area plan adopted by the City Council;
(b) Mitigate any project impacts; and
(c) Ensure compliance with any applicable city requirement or regulation.
(2) A decision to impose a condition on a discretionary approval may involve the subjective judgment of the review authority to determine how a project may best meet a city policy or regulation.
(B) Ministerial permits.
(1) The Director may attach conditions to a ministerial approval as needed to bring the project into compliance with an objective standard or requirement.
(2) Conditions attached to ministerial permits must also be ministerial and may not involve subjective judgment.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.412 SPECIFIC PERMITS AND APPROVALS. ¶
§ 155.412.010 PURPOSE. ¶
(A) General. This § 155.412 identifies procedures for specific types of permits and approvals required by the Zoning Code.
(B) Modifications to standards.
(1) The following permits and approvals may be used to allow deviations from Zoning Code standards:
(a) Administrative adjustments;
(b) Infill incentive permits;
(c) Minor modifications; and
(d) Reasonable accommodations.
(2) Variances.
(a) The city may change standards that apply to a property through a Zoning Code text or map amendment as provided in § 155.432 (Zoning Code and General Plan Amendments).
(b) The city may also change standards that apply to a property through a specific plan and/or development agreement as provided in Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65450 et seq. and 65864 et seq. , respectively.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.412.020 REVIEW AUTHORITY; APPEALS. ¶
(A) Projects requiring multiple permits. Projects requiring multiple permit applications must be reviewed and acted upon by the highest review authority designated by the Zoning Code for any of the applications (e.g., a project requiring a zoning map amendment and a conditional use permit will have both applications decided by the City Council, instead of the Planning
Commission acting on the conditional use permit). This does not apply to any ministerial permits or approvals acted on by the Director or Department staff without notice or public hearing, unless otherwise stated in the provisions of the Zoning Code.
(B) Appeals. All decisions on permits and approvals in this section may be appealed in accordance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.412.030 ADMINISTRATIVE ADJUSTMENTS. ¶
(A) Purpose. An administrative adjustment is a discretionary process to determine if a project is eligible for a modified standard.
(B) When allowed. Standards that may be modified with an administrative adjustment are identified in the following subchapters of this Zoning Code: Zoning Districts and Citywide Standards and below.
| (A)_Purpose._An administrative adjustment is a discretionary process to determine if a project is eligible for a modified standard. (B)_When allowed._Standards that may be modified with an administrative adjustment are identified in the following subchapters of this Zoning Code: Zoning Districts and Citywide Standards and below. |
(A)_Purpose._An administrative adjustment is a discretionary process to determine if a project is eligible for a modified standard. (B)_When allowed._Standards that may be modified with an administrative adjustment are identified in the following subchapters of this Zoning Code: Zoning Districts and Citywide Standards and below. |
|---|---|
| Table 412-1: Allowed Administrative Adjustments | |
| Section | Adjustment |
| Table 412-1: Allowed Administrative Adjustments | |
| Section | Adjustment |
| 155.208 Mixed Use Zone Districts | |
| 155.208.030 Development Standards | Maximum Front Setbacks |
| 155.208.040 Pedestrian Focused Frontages | Ground Floor Storefront Transparency |
| 155.220 Resource Related Zoning Districts | |
| 155.220.030 Development Standards | Height Exceptions for Non-Residential Structures |
| 155.304 Supplemental Use Regulations | |
| 155.304.020 Accessory Uses | Maximum Size |
| 155.308 General Standards | |
| 155.308.040 Vision Clearance Area | Vision Clearance Area Exception |
| 155.308.050 Outdoor Lighting | Outdoor Lighting Exception |
| 155.312 Design Standards | |
| 155.312.040 Building Entries | Entrance Design Exception |
| 155.324 Parking | |
| 155.324.040 Reductions and Alternatives to Automobile Parking | Allow Shared Parking |
| 155.324.040 Reductions and Alternatives to Automobile Parking | Off-site Non-adjoining Parking |
| 155.324.040 Reductions and Alternatives to Automobile Parking | Low Parking Demand Reduction |
| 155.324.040 Reductions and Alternatives to Automobile Parking | Low Impact Development Parking Reduction |
| 155.324.060 Parking Design and Development Standards | Alley Access to Parking Waiver |
| 155.324.060 Parking Design and Development Standards | Parking Placement |
| 155.324.070 Bicycle Parking | Bicycle Parking Reductions |
| 155.324.080 Parking Lot Landscaping | Alternative Landscape Design |
| 155.332 Residential Subdivision Alternatives | |
| 155.332.020 Small Lot Subdivisions | On-site Parking Waiver |
(C) Review authority. The Director reviews and takes action on administrative adjustment requests.
(D) Applications. An applicant must request an administrative adjustment using an official Department form accompanied by all fees, information and materials required by the Department.
(E) Public notice and hearing. None required.
(F) Findings for approval.
(1) To approve an administrative adjustment application, the Director must make all of the following findings:
(a) The adjustment is consistent with the purpose of the zoning district, the General Plan and any applicable specific plan or area plan adopted by the City Council;
(b) The adjustment will not deprive neighboring property owners of the reasonable economic use and enjoyment of their property; and
(c) The adjustment will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety or welfare.
(2) The Director must also make any additional findings required for the specific modification as identified where the original standard appears in following subchapters of this Zoning Code: Zoning Districts and Citywide Standards.
- (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.412.040 DESIGN REVIEW. ¶
(A) Purpose. Design review is a discretionary process to ensure that the street-facing façades of proposed developments exhibit high quality design, complement neighboring properties, and contribute to Eureka's distinctive identity and unique sense of place.
(B) When required. The following types of projects require design review:
(1) Additions adding 30% or more floor area to the total existing floor area of a building in the residential or mixed-use zoning districts (i.e., zoning districts described in §§ 155.204 and 155.208);
(2) New buildings that are 500 square feet or more in the residential or mixed-use zoning districts (i.e., zoning districts described in §§ 155.204 and 155.208);
(3) Any exterior modification to a street-facing building façade located on a pedestrian-focused frontage (See Figure 208-4 in
§ 155.208 (Mixed Use Zoning Districts)). "Exterior modification" includes the addition of a new sign, or the change in the size, shape, or location on the façade of an existing sign, but does not include refacing an existing sign when there is no change in the size, shape or location of the sign, and does not include painting a sign directly on the façade of the structure; and
(4) Wireless telecommunication facilities. (See Municipal Code Chapter 159 (Wireless Telecommunications Facilities)).
- (C) Exemptions. The following projects are exempt from design review:
(1) Housing development projects with four or fewer residential units, including projects with residential units only, and mixed-use developments with at least two-thirds of the square footage designated for residential use;
(2) Transitional, supportive, emergency and farmworker housing;
(3) Modifications and additions to existing structures where the modification or addition is not facing an adjacent public street;
(4) Buildings occupied by the following use categories, as identified in § 155.504 (Land Use Classifications):
(a) Agricultural and natural resource uses;
(b) Civic and recreation uses; and
(c) Infrastructure and utility uses; and
(5) Projects or project features to serve a person with disabilities under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
- (D) Signs.
(1) The Design Review Committee serves as the review authority for signs that require a master sign permit or creative sign permit. However, these sign permit applications are not subject to the design review process required by this section. To approve a sign permit, the Design Review Committee uses exclusively the review and approval criteria in § 155.340 (Signs). The Design Review Committee does not consider the design review criteria in § 155.412.040(J) (Design Review Criteria) when acting on a sign permit.
e sign permit. However, these sign permit applications are not subject to the design review process required by this section. To approve a sign permit, the Design Review Committee uses exclusively the review and approval criteria in § 155.340 (Signs). The Design Review Committee does not consider the design review criteria in § 155.412.040(J) (Design Review Criteria) when acting on a sign permit.
(2) The Design Review Committee serves as the review authority for modification of the size, shape, or location of an existing sign, or the addition of a new sign, on the façade facing a pedestrian-focused frontage. Design review is not required for either a new sign or modification of an existing sign when the sign is painted directly on the façade facing a pedestrian-focused frontage; however, a sign permit may be required pursuant to § 155.340 (Signs).
(a) To approve modification of the size, shape, or location on the façade of an existing sign, the Design Review Committee uses exclusively the design review criteria (§ 155.412.040(J)) for surrounding context, architectural style, and visual interest.
(b) For a new sign, the Design Review Committee uses the design review criteria noted in division (a) above, and the review and approval criteria in § 155.340 (Signs) to approve both the façade modification and the sign.
(E) Review authority.
- (1) The Design Review Committee conducts design review for all projects except as follows:
(a) If the project also requires review by the Historic Preservation Commission (HPC) as provided in Municipal Code Chapter 157 (Historic Preservation), the HPC conducts design review;
(b) If the project also requires a permit from the Planning Commission, the Planning Commission conducts design review, unless design review is to be conducted by the Historic Preservation Commission in accordance with division (a) above; or
(c) If the project also requires City Council approval, the City Council conducts design review, unless design review is to be conducted by the Historic Preservation Commission in accordance with division (a) above.
(2) When the Planning Commission or City Council conducts design review, the Department may request informal input from individual Design Review Committee members prior to Planning Commission or City Council action on the project. The Design Review Committee does not hold a formal meeting on the proposed project prior to Planning Commission or City Council review.
(F) Application submittal and review. Design review applications must be submitted and reviewed in compliance with § 155.408 (Permit Procedures).
(G) Consistency. A project must be consistent, as determined by the Director, with the General Plan, any applicable specific plan or area plan, and applicable objective design policies and regulations adopted by the City Council, prior to being scheduled for design review.
(H) Public notice and hearing. The review authority must review and act on a design review application at a noticed public hearing in compliance with § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings).
- (I) Scope of design review.
(1) When acting on a design review application, the review authority must consider only those project features directly related to the design criteria described in § 155.412.040(J) (Design Review Criteria).
(2) The review authority may not consider exterior building colors or other color choices included as part of a proposed project.
(3) When conducting design review, the review authority may not require a modification to a project feature that complies with mandatory development standards in the Zoning Code. For example, if a project complies with the minimum setback requirement, the review authority may not require an increased setback as a condition of design review approval. Design review is intended to address only aesthetic considerations not otherwise regulated by the Zoning Code.
(4) Design review may not require project changes to improve the economic viability of a business as perceived by the review authority.
(J) Design review criteria. To approve a design review application, the Review Authority must find that the proposed project complies with all of the following design review criteria to the extent they apply.
(1) Surrounding context. The overall project and associated buildings enhance the design quality of the area where they are located, and enhance Eureka's unique character and distinctive sense of place. New buildings may "fit in" with traditional architecture that complements the surrounding context or "stand out" with a contemporary and contrasting style. All buildings must minimize adverse impacts on neighboring properties when possible.
(2) Pedestrian environment. Buildings incorporate design features that support an active public realm and an inviting pedestrian environment.
(3) Architectural style. Buildings demonstrate a coherent and successfully executed architectural style. Building architecture may be traditional or modern. Buildings are not required to conform to any dominant architectural style or local vernacular. Creative architectural and artistic expression is encouraged.
(4) Articulation and visual interest. Building façades are distinctive, create visual interest, and relate to the human scale through vertical and horizontal articulation, varied building planes, distinctive building elements, and/or noticeable architectural details. Building elements such as roofs, doors, windows, and porches are part of an integrated design and relate to the human scale. Architectural details such as articulation, trim, eaves, window boxes, and brackets contribute to the visual interest of the building.
(5) Materials. Building façades feature high-quality materials that are appropriate to the architectural style, enhance building articulation, and are compatible with surrounding development.
(6) Safety. The project promotes public safety and minimizes opportunities for crime through design features such as property access controls (e.g., placement of entrances, fences), increased visibility, and features that promote a sense of ownership of outdoor space.
(7) Landscaping. Landscaping features low-water-use plants appropriate for the local climate, contains native plants in compliance with § 155.328.050(D) (Native Plants), and does not include any invasive species that would be harmful to native plants and habitat, in compliance with §155.328.050(E) (Invasive Plants).
(K) Findings. To approve a design review application, the review authority must make all of the following findings:
(1) The proposed development will not be detrimental to public health, safety, or welfare or materially injurious to the properties or improvements in the vicinity.
(2) The proposed project complies with all applicable design review criteria in § 155.412.040(J) (Design Review Criteria).
(L) Building permits.
(1) For projects subject to design review, the Building Department may not accept a building permit application until after design review approval.
(2) The Building Department may issue a certificate of occupancy or other final building permit sign-off only after the Department has physically inspected the project site and verified that the as-built project conforms with design review approved plans and conditions of approval.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.412.045 GULCH GREENWAY PERMITS. ¶
See § 155.224.050(C)(3) (Gulch Greenway Permits).
(Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.412.050 HOME OCCUPATION APPROVALS. ¶
See § 155.304.070(B) (Permits Required).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.412.060 INFILL INCENTIVE PERMITS. ¶
(A) Purpose. An infill incentive permit allows deviations from development standards for projects that provide community benefits and/or public amenities. Infill incentive permits are discretionary actions intended to encourage high-quality infill development and/or the adaptive reuse of properties suitable for redevelopment.
(B) Where allowed. An infill incentive permit is available for projects in the residential, mixed-use and industrial zoning districts.
(C) Types of infill incentive permits. The Zoning Code establishes two types of infill incentive permits: minor infill incentive permits and major infill incentive permits.
(D) Review authority.
(1) Minor infill incentive permits. The Director reviews and takes action on minor infill incentive permit applications. The Director may refer any application to the Planning Commission for public hearing and decision.
(2) Major infill incentive permits. The Planning Commission reviews and takes action on major infill incentive permit applications.
(E) Required benefits. The review authority may approve an infill incentive permit for projects that provide at least two of the following community benefits:
(1) Architectural features. The project incorporates four of the architectural features described in § 155.312.050 (Architectural Features);
(2) Vertical mixed-use. The project creates two or more new upper-story residential units as a part of a vertical mixed-use development within 900 feet of a public transit bus stop where the average interval of time between buses is 90 minutes or less (90-minute headways) during weekday daytime hours. Mixed-use development must be permitted in the applicable zoning district to qualify as a benefit;
(3) Historic preservation. The project renovates a designated historic resource in compliance with Ch. 157 (Historic Preservation);
(4) Environmental remediation. The project remediates contaminated soil or water;
(5) Green building. The project will be a LEED-certified green building;
(6) Blight/nuisance abatement. The project eliminates blight, a public nuisance or a public health or safety hazard;
(7) Child care. The project includes an on-site childcare facility;
(8) Supportive housing. The project provides supportive housing as defined in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65582;
(9) Electric vehicle charging stations. The project provides an electrical vehicle charging station for 50% of the parking spaces required to serve a residential unit and/or for at least 25% of the parking spaces required for a non-residential use;
(10) Materials and building elements. The project incorporates exterior materials or building elements of a higher quality than conventional construction. Examples include:
(a) Siding. All exterior walls are sided with wood shake, ornamental metal, tile, brick, stone or stained wood;
(b) Doors and windows. All doors and windows are solid wood and/or feature shutters, stained glass or true divided muntins;
(c) Roofing materials. All roof surfaces feature wood shingle or shake, standing seam metal, clay or concrete tile, slate shingles or a green/living roof; and
(d) Fixtures. High grade fixtures on all building walls visible from a public street or sidewalk that add significantly to the architectural character of the building such as light fixtures, door hinges and handles, decorative hanging sign or awning brackets.
(11) Community amenities. The project creates or preserves a cultural, recreational, employment, or other amenity that adds significantly to the quality of life of the neighborhood or the community. The community amenity must be an allowed use in the applicable zoning district to qualify as a benefit.
(F) Incentives.
- (1) Available incentives. An infill incentive permit may allow deviations to development standards as shown in Table 412-2.
| (11)_Community amenities._The project creates or preserves a cultural, recreational, employment, or other amenity that adds significantly to the quality of life of the neighborhood or the community. The community amenity must be an allowed use in the applicable zoning district to qualify as a benefit. (F)Incentives. (1)_Available incentives._An infill incentive permit may allow deviations to development standards as shown in Table 412-2. |
(11)_Community amenities._The project creates or preserves a cultural, recreational, employment, or other amenity that adds significantly to the quality of life of the neighborhood or the community. The community amenity must be an allowed use in the applicable zoning district to qualify as a benefit. (F)Incentives. (1)_Available incentives._An infill incentive permit may allow deviations to development standards as shown in Table 412-2. |
(11)_Community amenities._The project creates or preserves a cultural, recreational, employment, or other amenity that adds significantly to the quality of life of the neighborhood or the community. The community amenity must be an allowed use in the applicable zoning district to qualify as a benefit. (F)Incentives. (1)_Available incentives._An infill incentive permit may allow deviations to development standards as shown in Table 412-2. |
(11)_Community amenities._The project creates or preserves a cultural, recreational, employment, or other amenity that adds significantly to the quality of life of the neighborhood or the community. The community amenity must be an allowed use in the applicable zoning district to qualify as a benefit. (F)Incentives. (1)_Available incentives._An infill incentive permit may allow deviations to development standards as shown in Table 412-2. |
|---|---|---|---|
| Table 412-2: Allowed Deviation through Infill Incentive Permit | |||
| Standards | Allowed | Deviation | |
| Minor Infill Incentive Permit | Major Infill Incentive Permit | ||
| Table 412-2: Allowed Deviation through Infill Incentive Permit | |||
| Standards | Allowed | Deviation | |
| Minor Infill Incentive Permit | Major Infill Incentive Permit | ||
| Increase Maximum Building Height | |||
| Residential zoning districts | 15% | 25% | |
| Mixed-use and industrial zoning districts | 20% | 35% | |
| Increase Maximum Floor Area Ratio | |||
| Residential zoning districts | 15% | 25% | |
| Mixed-use and industrial zoning districts | 20% | 35% | |
| Increase Maximum Residential Density[1] | |||
| R1 Zoning District [2] | N/A | 1 additional unit | |
| R2 Zoning District [3] | 1 additional unit | 33% increase | |
| R3 Zoning Districts [3] | 2 additional units | 33% increase | |
| Hinge Zoning District | 1 additional unit | 33% increase | |
| Reduce Minimum Lot Line Setbacks | |||
| Residential zoning districts | 25% | 50% | |
| Increase Maximum Site Coverage | |||
| Residential zoning districts | 15% | 25% | |
| Reduce Minimum On-Site Parking Spaces | |||
| R1, R2 and R3 Zoning Districts | 20% | 50% | |
| Mixed-Use and Industrial Zoning Districts | 20% | 50% | |
| NOTES TO TABLE: | |||
[1] See § 155.412.060(G) (Increased Density Requirements). [2] Minimum lot area of 5,000 square feet required for increased density. [3] Minimum lot area of 6,000 square feet required for increased density.
(2) Number of incentives. The maximum number of standards which may be modified through an infill incentive permit is as follows:
(a) Minor infill incentive permits: one deviation to development standards as shown in Table 412-1; and
(b) Major infill incentive permit: two deviations to development standards as shown in Table 412-2.
(G) Increased density requirements. To be eligible for increased residential density as provided in Table 412-2, a project must meet the following criteria:
(1) Adjacency to high volume streets. The project is on a lot within 250 feet from a street designated as a major arterial, minor arterial or a major collector in the General Plan Figure M-1 Circulation Diagram;
(2) Factors supporting higher density. The lot containing the project satisfies one or more of the following requirements:
(a) Any portion of the lot is within 900 feet of a community park as defined in the General Plan;
(b) Any portion of the lot is within 600 feet of a bus stop;
(c) Any portion of the lot is within 600 feet of a school;
(d) Any portion of the lot is within 900 feet of a mixed-use zoning district or a residential zoning district with a higher allowed density;
(e) The lot has been unimproved (containing no buildings) for ten years or longer; and/or
(f) The Neighborhood Market (NMO) Overlay Zone applies to the lot.
(3) Reduced unit size and affordability. The project satisfies one or more of the following requirements:
(a) All of the additional units allowed through the increased density are 500 square feet or less;
(b) For market-rate projects where the majority of units are not income-restricted, a minimum of one unit or 10% of units
(whichever is more) are deed restricted to households earning 50% or less of the Humboldt County median income; and/or
(c) For affordable housing projects where all units are income-restricted, a minimum of one unit or 60% of units (whichever is more) are deed restricted to households earning 50% or less of the Humboldt County median income.
(H) Application submittal and review. Infill incentive permit applications must be submitted and reviewed in compliance with § 155.408 (Permit Procedures).
(I) Public notice and hearing.
(1) Minor infill incentive permits. Public notice of the Director's pending action on a minor infill incentive permit application
will be provided in compliance with § 155.408.090 (Notice of Pending Action). The Planning Commission will hold a public hearing only after receiving a written request for a public hearing.
(2) Major infill incentive permits. The Planning Commission must review and act on a major infill incentive permit application at a noticed public hearing in compliance with § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings).
(J) Findings for approval. To approve an infill incentive permit, the review authority must make all of the following findings:
(1) The proposed project substantially advances General Plan objectives to prioritize development of vacant and underutilized infill properties and/or revitalize existing properties;
(2) The community benefits provided by the project are of a sufficient value to justify the deviations to development standards allowed by the permit;
(3) The adjustment will not deprive neighboring property owners of the reasonable economic use and enjoyment of their property; and
(4) The adjustment will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety or welfare.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.412.070 MINOR MODIFICATIONS. ¶
(A) Purpose. A minor modification allows for small deviations from development standards to accommodate projects that are compatible with and appropriate for the area where they are located.
(B) When allowed.
(1) Permitted modifications.
(a) The Director may approve a minor modification to allow deviation from a physical development standard that applies to the subject property. Examples of physical development standards include lot area, site coverage, building height, setbacks, fence and wall height, floor area ratio (FAR) and on-site parking space dimensions.
(b) The maximum deviation allowed with a minor modification is 10% of the standard; except that, fence and wall height deviation may be increased by up to 20% with a minor modification.
(2) Calculating allowed deviations. The maximum deviation allowed with a minor modification is calculated as 10% of the amount, distance or area required by the standard. For example, if the maximum permitted height is 30 feet, up to three additional feet (10% of 30 feet) may be allowed with a minor modification.
(3) Modifications not allowed. A minor modification may not be granted to allow deviation from:
(a) The General Plan;
(b) Increased residential density;
(c) Required parking spaces; and
(d) Design standards with no quantified standard (e.g., building entries facing the street).
(C) Review authority. The Director reviews and takes action on minor modification applications.
(D) Applications. An application is not required for a minor modification. Department staff will review the project information submitted for a building permit or other required city approvals when acting on the zoning clearance or discretionary approval.
- (E) Public notice and hearing. None required.
(F) Findings for approval. To approve a minor modification application, the Director must make all of the following findings:
(1) The modification will be compatible with adjacent structures and uses and is consistent with the character of the neighborhood or district where it is located;
(2) The modification is consistent with the purpose of the zoning district, the General Plan, and any applicable specific plan or area plan adopted by the City Council;
(3) The adjustment will not deprive neighboring property owners of the reasonable economic use and/or enjoyment of their property; and
(4) The adjustment will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety or welfare.
(G) Effect of decision. A Director decision on a minor modification is based on the merits of an individual application. Approval of a minor modification does not establish a precedent for future similar applications.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.412.080 REASONABLE ACCOMMODATIONS. ¶
(A) Purpose. This section establishes a procedure for requesting reasonable accommodation in land use, zoning and building regulations to provide persons with disabilities equal access to housing consistent with the Federal Fair Housing Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 3601 et seq. ) and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 12955 et seq. ). A reasonable accommodation is typically a ministerial adjustment to physical design standards to accommodate the placement of wheelchair ramps or other exterior modifications to a dwelling in response to the needs of a disabled resident.
(B) When allowed.
(1) Eligible applicants. A request for reasonable accommodation may be made by any person with a disability, their representative or any entity, when the application of the Zoning Code or other land use or building regulation, policy or practice acts as a barrier to fair housing opportunities.
(2) Definition. A PERSON WITH A DISABILITY is a person who has a physical or mental impairment that limits or substantially limits one or more major life activities, anyone who is regarded as having this type of impairment or anyone who has a record of this type of impairment.
(3) Eligible request. A request for reasonable accommodation may include a request for a modification or exception to the rules, standards and practices for the siting, development and use of housing or housing-related facilities that would eliminate regulatory barriers.
(C) Review authority. The Director takes action on all reasonable accommodation applications.
(D) Application requirements. A request for reasonable accommodation must be submitted in compliance with § 155.408 (Permit Procedures).
(E) Application review.
(1) The Director must make a written determination to either grant, grant with modifications or deny a request for reasonable accommodation.
(2) If necessary to reach a determination on the request for reasonable accommodation, the Director may request further information from the applicant consistent with fair housing laws.
(F) Criteria for decision. To approve a reasonable accommodation request, the Director must make all of the following findings:
(1) The housing subject to the request will be used by an individual with disabilities protected under fair housing law;
(2) The request for reasonable accommodation is necessary to make housing available to an individual with disabilities protected under fair housing law;
(3) Potential impacts on surrounding uses are acceptable;
(4) Physical attributes of the property and structures reasonably allow for the accommodation; and
(5) Availability of other reasonable accommodations that may provide an equivalent level of benefit have been assessed.
- (G) Conditions of approval.
(1) In approving a request for reasonable accommodation, the Director may impose conditions of approval to minimize impacts on surrounding uses and ensure consistency with the purpose of the zoning district, the General Plan and any applicable specific plan or area plan adopted by the City Council.
(2) A reasonable accommodation approval may be conditioned to provide for its automatic expiration and/or removal under appropriate circumstance (e.g., the disabled resident vacates the property).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.412.090 SIGN PERMITS. ¶
See § 155.340.060 (Sign Permits).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.412.100 TINY HOUSES ON WHEELS PERMITS. ¶
See § 155.304.130(G) (Permit Required).
(Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22)
§ 155.412.110 TREE PERMITS. ¶
See § 155.304.140(D) (Tree Permits).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)
§ 155.412.120 USE PERMITS. ¶
(A) Purpose. Use permits are required for land uses that are generally appropriate within a zoning district, but where the potential impacts of the use on a site and its surroundings must be evaluated, and where conditions of approval may be needed. Use permits are discretionary actions that enable the city to ensure that a proposed use is consistent with the General Plan and will not create negative impacts to adjacent properties or the general public.
- (B) Types of use permits. The Zoning Code establishes two types of use permits: minor use permits and conditional use permits. (C) Review authority.
(1) Minor use permits. The Director reviews and takes action on minor use permit applications. The Director may refer any application to the Planning Commission for public hearing and decision.
(2) Conditional use permits. The Planning Commission reviews and takes action on conditional use permit applications.
(D) When required. Land uses that require a use permit are shown in the land use regulation tables for each zoning district found in the Zoning Districts subchapter.
- (E) Public notice and hearing.
(1) Minor use permits. Notice of the Director's pending action on a minor use permit application must be provided in compliance with § 155.408.090 (Notice of Pending Action). The Planning Commission will hold a public hearing only after receiving a written request for a public hearing.
(2) Conditional use permits. The Planning Commission must review and act on a conditional use permit application at a noticed public hearing in compliance with § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings).
(F) Findings for approval. To approve a use permit, the review authority must make all of the following findings:
(1) The proposed use is consistent with the General Plan, Zoning Code and any applicable specific plan or area plan adopted by the City Council;
(2) The site is suitable for the size, design and operating characteristics of the proposed use;
(3) The proposed use will be compatible with existing and planned land uses in the vicinity of the property;
(4) The proposed use will not be detrimental to the public health, safety and welfare; and
(5) The proposed use is properly located within the city and adequately served by existing or planned services and infrastructure.
(G) Permits to run with the land. See § 155.420.120 (Permits to Run with the Land).
(H) Expiration of use permits. See § 155.420.090(C) (Discontinued Uses).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.412.130 VACATION RENTAL PERMITS. ¶
See § 155.304.150.F (Permits Required).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22)
§ 155.412.140 VARIANCES. ¶
(A) Purpose. A variance is a discretionary approval that allows for deviation from physical development standards in the Zoning Code. The city may grant a variance only when the strict application of development standards creates a unique hardship due to unusual circumstances associated with the property.
(B) When allowed.
(1) Allowable variances. The city may grant a variance to allow for deviation from any physical development standard that applies to the subject property. Examples of physical development standards include height, setbacks, open space, floor area ratio (FAR), and off-street parking requirements.
(2) Variances not allowed. A variance may not be granted to:
(a) Permit a use other than a use permitted in the zoning district as specified in Part 2 (Zoning District Standards);
(b) Allow deviation from a requirement of the General Plan (e.g., maximum residential density in zoning district); and
(c) Allow deviations to Zoning Code standards to reduce construction costs.
(C) Types of variances. The Zoning Code establishes two types of variances: major variances and minor variances.
(1) Minor variance. A minor variance allows a deviation from a standard by 20% or less.
(2) Major variances. A major variance allows a deviation from a standard by more than 20%.
(D) Calculating deviations. A deviation allowed with a variance is calculated as a percentage of the distance or area required by the standard. For example, if the minimum required setback is 20 feet, the setback may be reduced by four feet to 16 feet (a fourfoot reduction is 20% of 20 feet). The same setback may be reduced to any distance less than 16 feet with a major variance.
(E) Review authority.
(1) Minor variance. The Director reviews and takes action on minor variance applications. The Director may refer any application to the Planning Commission for public hearing and decision.
(2) Major variances. The Planning Commission reviews and takes action on major variance applications.
(F) Application submittal and review. Variance applications must be submitted and reviewed in compliance with § 155.408 (Permit Requirements).
(G) Public notice and hearing.
(1) Minor variance. Public notice of the Director's pending action on a minor variance permit application will be provided in compliance with § 155.408.090 (Notice of Pending Action). The Planning Commission will hold a public hearing only after receiving a written request for a public hearing.
(2) Major variance. The Planning Commission must review and act on a major variance application at a noticed public hearing in compliance with § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings).
- (H) Findings for approval. To approve a variance, the review authority must make all of the following findings:
(1) There are unique circumstances applicable to the subject property, including size, shape, topography, location, or surroundings, that do not generally apply to other properties in the vicinity or in the same zoning district as the subject property;
(2) The strict application of the Zoning Code regulation would deprive the subject property of privileges enjoyed by other property in the vicinity or in the same zoning district as the subject property;
(3) The variance will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or be injurious to the property or improvements in the vicinity or in the same zoning district as the subject property; and
(4) The variance does not constitute a grant of special privilege inconsistent with the limitations upon other properties in the vicinity or in the same zoning district as the subject property.
(I) Precedent. The approval of a variance does not set a precedent for the granting of any future variance. Each application must be considered only on its individual merits.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.412.150 ZONING CLEARANCES. ¶
(A) Purpose. A zoning clearance is a ministerial process to confirm that a proposed structure or land use complies with the Zoning Code.
(B) When required. A zoning clearance is required before:
(1) An applicant establishes a land use permitted by right in the zoning district;
(2) The city issues a new or modified business license; or
(3) The city issues a building permit, grading permit, or other construction-related permit to:
(a) Establish a new structure or use;
(b) Move or reconstruct an existing structure;
(c) Modify an existing structure to accommodate a change in use; or
(d) Enlarge or expand an existing structure.
(C) Relationship to discretionary permits. When a project requires a discretionary action, a discretionary approval serves as the equivalent of a zoning clearance.
(D) Relationship to other ministerial approvals. When a project requires another ministerial approval in addition to a zoning
clearance (e.g., a building permit approval), the ministerial approval serves as the equivalent of a zoning clearance.
(E) Applicant requests. A property or business owner may request a zoning clearance to provide documentation that an existing structure or use complies with the Zoning Code.
(F) Review authority. A zoning clearance is approved by Department staff. Controversial and complex projects will be referred to the Director for review and approval.
(G) Applications. An application is not required for a zoning clearance, unless the zoning clearance is the only city approval required for a project. Department staff will review the project information submitted for a building permit or other required city approvals when acting on the zoning clearance.
(H) Review and action.
(1) Department staff will review the project information to verify compliance with the Zoning Code. If the project complies with all applicable requirements, the Department staff must approve the zoning clearance.
(2) Zoning clearance approval may be in the form of a stamp, signature, or other official notation on approved plans, a letter to the applicant, or other similar certification or form.
(Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.416 APPEALS AND REVIEWS. ¶
§ 155.416.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.416 establishes procedures for the appeal and review of decisions made on ministerial and discretionary actions. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.416.020 APPEAL SUBJECTS AND JURISDICTION. ¶
(A) Appealable decisions.
(1) Table 404-1 in § 155.404 (Administrative Responsibilities) identifies decisions that may be appealed and the body that hears the appeal.
(2) In addition to the permits and decisions in Table 404-1, any discretionary decision made by the Director when administering the Zoning Code may be appealed to the Planning Commission, and any discretionary decision by the Planning Commission may be appealed to the City Council. For notices of pending Director action, the Zoning Code allows for a request for a hearing in lieu of an appeal of the Director's action.
(3) Ministerial actions of the Department, Director, and other city staff when administering the Zoning Code may be appealed to the Planning Commission.
(B) In addition to the permits and decisions in Table 404-1, any discretionary decision made by the Director when administering the Zoning Code may be appealed to the Planning Commission, and any discretionary decision by the Planning Commission may be appealed to the City Council.
(C) Ministerial actions of the Department, Director and other city staff when administering the Zoning Code may be appealed to the Planning Commission.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.416.030 FILING AND PROCESSING OF APPEALS. ¶
(A) Eligibility.
(1) Any aggrieved person may submit an appeal of decisions shown in Table 404-1 in § 155.404 (Administrative Responsibilities).
(2) For decisions made at a public hearing, an appeal may only be filed by a person who:
(a) Submitted written concerns about specific aspects of the project for consideration by the review authority at the public hearing;
(b) Verbally expressed concerns about specific aspects of the project during the public comment period for the public hearing; or
(c) Submitted written comments to the Department prior to the public hearing expressing concerns about specific aspects of the project.
(3) The Director, the Chief Building Official, or two City Council members may appeal a decision made at a public hearing within ten days following the date of the decision by filing a written appeal with the Department or City Clerk pursuant to § 155.416.030(C)(1)(a) or (b).
(B) Timing of appeal. An appeal must be filed within ten days following the date of the decision, unless a longer appeal period is specified as part of the project approval.
(C) Form of appeal.
(1) An appeal must be submitted in writing on a form provided by the city with all required fees. Appeals must be submitted to:
(a) The Department for appeals of Director and Design Review Committee decisions; and
(b) The City Clerk for appeals of Planning Commission decisions.
(2) The appeal must state the pertinent facts and the basis for the appeal.
(3) The whole decision or part of the decision may be appealed. If an appellant chooses, an appeal may be taken solely from any finding, action or condition.
(4) For decisions made at a public hearing, an appeal is limited to:
(a) Issues raised at or prior to the hearing, either through public comment or in writing; or
(b) Information that was not known by the review authority when the decision was made.
(5) Decisions resulting from the review authority’s abuse of discretion.
(D) Effect of appeal. Once an appeal is filed, any action on the associated project is suspended until the appeal is processed and a final decision is rendered by the appeal body.
(E) Report and scheduling of hearing.
(1) When an appeal has been filed, the Department will prepare a report on the matter, including all of the application materials in question. (2) The Department must schedule the matter for a public hearing by the appeal body within 60 days of the filing of the appeal. (3) Notice of the hearing will be provided and the hearing must be conducted in compliance with § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings).
(4) Any interested person may appear and be heard regarding the appeal.
(5) All appeals on a single project must be considered together at the same hearing, including any continuation thereof.
(F) Hearing and decision.
(1) During the appeal hearing, the appeal body may take action on the subject of the appeal or any aspect of the appealed project (de novo review). The appeal body must make its own decision supported by findings.
(2) The appeal body’s decision may:
(a) Affirm, modify or reverse the action that is the subject of the appeal;
(b) Adopt additional conditions of approval that address the matter appealed;
(c) Remand the appeal for further review, recommendation or action to the previous review authority; or
(d) In the case of appeals heard by the Planning Commission, forward the appeal to the City Council for review and decision.
(3) The appeal body’s action must be based on findings of fact about the particular case. The findings must identify the reasons for the appeal body’s action and verify the compliance of the subject of the appeal with the Zoning Code.
(4) A matter being heard on appeal may be continued for good cause (e.g., additional California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) review is required).
(5) If the appeal body is unable to reach a decision on the matter appealed, the appeal is denied and the decision of the previous review authority remains in effect.
- (G) Effective date of appeal decision.
(1) City Council decision. A decision of the City Council on an appeal is final and effective on the date the decision is rendered.
(2) Other decisions. A decision of the Planning Commission, Historic Preservation Commission, or Design Review Committee is final and effective ten days after the decision is made, unless an appeal has been filed in compliance with this section.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.416.040 [RESERVED]. ¶
§ 155.416.050 JUDICIAL REVIEW. ¶
No person has standing to seek judicial review of a city decision on a permit or other matter under the Zoning Code unless and until all appeals have been exhausted.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.420 POST-APPROVAL PROVISIONS. ¶
§ 155.420.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.420 establishes permit procedures and requirements that apply after an application is approved. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.420.020 NOTICE OF DECISION. ¶
(A) Notice given. Within two business days following the review authority’s decision on a permit application, the Department will provide notice of the decision to the applicant and to any person who specifically requested notice of the decision.
(B) Notice contents. Notice of a final decision must contain applicable findings, conditions of approval, reporting and monitoring requirements and appeal procedures.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.420.030 EFFECTIVE DATE OF DECISION. ¶
(A) City Council decisions.
(1) A City Council decision on a Zoning Code Amendment is final and becomes effective 30 days after the decision is made. (2) A City Council decision on permits, appeals, General Plan Amendments adopted by resolution and other non-legislative matters is final and effective on the date the decision is made, unless otherwise stated in the approving resolution.
(B) Other decisions. The following applies to decisions of the Director, Design Review Committee and Planning Commission.
(1) If an appealable decision is not appealed in compliance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews), the decision is final and effective ten days after the decision is made.
(2) For decisions appealed to the Planning Commission, the decision is final and effective ten days after the Planning Commission decision unless an appeal of the decision to the City Council is filed in compliance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews).
(3) For decisions appealed to the City Council, the decision is final when the City Council makes a final decision on the appeal.
(4) A non-appealable decision is final and effective on the date the decision is made.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.420.040 ISSUANCE OF PERMITS. ¶
Permits may not be issued until the effective date.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.420.050 CONFORMANCE TO APPROVED PLANS. ¶
(A) Compliance. All work performed under an approved permit must be in compliance with the approved plans and any conditions of approval and/or mitigation measures.
(B) Changes. Changes to an approved project must be submitted and processed in compliance with § 155.420.080 (Changes to an Approved Project).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.420.060 CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY. ¶
The Building Department may issue a certificate of occupancy or other final permit sign-off only after the Department verifies that the project conforms to the approved plans and any conditions of approval. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.420.070 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES. ¶
(A) Security required. The city may require an applicant to provide adequate security to guarantee the proper completion of approved work or compliance with conditions of approval.
(B) Form of security. The security must be in the form of cash, a certified or cashier’s check or a performance bond executed by the applicant and a corporate surety authorized to do business in California and approved by the Department.
(C) Amount of security. The Department will determine the amount of the security necessary to ensure proper completion of the approved work or compliance with conditions of approval.
(D) Duration of security. The security must remain in effect until all work has been completed and conditions fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Department or until a specified warranty period has elapsed.
(E) Release of security. The Department must release the security upon completion of the approved work or compliance with conditions of approval.
- (F) Failure to comply.
(1) Upon failure to complete work or comply with conditions, the Department may complete the work or fulfill the conditions and may collect from the applicant or surety all costs incurred, including administrative, engineering, legal and inspection costs.
(2) The Department must refund any unused portion of the security to the funding source.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.420.080 CHANGES TO AN APPROVED PROJECT. ¶
This section establishes procedures for an applicant to request a change to an approved project.
(A) Request for a change. An applicant must request changes in writing, with appropriate supporting materials and an explanation for the request.
(B) Major changes. A major change to an approved project means any change that does not qualify as a minor change under division (C) below. Major changes must be approved by the same review authority as the original approval. The same public notice and hearing requirements that applied to the original approval also apply to the requested major change.
(C) Minor changes.
(1) The Director may authorize minor changes to an approved project if the changes:
(a) Are consistent with the Zoning Code;
(b) Are consistent with the spirit and intent of the original approval;
(c) Do not involve a feature of the project that was a mitigation measure or a basis for findings in a negative declaration, mitigated negative declaration or environmental impact report for the project;
(d) Do not involve a feature of the project that was a basis for conditions of approval for the project;
(e) Do not involve a feature of the project that was a specific consideration by the review authority in granting the approval; and
(e) Do not involve any expansion, intensification or increase in size of the land use or structure beyond the original approval.
- (2) The Director may approve minor changes without a noticed public hearing.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.420.090 PERMIT/APPROVAL EXPIRATION. ¶
(A) General. As provided in this division, permits and other approvals listed in § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals) automatically expire without further action by the city unless:
(1) An extension of time is approved under § 155.420.100 (Extension of Time); or
(2) An alternative timeframe is established by the review authority in accordance with § 155.420.100 (Extension of Time). (B) Time limits.
(1) Permits and other approvals listed in § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals) expire two years after approval if not exercised. A permit/approval is exercised when:
(a) A building permit is issued and construction has commenced and is diligently pursued to completion;
(b) A certificate of occupancy is issued; or
(c) The land use is established.
(2) After a permit/approval is exercised, the permit/approval expires if, prior to occupancy, construction stops for three years.
- (C) Discontinued uses.
(1) Approved use permits that have been vested pursuant to division (B) above do not expire and remain in effect indefinitely unless the city revokes the permit as provided in § 155.428.080 (Permit Revocation).
(2) If a land use authorized by a use permit ceases operations for any period of time, the use permit remains valid and the land use may be re-established without the need for a new use permit. A re-established use must comply with all conditions of approval attached to the original permit.
(3) If a legally established land use without a required use permit ceases operations for any period of time, the land use may be re-established only after obtaining city approval of the required use permit.
- (D) Effect of expiration.
(1) An expired permit/approval is void and of no further force and effect. An applicant retains no rights previously granted under an expired permit/approval.
(2) To establish a use or structure allowed by an expired permit/approval, an applicant must apply for and receive city approval of a new permit/approval.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.420.100 EXTENSION OF TIME. ¶
(A) General.
(1) An applicant may request an extension of a permit/approval set to expire under § 155.420.090 (Permit/Approval Expiration) in accordance with this division.
(2) An applicant may request two types of extensions:
(a) A one-year extension approved by the Director; and/or
(b) A two-year extension approved by the original review authority.
(B) All extension requests. All extension requests must comply with the following:
(1) The applicant must submit to the Department a written extension request no later than ten days before the permit/approval expiration date. The request must be accompanied by all fees, information, and materials required by the Department.
(2) Filing a written extension request suspends the expiration until the review authority acts on the request. Building, grading, or other construction-related permits associated with the permit/approval may not be issued during the suspension period.
(3) The review authority may extend the permit/approval if the applicant has proceeded in good faith and has exercised due diligence in efforts to exercise the permit/approval in a timely manner.
- (4) The burden of proof is on the applicant to demonstrate that the permit/approval should be extended.
(5) If the Director is the review authority for the extension request, the Director may choose to refer the request to the Planning Commission for review and final decision.
- (C) One-year extension.
(1) The Director may approve a one-year extension to a permit/approval in accordance with division (B) above (All Extension Requests).
(2) A noticed public hearing is not required.
(D) Two-year extensions.
(1) The review authority that originally approved the permit/approval may approve a two-year extension to the
permit/approval in accordance with division (B) above (All Extension Requests).
(2) The same public notice and hearing requirement that applied to the original permit/approval also applies to the two-year extension request.
(3) The two-year extension may be in addition to a one-year extension previously approved by the Director, for a total extension of three years.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.420.110 RESUBMITTALS FOLLOWING DENIAL OR REVOCATION. ¶
(A) Resubmittals prohibited. For a period of 12 months following the denial or revocation of a permit or other approval, the Department may not accept an application for the same or substantially similar project for the same site, unless the denial or revocation was made without prejudice, and so stated in the record.
(B) Determination. The Director determines whether an application is for a project that is the same or substantially similar to the project approved by the previously denied or revoked permit/approval.
(C) Appeals. The determination of the Director may be appealed to the Planning Commission in compliance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.420.120 PERMITS TO RUN WITH THE LAND. ¶
Permits/approvals issued in compliance with the Zoning Code remain valid upon change of ownership of the site, structure, or land use that is the subject of the approved permit/approval.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.424 NONCONFORMITIES. ¶
§ 155.424.010 PURPOSE. ¶
Except as otherwise provided herein, this section establishes regulations for non-conformities, including, but not limited to site features, buildings, signs, uses, and lots that were legally established prior to the adoption of the current Zoning Code, but are prohibited, regulated, or restricted differently under the current Code. These regulations are intended to:
(A) Recognize that some non-conforming uses and structures may contribute in a positive manner to Eureka's unique sense of place and quality of life;
(B) Allow for the continued operation of non-conforming uses that are compatible with neighboring properties;
(C) Allow for the continued use of, and improvement to, some non-conforming structures;
(D) Require non-conforming site features to be brought into conformance with the Zoning Code when reasonable to do so; and
(E) Allow for the development and use of legal non-conforming lots.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.424.020 APPLICABILITY. ¶
(A) Legal non-conformities only. This section applies to legally established site features, buildings, uses, signs, and lots that do not conform to the regulations of the zoning district in which they are located.
(B) Not applicable to violations.
(1) This section does not apply to non-conformities established in violation of the Zoning Code, or the regulation in effect at the time the non-conformity was established.
(2) A non-conformity that was illegally established is considered a violation of the Zoning Code subject to § 155.428 (Enforcement and Penalties).
(C) Accessory dwelling units. An application for an accessory dwelling unit shall not be denied because of non-conforming conditions that do not present a threat to public health and safety and are not affected by the construction of the accessory dwelling unit.
(D) Burden of proof.
(1) Any person asserting a right to a non-conformity has the burden of proof to demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Director, that the non-conformity was legally established. The Director is not responsible to prove the absence of a legal nonconformity.
(2) The Director's decision on the legal status of a non-conformity may be appealed in accordance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.424.030 NON-CONFORMING SITE FEATURES. ¶
(A) Applicability. This division applies to existing physical improvements on a developed lot that do not conform to the Zoning Code, excluding buildings and signs. See § 155.424.040 (Non-conforming Buildings) for rules that apply to houses, garages, and other buildings on a lot, and § 155.424.050 (Non-conforming Signs) for rules that apply to signs.
(B) Required compliance. Unless excluded by division (D) below (Exceptions), or the exemptions listed in each code section referenced below, if a development project requires a building permit where the total construction value is $55,000 or more, and/or requires a use permit, the following non-conforming site features must be brought into compliance with the Zoning Code:
(1) Landscaping. Landscaping required by § 155.328.040 (Required Landscape Areas) and § 155.328.050 (General Landscape Requirements);
(2) Parking lot landscaping. Parking lot landscaping required by § 155.324.080 (Parking Lot Landscaping) to the extent possible given the configuration of existing development and physical site constraints. For example, if the existing parking lot configuration and striping pattern can only accommodate a two-foot perimeter buffer instead of the required four-foot buffer, the two-foot buffer is allowed;
(3) Parking lot paving/striping. Parking lot paving and striping, as required by city specifications, when parking lot is not paved or striped;
(4) Outdoor lighting. Outdoor lighting required by § 155.308.050 (Outdoor Lighting);
(5) Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage as required by § 155.304.110 (Outdoor Storage);
(6) Vision clearance area. Any site feature that conflicts with § 155.308.040 (Vision Clearance Area);
(7) Waste storage. Solid waste/recyclable material storage areas required by § 155.308.070 (Solid Waste/Recyclable Material Storage);
(8) Screening. Screening for adjacent residential zoning districts required by § 155.308.060 (Screening for Residential Zoning Districts);
(9) Short-term bicycle parking. Short-term bicycle parking as required by § 155.324.070 (Bicycle Parking); and
(10) Non-conforming signs. Non-conforming signs as required by § 155.424.050 (Non-conforming Signs).
(C) Annual adjustment. The $55,000 project valuation threshold in division (B) above (Required Compliance) will be increased for inflation by 3% annually, using 2023 as the base year.
(D) Exceptions.
(1) Construction project exceptions. The following development projects are not subject to division (B) above (Required Compliance), and do not trigger the need to bring non-conforming site features into compliance:
(a) Accessory dwelling units. This section does not apply to applications for new construction, creation, or modification of an accessory dwelling unit.
(b) Reroof. This section does not apply to applications for residential or commercial reroof permits.
(c) Solar systems. This section does not apply to applications for solar systems.
(d) ADA accessibility. This section does not apply to applications for ADA accessibility additions or upgrades, when the
project only consists of the accessibility additions or upgrades. For example, installation of an accessible ramp for a commercial office would not be subject to this section. A tenant improvement for a commercial office which includes the addition of an accessible ramp would be subject to this section.
(e) Electric vehicle charging stations. This section does not apply to applications for electric vehicle (EV) charging station permits, when the project only consists of the EV station addition or upgrade, and any associated striping of the lot. For example, installation of an EV charging station at a multi-family apartment would not be subject to this section. A remodel of an apartment building which includes the addition of an EV charging station would be subject to this section.
(2) Site feature exceptions. The following non-conforming site features may continue and are not subject to division (B) above (Required Compliance):
(a) Fences and walls (§ 155.320);
(b) Number of required on-site parking spaces (§ 155.324.030);
(c) Long term bicycle parking (§ 155.324.070);
(d) Parking design and development standards (§ 155.324.060); and
(e) Other site features not specifically identified in division (B) above (Required Compliance).
(E) Repairs and modifications.
(1) If a non-conforming site feature identified in division (B) above (Required Compliance) is repaired or modified, the site feature must be brought into compliance with the Zoning Code.
(2) A non-conforming site feature identified in division (D)(2) above (Site Feature Exceptions) may be repaired or modified if the project does not increase or exacerbate the non-conforming aspect of the site feature. For example, a fence that exceeds the maximum height allowed by § 155.320 (Fences and Walls) may be repaired or replaced if the fence height is not increased.
(3) A project that increases or exacerbates the non-conforming aspect of any non-conforming site feature is subject to the permit requirements for variances and minor modifications in § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals). For example, increasing the height of a nonconforming fence that exceeds the maximum height allowed by § 155.320 (Fences and Walls) requires a minor modification or variance. See § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals); calculation of the percent deviation for purposes of qualifying for a minor modification is based on the proposed incremental increase in non-conformity. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.424.040 NON-CONFORMING BUILDINGS. ¶
(A) Applicability. This division applies to non-conforming houses, garages, and other buildings as defined in § 155.508 (Defined Terms). See § 155.424.030 (Non-conforming Site Features) for rules that apply to other types of non-conforming structures.
(B) Permitted modifications.
(1) A non-conforming building may be repaired, modified, or enlarged if the project does not increase or exacerbate the nonconforming aspect of the building. For example, a remodel of a home that exceeds the height standard but that doesn't increase the home's height is allowed with a zoning clearance; no other department permits are required.
(2) Unless otherwise allowed by this section, a project that increases or exacerbates the non-conforming aspect of a building requires either a minor modification or variance depending on the nature of the modification. For example, a remodel that increases the height of a home exceeding the maximum building height standard requires a minor modification or variance. See § 155.412 (Specific Permits and Approvals); calculation of the percent deviation for purposes of qualifying for a minor modification is based on the proposed incremental increase in non-conformity. For example, if a maximum permitted height is 30 feet, and a non-conforming building is 35 feet tall, up to three additional feet (10% of 30 feet) may be allowed with a minor modification, allowing the building height to be increased to 38 feet.
(C) Expansions of use. An increase in floor area occupied by a permitted use in a non-conforming building is allowed subject to the limitations in division (B) above (Permitted Modifications).
(D) Established side setbacks for building additions. See § 155.204.030(G) (Established Side Setbacks for Building Additions).
(E) Demolition and reconstruction.
(1) Reconstruction defined. "Reconstructed" or "reconstruction" means rebuilding a damaged or destroyed building in a manner similar but not identical to the original structure. A reconstructed building generally recreates the original building footprint, mass, and height, but may deviate from design details such as architectural design and the arrangement of doors, windows, and rooflines.
(2) Demolition.
(a) If a non-conforming building, or a portion of a non-conforming building is demolished, whether as a result of involuntary damage or destruction, or voluntary demolition, the building may be reconstructed as shown in Table 424-1.
| windows, and rooflines. (2)Demolition. (a) If a non-conforming building, or a portion of a non-conforming building is demolished, whether as a result of involuntary damage or destruction, or voluntary demolition, the building may be reconstructed as shown in Table 424-1. |
windows, and rooflines. (2)Demolition. (a) If a non-conforming building, or a portion of a non-conforming building is demolished, whether as a result of involuntary damage or destruction, or voluntary demolition, the building may be reconstructed as shown in Table 424-1. |
|---|---|
| Table 424-1: Permits Required to Reconstruct Demolished Non-conforming Buildings | |
| Linear Footage of the Interior and Exterior Building Walls Demolished or Removed |
Permit Required |
| Less than 50% | By-right |
| 50% or more | MUP |
| Note: |
Removal of roof, foundation, or exterior sheathing is not included in demolition calculation. Interior wall coverings (such as sheet rock) are not considered walls.
(b) For reconstruction requiring a minor use permit, the Director may attach conditions of approval as necessary to protect public health, safety and welfare, including requirements to reduce or eliminate previously existing non-conformities.
(3) No new or increased non-conformities. Reconstruction of damaged, destroyed or voluntarily demolished buildings may not increase or exacerbate previously existing non-conformities or create new non-conformities.
(4) Design review. Design review is required for 50% or more reconstruction of a building under the same circumstances as is required for a new building pursuant to § 155.412.040(B) (When Required) and § 155.412.040(C) (Exemptions).
(5) Design standards. Reconstructed non-residential, mixed-use, and multi-family buildings must comply with the design standards in § 155.208.040 (Pedestrian-Focused Street Frontages), and § 155.312 (Design Standards), as applicable.
(6) Property line trespass. A reconstructed building may not trespass across a property line and may not extend over or be located within the public right-of-way.
(7) Timing of construction. The construction of the replacement building must begin within two years of the date the structure was damaged or destroyed.
(8) Buildings not reconstructed. If a damaged or destroyed non-conforming building is replaced with a new building that does not meet the definition of reconstruction, the new building must comply with all standards of the applicable zoning district or obtain a variance (§ 155.412.140) or minor modification (§ 155.412.070) depending on the nature of the deviations from applicable standards.
(F) Relocated buildings. A non-conforming building that is moved to a new location must conform to all standards of the applicable zoning district.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.424.050 NON-CONFORMING SIGNS. ¶
(A) Applicability. This division applies to signs as defined in § 155.508 (Defined Terms) that are non-conforming.
(B) Continuation. Except as otherwise required by this division, a non-conforming sign may continue its use as a sign if it was legally established in compliance with all applicable regulations in effect at the time the sign was installed. It is the applicant's responsibility to demonstrate that the sign was legally established.
(C) Allowed changes.
(1) Changes to sign copy/face and repainting of non-conforming signs is permitted as long as there is no alteration to the physical structure or support elements of the sign.
(2) Routine repairs and maintenance may be performed on a non-conforming sign. Routine repair and maintenance does not include 50% or more replacement of the physical structure, or expansion or enlargement of the physical structure or sign.
(3) A non-conforming sign that sustains less than 50% damage to its structure may be repaired to its original pre-damaged
condition, provided that such repair is completed within 180 days after the date of the damage. The replacement of 50% or more of the sign's structure is not repair and maintenance but instead constitutes a replacement structure requiring compliance with current permitting and development standards.
(D) Required compliance.
(1) Sign installed on or after January 1, 2000. A non-conforming sign installed on or after January 1, 2000 must be removed or brought into compliance with this section when:
(a) The sign is damaged or requires maintenance and the cost of repair exceeds 50% of the replacement value;
(b) The sign is relocated to a different lot or building; or
(c) The Director determines the sign has become a public nuisance or hazard due to inadequate maintenance or dilapidation in accordance with § 155.340.080(E) (Maintenance).
(2) Sign installed before January 1, 2000. A non-conforming sign installed before January 1, 2000 must be removed or brought into compliance with this section when:
(a) The sign is associated with a development project requiring a building permit where the total construction value is $55,000 or more. The $55,000 project valuation threshold will be increased for inflation by 3% annually, using 2023 as the base
year;
(b) A new use requiring a use permit occupies the tenant space served by the sign;
(c) The sign is located on a remodeled building façade;
(d) The building containing the use advertised by the sign is enlarged by 10% or more;
(e) The sign is damaged or requires maintenance and the cost of repair exceeds 50% of the replacement value;
(f) The sign is relocated to a different lot or building; or
(g) The Director determines the sign has become a public nuisance or hazard due to inadequate maintenance or dilapidation in accordance with § 155.340.080(E) (Maintenance).
(E) Digital signs. Non-conforming digital signs must comply with the design, message, and brightness standards in Table 340-9 in 155.340.070 (Sign Standards).
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.424.060 NON-CONFORMING USES. ¶
(A) Continuation allowed. A non-conforming use may continue subject to the requirements of this section.
(B) Intensification of use. A minor use permit is required to increase the floor or site area occupied by a non-conforming use and/or intensify the operation of a non-conforming use in any way.
(C) Change in ownership, tenancy, or management. A change in ownership, tenancy, or management of a non-conforming use does not affect its legal non-conforming status.
(D) Uses without required permits. A legally established use that is allowed in a zoning district but which lacks a required permit (e.g., conditional use permit) is considered a non-conforming use until the use receives the permit(s) required by the Zoning Code.
(E) Expiration of legal non-conforming status. A legally established non-conforming use that ceases to operate for a period of six consecutive months or more is no longer considered legal non-conforming and the use may not be re-established. A use ceases to operate when a site is vacant or when a use is non-operational for any reason other than a natural disaster or illness/death of an owner/immediate family member.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.424.070 NON-CONFORMING LOTS. ¶
(A) Development permitted. Legally established lots non-conforming to minimum lot area standards are permitted all development rights of the zoning district in which they are located.
(B) Conformance with standards. Development on non-conforming lots must comply with all setback, building coverage, parking, and other standards of the applicable zoning district.
(C) Boundary adjustments. The boundaries of a lot non-conforming to minimum area standards may not be adjusted to decrease the lot area except when necessary to remedy a situation where a structure or use improperly projects or extends over a lot line. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.428 ENFORCEMENT AND PENALTIES. ¶
§ 155.428.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This § 155.428 establishes procedures to ensure compliance with the Zoning Code, correct violations of the Zoning Code, and impose penalties for violations. These procedures supplement code enforcement provisions in Municipal Code §§ 10.35 (Administrative Citations) et seq.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.428.020 VIOLATIONS. ¶
Any use, structure, sign or activity that is established or maintained contrary to the Zoning Code is unlawful and a violation of the Zoning Code, constitutes a public nuisance and is subject to the remedies and penalties provided for in this section. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.428.030 PERMITS AND APPROVALS. ¶
(A) Compliance required. All city departments, officials and employees assigned the authority to issue permits or other forms of authorization must comply with the Zoning Code.
(B) Permits in conflict with the Zoning Code. Permits and other approvals that conflict with the Zoning Code will not be issued. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.428.040 ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITY. ¶
(A) Director.
(1) The Director has the primary responsibility to enforce the Zoning Code, in partnership with the Enforcement Officer as provided in Municipal Code §§ 10.35 (Administrative Citations) et seq.
(2) The Director will coordinate enforcement of the Zoning Code as needed with the City Manager, Police Chief, City Attorney, Building Official, Public Works Director and/or any other city official(s) as appropriate.
(B) City Attorney. The City Attorney may institute any necessary legal proceedings to enforce the Zoning Code as described in this section or allowed by law.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.428.050 INSPECTIONS, ACCESS AND ENTRY. ¶
(A) Pre-approval inspections, access and entry.
(1) An applicant requesting a permit or other approval must allow city staff to access the property subject to the application.
(2) An owner’s or owner’s authorized agent’s signature on the application form authorizes city staff to enter the subject property to evaluate a proposed project.
(B) Post approval inspections, access and entry. After an application is approved, the owner or applicant must allow city staff to access the property to determine continued compliance with the approved permit, conditions of approval and/or mitigation measures.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.428.060 REMEDIES. ¶
The city may take any one or all of the following legal actions, in addition to all other remedies available, to correct and/or abate a Zoning Code violation.
(A) Revoke permit. The city may revoke a permit or other form of authorization consistent with § 155.428.080 (Permit Revocation).
(B) Withhold permit. The city may deny or withhold additional permits and approvals for the property subject to the violation.
(C) Approve permit with conditions. The city may approve a permit or approval subject to the condition that the violation be corrected.
(D) Stop work. With or without revoking permits, the city may stop work, in whole or in part, on any building, structure, lot or use.
(E) Civil penalties and fines. The city may issue administrative citations and impose civil penalties and fines as provided in Municipal Code §§ 10.35 (Administrative Citations) et seq.
(F) Termination of utility service. The city may terminate utility service or services to the building, structure, lot or use.
(G) Other remedies. The city may exercise any and all other remedies and enforcement powers granted by law.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.428.070 REMEDIES ARE CUMULATIVE. ¶
The remedies and enforcement powers established in this section are cumulative, and the city may exercise them in any order or combination and at any time.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.428.080 PERMIT REVOCATION. ¶
Any discretionary permit may be revoked as provided for in this section.
(A) Review authority.
(1) A permit may be revoked by the review authority that originally approved the permit.
(2) In instances where the Director was the original review authority, the Director may refer an action to revoke a permit to the Planning Commission for review and final decision.
(B) Property owner notification. Prior to initiating proceedings to revoke a permit, the Department must notify the property owner of the permit violations, identify necessary corrections and establish a reasonable period within which the property owner must correct the violations. If the property owner has not corrected the violation within the specified period of time, the Department may proceed with the process to revoke the permit.
(C) Public notice and hearing. Public notice and hearing for any action to revoke a permit must be provided in compliance with § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings).
(D) Findings. The review authority may revoke a permit only if one or more of the following findings can be made:
(1) The applicant or property owner has altered the circumstances under which the permit was granted to a degree that one or more of the findings required to grant the original permit can no longer be made;
(2) Permit issuance was based on misrepresentation by the applicant, either through the omission or embellishment of a material statement in the application, or in public hearing testimony;
(3) One or more conditions of approval or mitigation measures have been violated, or have not been complied with or fulfilled;
(4) The applicant or property owner has failed or refused to allow inspections for compliance;
(5) Improvements authorized by the permit are in violation of the Zoning Code or any law, ordinance, regulation or statute; and/or
(6) The use or structure is being operated or maintained in a manner which constitutes a nuisance.
(E) Appeals.
(1) A decision to revoke a permit by any other review authority may be appealed to the City Council in accordance with § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews).
(2) A decision of the City Council to revoke a permit is final and may not be appealed.
(F) Effect of revocation.
(1) The revocation of a permit has the effect of terminating the approval and denying the privileges granted by the permit.
(2) The prior holder of a revoked permit may not apply for a new permit for the same or substantially similar use on the property within one year of the permit revocation.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.428.090 SIGNS. ¶
(A) Illegal signs. It is unlawful for any person to install, place, construct, repair, maintain, alter or move a sign in a manner that does not comply with the requirements of this section.
(B) Enforcement; general. The Department may enforce the requirements of this section and undertake legal action to correct violations in accordance with § 155.428 (Enforcement and Penalties) and Municipal Code §§ 10.35 (Administrative Citations) et seq.
(C) Removal of hazardous and illegal signs.
(1) The Director may immediately remove or cause the removal of any sign that places the public in immediate peril or that is located within the public right-of-way.
(2) (a) For illegal signs that do not place the public in immediate peril and are located on private property, the Director must send the business owner or person responsible for the sign a written notice by certified mail that:
Describes the physical characteristics of the subject sign;
Explains the nature of the violation;
States that the sign must be removed or brought into compliance with this section within 30 days after the notice is served;
States that the city may remove the sign if the business owner or person responsible for the sign does not correct the violation within 30 days after the notice is served;
States that the city may destroy the illegal sign if it is not retrieved within 30 days after removal by the city; and
States that the business owner is responsible for all costs associated with the removal, storage and destruction of the sign.
(b) If an illegal sign is not removed or brought into compliance within 30 days after a notice is served, the Director may issue a citation to the business owner or person responsible for the sign as provided in Municipal Code §§ 10.35 (Administrative Citations) et seq. and may remove or cause the removal of the sign.
(3) Any accessory structures, foundations or mounting materials associated with the sign and that are unsightly or a danger to the public health, safety and welfare may be removed at the time of the sign removal.
(C) Storage. A sign removed by the city will be stored for a minimum of 30 days. If the sign is not retrieved by the business owner or person responsible for the sign within this 30-day period, the city may thereafter destroy the sign. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.432 ZONING CODE AND GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENTS. ¶
§ 155.432.010 PURPOSE. ¶
(A) General. This section establishes procedures for amending the Zoning Code and General Plan.
(B) Government code requirements. All amendments must be processed as specified in this section and as set forth in:
(1) Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65853 et seq. for Zoning Code Amendments; and
(2) Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65350 et seq. for General Plan Amendments, as these may be amended from time to time.
- (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.432.020 INITIATION. ¶
(A) Map amendments. A request for an amendment to the Zoning Map and/or General Plan Land Use Map may be initiated by:
(1) The City Council;
(2) The Planning Commission;
(3) The Director; or
(4) One or more owners of the property for which the amendment is sought.
(B) Text amendments. A request for an amendment to the text of the Zoning Code and/or General Plan may be initiated by:
(1) The City Council;
(2) The Planning Commission;
(3) The Director; or
(4) Any resident, property owner or business owner in the city.
(C) General plan amendment petition required. For General Plan amendments, a property owner, resident or business owner may submit an application only after the City Council approves a General Plan amendment petition in accordance with § 155.432.030 (General Plan Amendment Petition).
(D) Frequency of general plan amendment. A mandatory element of the General Plan may be amended no more than four times during any calendar year as set forth in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65358.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.432.030 GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT PETITION. ¶
(A) Petition required. The City Council must first approve a General Plan amendment petition before a resident, property owner or business owner may apply for a General Plan amendment.
(B) Petition form and contents. A General Plan amendment petition may be submitted to the Department using an official Department form accompanied by all fees, information and materials required by the Department.
- (C) City Council hearing and action.
(1) The City Council must hold a public hearing on the petition in compliance with § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings).
(2) The City Council may approve the petition and allow the applicant to submit the General Plan amendment application upon finding that the proposed amendment has the potential to serve the public interest.
(3) Petition approval is not a tacit, implied or guarantee of approval of the General Plan amendment, nor does it bind the current or future City Council with regard to the proposed General Plan amendment.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.432.040 APPLICATION. ¶
An application for a Zoning Code and/or General Plan amendment must be filed and reviewed in compliance with § 155.408 (Permit Procedures). The application must include the information and materials required by the Department, together with all required application fees. For amendments submitted by a resident, property owner or business owner, it is the responsibility of the applicant to provide evidence in support of the findings required by § 155.432.070 (Findings for Approval). (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.432.050 PLANNING COMMISSION HEARING AND ACTION. ¶
(A) General. The Planning Commission must hold a public hearing on a proposed amendment in compliance with § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings) for the purpose of recommending action to the City Council.
(B) Recommendation of approval.
(1) The Planning Commission may recommend to the City Council the approval or conditional approval of the proposed amendment based upon the findings specified in § 155.432.070 (Findings for Approval).
(2) The Planning Commission must adopt a resolution recommending approval of the proposed amendment within 60 days after the date the hearing was closed to the public.
- (C) Denial.
(1) The Planning Commission may recommend denial of the proposed amendment based upon the findings specified in § 155.432.070 (Findings for Approval).
(2) For a Zoning Map amendment, if the action of the Planning Commission is to recommend denial, the City Council is not required to take further action on the proposed amendment unless an interested party requests a hearing in writing with the City Clerk. The request for hearing must be filed within five days after the Planning Commission recommendation is filed with the City Council. Such a request is not considered an appeal subject to the requirements in § 155.416 (Appeals and Reviews). The City Council may also review and take action on the proposed amendment without a hearing request if the City Council determines to do so.
(D) Failure to act. If the Planning Commission takes no action within 60 days after the date the hearing was closed to the public, the City Council will consider the proposed amendment without a Planning Commission recommendation. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.432.060 CITY COUNCIL HEARING AND ACTION. ¶
(A) General. After receipt of the Planning Commission’s recommendation on a proposed amendment, the City Council will hold a public hearing on the proposal in compliance with § 155.408.100 (Public Hearings); except that, no hearing is required for recommendations of denial in accordance with § 155.432.050(C) (Denial).
(B) Approval or denial. The City Council may approve, approve with modification or deny the proposed amendment based upon the findings specified in § 155.432.070 (Findings for Approval).
(C) Finality of action. The action by the City Council is final and conclusive.
(D) Referral to Planning Commission. If the City Council proposes to adopt a substantial modification to an amendment not previously considered by the Planning Commission, the proposed modification must be first referred to the Planning Commission for its recommendation before action is taken by the City Council.
(E) Failure to report. The failure of the Planning Commission to report back to the City Council within 40 days after the reference, or within the time set by the City Council, will be treated as a recommendation of approval. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.432.070 FINDINGS FOR APPROVAL. ¶
(A) Zoning Code amendments. The City Council may approve a Zoning Code amendment only if all of the following findings are made.
(B) Findings required for all Zoning Code and map amendments.
(1) The proposed amendment is consistent with the General Plan and any applicable specific plan or area plan.
(2) The proposed amendment is internally consistent with other provisions of the Zoning Code.
(3) The proposed amendment will not be detrimental to the public interest, health, safety, convenience or welfare.
(C) Additional finding for Zoning Map amendments. The affected site is physically suitable in terms of design, location, shape, size and other characteristics to accommodate development that complies with the Zoning Code and General Plan and contributes to the health, safety and welfare of the property, surrounding properties and the community at large.
(D) General plan amendments. The City Council may approve a General Plan amendment only if all of the following findings are made.
(E) Findings for all general plan amendments.
(1) The proposed amendment is in the public interest.
(2) The proposed amendment is internally consistent with all other provisions of the General Plan.
(3) The proposed amendment complies with state law applicable to the General Plan as established in Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65300 et seq.
(F) Additional finding for land use map amendments. The affected site is physically suitable in terms of design, location, shape, size and other characteristics to accommodate development that complies with the General Plan and contributes to the health, safety and welfare of the property, surrounding properties and the community at large.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.432.080 LIMITATIONS ON RESUBMITTALS AFTER DENIAL. ¶
If the city denies a Zoning Code or General Plan amendment, within one year of the denial, the Department may not accept a new application for the same or substantially similar amendment, except in the following cases:
- (A) Upon initiation by the City Council or Planning Commission;
(B) The applicant requests a reclassification to a different zoning district and/or General Plan land use designation than previously requested; or
(C) When a previous Zoning Code amendment application was denied because the proposed amendment would not conform with the General Plan, and the General Plan has subsequently been amended in a manner which will allow the proposed amendment.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
GLOSSARY
§ 155.504 LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS. ¶
§ 155.504.010 PURPOSE. ¶
Land use classifications describe one or more uses of land having similar characteristics, but do not list every use or activity that may appropriately be within the classification. The Director will determine whether a specific use is within one or more use
classifications, based on whether its characteristics are substantially incompatible with those typical of uses named within the classification.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.504.020 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY USES. ¶
This section describes land use classifications classified as either a primary use or a secondary use. See § 155.108.050(C) (Types of Uses) for requirements that apply generally to primary and secondary uses.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20)
§ 155.504.030 LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS - ALPHABETICAL. ¶
(1) Accessory dwelling unit (ADU). An attached or detached residential dwelling unit with complete independent living facilities for one or more persons. An ADU includes permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parcel as an existing or proposed single-family residence or an existing multi-family residence is situated and meets the standards of § 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Units). An accessory dwelling unit also includes:
(a) An efficiency unit, as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 17958.1;
(b) Junior accessory dwelling unit as defined in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65852.22;
(c) A tiny house on wheels permitted in a residential zone district pursuant to § 155.304.130 (Tiny Houses on Wheels); and
(d) A manufactured home, as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 18007.
(2) Accessory use. A land use that is incidental and subordinate to a primary land use located on the same lot.
(3) Adult entertainment. See § 155.304.030 (Adult Entertainment).
(4) Agricultural processing. The processing of harvested crops to prepare them for onsite marketing, off-site sale, or processing and packaging elsewhere. Includes alfalfa cubing; corn shelling; grist mills; milling of flour, feed and grain; grain cleaning and grinding; hay baling and cubing; pre-cooling and packaging of fresh or dried fruits or vegetables; tree nut hulling and shelling; farm product warehousing and storage; drying of corn, rice, hay; and sorting, grading and packing fruits and vegetables. Includes the processing of crops grown off-site. Excludes manufacturing of food and products ready for sale to consumers (see "Manufacturing, Artisan" and Manufacturing, Light").
(5) Agriculture. The use of the land for commercial farming, crop production, horticulture, floriculture, viticulture, and animal raising and production, including dairies. May include accessory uses for packing, processing, treating, and storing crops grown on site provided such accessory uses are secondary to crop production activities. Excludes the processing and packaging of agricultural products (see "Agricultural Processing"), slaughterhouses and animal product processing uses (see Animal Processing"), cannabis cultivation (see Municipal Code Chapter 158), community gardens (see "Parks and Playgrounds"), and the harvesting of plants and animals in an aquatic environment (see "Aquaculture").
(6) Airport. Facilities for the takeoff and landing of airplanes, including runways, aircraft storage buildings, public terminal building and parking, air freight terminal, baggage handling facilities, aircraft hangars, and related support activities.
(7) Animal keeping. The keeping of animals for personal use as provided in Municipal Code Chapter 91 (Animals).
(8) Animal processing. A facility where the slaughtering and/or processing of animals raised off-site takes place, including rendering plants and meat cutting and packing uses. Excludes manufacturing of consumer foods from animal products (see "Manufacturing, Heavy").
(9) Aquaculture. Facilities or areas for the cultivation of marine or freshwater fish, shellfish, or plants under controlled conditions. Includes aquaponics that integrates aquaculture with hydroponics by recycling the waste products from fish to fertilize hydroponically growing plants. Includes cultured oyster beds and similar uses.
(10) Automobile sales/repair. See “Vehicle Sales and Rentals (Indoor)”, “General Retail - Outdoor”, “Vehicle Cleaning and Repair”, or “Heavy Equipment Sales and Service”.
(11) Bars. Businesses devoted to serving alcoholic beverages for consumption by guests on the premises and in which the serving of food and/or recreation, amusement, and entertainment services are only incidental to the consumption of such beverages. Includes cocktail lounges, taverns, and other similar uses. Excludes tasting rooms ancillary to breweries, wineries, and other alcoholic beverage production uses.
(12) Bed and breakfast. See “Vacation Rental”.
(13) Business services and heavy commercial. Indoor commercial establishments providing goods and services to other businesses and/or engaged in heavy commercial activities that could impact neighboring properties. Includes contractor supply businesses, building contractors, large equipment repair, pipe yards, commercial dry-cleaning/laundry services, security services, custodial services, business-serving printers, taxi and delivery services, private ambulance dispatch services, property maintenance contractors, plumbing supply stores, and other similar businesses. Products and services may be provided to the general public only on a limited, secondary basis. Outdoor display, storage, and sales is a secondary use and is subject to separate regulations and restrictions (see General Retail - Outdoor).
(14) Cannabis uses. See Municipal Code Chapter 158 (Cannabis).
(15) Car dealership. See "Vehicle Sales and Rental (Indoor)" and “General Retail - Outdoor”.
(16) Car share facility. A formal or informal membership organization that owns motor vehicles that are parked on-site or in off-site areas. Members use the motor vehicles under the terms of their membership.
(17) Check cashing. A retail business owned or operated by a "check casher" as that term is defined in Cal. Civil Code § 1789.31.
(18) Civic institution. Public or non-profit institutions that support and contribute to the cultural development of the community and provide community-serving programs and services on-site. Includes libraries, museums, performing art centers (primarily non-retail), aquariums, zoos, environmental education centers, non-profit art centers and galleries, botanical gardens, and other similar uses. Excludes public and private schools, colleges and trade schools, and other similar educational facilities (see "Instructional Services" or "Schools, Public and Private").
and services on-site. Includes libraries, museums, performing art centers (primarily non-retail), aquariums, zoos, environmental education centers, non-profit art centers and galleries, botanical gardens, and other similar uses. Excludes public and private schools, colleges and trade schools, and other similar educational facilities (see "Instructional Services" or "Schools, Public and Private").
(19) Colleges and trade schools. Institutions of higher education providing curricula of a general, religious or professional nature, typically granting recognized degrees or certificates. Includes junior colleges, business and computer schools, management training, vocational education, and technical and trade schools.
(20) Commercial fishing. The activity of catching fish and other seafood for commercial profit, mostly from wild fisheries. Includes ancillary fish and seafood processing; fish and seafood storage and distribution; and fish and seafood sales. Excludes cultivation of fish and seafood under controlled conditions (see "Aquaculture").
(21) Commercial lodging. A commercial establishment in a non-residential zoning district providing overnight accommodations to guests for 30 consecutive calendar days or less. Commercial lodging establishments may provide additional services, such as conference and meeting rooms, restaurants, bars, or recreation facilities available to guests and the general public. Includes hotels, motels, hostels, and other similar commercial establishments. Also includes dwelling units or portions thereof located in a non-residential zoning district rented to guests for 30 consecutive calendar days or less.
(22) Day care facility. A facility that provides nonmedical care and supervision of children or adults for periods of less than 24 hours. Includes nursery schools, day nurseries, child care centers, infant day care centers, cooperative day care centers, adult day programs, and similar uses. Day care facilities may be operated in conjunction with a school or church facility, or as an independent land use.
(23) Drive-thru facility. A facility where motorists may purchase products or obtain services without leaving their vehicles. Drive-thru facilities are a secondary use that must be associated with a primary use. Excludes vehicle fueling stations (see "Fuel and Service Stations").
(24) Emergency shelters. Housing with minimal supportive services for homeless persons that is limited to occupancy of one year or less. No individual or household may be denied emergency shelter because of an inability to pay. Includes drop-in centers that provide food, showers, and laundry facilities, and other services to the homeless.
(25) Family day care home. A state-licensed facility that regularly provides care, protection, and supervision for children, in the provider's own home, for periods less than 24 hours per day, while the children's parents or guardians are away. Family day care homes are a secondary use that must be associated with a primary use.
(26) Family day care home, large. A home that provides family day care for 9 to 14 children as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 1597.465.
(27) Family day care home, small. A home that provides family day care for up to eight children as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 1597.44.
(28) Farmworker housing. Housing for transient labor, such as labor cabins or camps, incidental to a permitted agricultural use.
(29) Fitness, dance, or health facility. An indoor fitness center, gymnasium, athletic club, dance studio, yoga studio, or other similar use.
(30) Fitness, dance, or health facility, large. A facility with a floor area of 8,000 square feet or more.
(31) Fitness, dance, or health facility, small. A facility with a floor area of less than 8,000 square feet.
(32) Food-serving drive-thru facility. A drive-thru facility associated with a "restaurants, cafes, and beverage sales" use. (33) Food truck. See “Mobile Vendor”.
(34) Freight terminals and transfer. Facilities for transfer and movement of freight, courier, and postal services by truck, rail, or sea.
(35) Fuel and service stations. A retail business supplying fuels, oil, and minor accessories for vehicles. Includes establishments supplying gasoline, hydrogen, and electric vehicle charging as a primary land use. Includes incidental food and beverage sales (maximum 3,500 square feet of convenience market), car wash facilities, and minor automotive repair and service. Excludes towing service (see "Vehicle Towing and Impound") and body and fender work, painting, and other major automotive repairs or cleaning and detailing as a primary use (see "Vehicle Cleaning and Repair"). Excludes electric vehicle charging stations installed in parking spaces and/or parking lots.
(36) Gas station. See “Fuel and Service Station”.
(37) General retail. Stores and shops selling merchandise to the general public, and which may include related services. Includes antique shops, art galleries, automotive supply stories, book stores, clothing stores, convenience markets, gift shops, furniture stores, drug stores, florists, liquor stores, pet shops, retail bakeries, supermarkets, garden supply stores, lumber yards, and other similar retail-based establishments.
(38) General retail - indoor. A general retail establishment where merchandise is stored and displayed indoors. Includes the temporary outdoor display of merchandise under covered-entryways, such as produce at grocery stores. Also includes temporary sidewalk displays of merchandise (which may require an encroachment permit and other permits). Excludes the prominent display/storage of merchandise in an outdoor setting as a part of regular business operations, which is a secondary use subject to separate limitations (see "General Retail - Outdoor"). General retail - indoor falls into three categories:
(39) General retail - indoor, large. A general retail indoor facility that is between 20,000 square feet and 50,000 square feet.
(40) General retail - indoor, small. A general retail indoor facility that is less than 20,000 square feet in total floor area.
(41) General retail - indoor, very large. A general retail indoor facility that is larger than 50,000 square feet in total floor area.
(42) General retail - outdoor. A supplemental outdoor area associated with a primary use (such as general retail - indoor) where merchandise is prominently stored and/or displayed for sale outdoors in a designated outdoor area as a regular part of business operations. General retail - outdoor is a secondary use that must be combined with another use (such as “General Retail - Indoor” or “Heavy Equipment Sales and Service”) and must include a building on-site that hosts the primary use, such as
"Business Services and Heavy Commercial" or "General Retail - Indoor." General retail - outdoor includes boat/trailer sales, plant nurseries, garden supplies, lumberyards, statuary stores, headstone sales, and other similar establishments. Includes the outdoor sales of automobiles and large vehicle sales. Excludes purely indoor car dealerships (see "Vehicle Sales and Rental (Indoor)") and purely indoor large vehicle sales (see "Heavy Equipment Sales and Services"). A car sales business with both indoor sales rooms and outdoor sales lots requires approval of both uses ("Vehicle Sales and Rental (Indoor)" and "General Retail - Outdoor") and is subject to the regulations that apply to both uses. Excludes the temporary outdoor display of merchandise under coveredentryways, such as produce at grocery stores. Excludes the temporary sidewalk displays of merchandise (which may require an encroachment permit or other permits).
(43) General services. An indoor commercial establishment that provides services to the general public, involves frequent visits by customers, and which may involve limited product sales related to the service provided. Includes banks, funeral parlors, laundromats, photocopy stores, customer-serving dry cleaners, household item repairs, veterinary clinics, tattoo/piercing parlors, customer-serving printers, animal grooming with no overnight boarding, recording studios, and other similar uses that provide onsite services to customers. Excludes places of employment that do not provide on-site services directly to customers (see "Offices") and facilities that provide medical services (see "Medical Care Services"). Excludes establishments that provide bodycare related services (see "Personal Services") and fitness-related establishments (see "Fitness, Dance, or Health Facility"). Excludes indoor commercial establishments that primarily provide recreation, amusement, and entertainment services (see "Indoor Commercial Recreation"), primarily serve alcoholic beverages (see "Bars"), or primarily sell prepared food and/or beverages (see "Restaurants, Cafes, and Beverage Sales").
"Personal Services") and fitness-related establishments (see "Fitness, Dance, or Health Facility"). Excludes indoor commercial establishments that primarily provide recreation, amusement, and entertainment services (see "Indoor Commercial Recreation"), primarily serve alcoholic beverages (see "Bars"), or primarily sell prepared food and/or beverages (see "Restaurants, Cafes, and Beverage Sales").
(44) Government facilities. A facility operated by a governmental agency providing services to the general public. Includes governmental offices, public recreational facilities, community centers, public meeting spaces, civic auditoriums, fire stations, police stations, dispatch facilities, vehicle storage, and other similar facilities. Excludes schools (see "Schools, Public and Private"), facilities that primarily provide maintenance and repair services and storage facilities for vehicles and equipment (see "Public Agency Corporation Yard"), parks and playgrounds (see "Parks and Playgrounds"), public utilities (see "Public Utility"), facilities providing group-services to persons in need (see "Social Services") and homeless shelters (see "Emergency Shelters").
(45) Heavy equipment sales and service. Indoor retail establishments selling or renting industrial, construction, farm, or other heavy equipment for commercial use, including cranes, earth moving equipment, tractors, tractor trailers, combines, and heavy trucks. Outdoor display, storage, and sales is a secondary use subject to separate regulations and restrictions (see "General Retail - Outdoor").
(46) Home occupation. A business within a dwelling unit or residential site, with the business activity being subordinate to the residential use of the property.
(47) Hospice. See “Medical Care Housing”. (48) Hospital. Facilities providing medical, psychiatric, or surgical services for sick or injured persons primarily on an inpatient basis, and including ancillary facilities for outpatient and emergency treatment, diagnostic services, training, research, administration, and services to patients, employees, or visitors. May include facilities for the takeoff and landing of helicopters. (49) Hostel. See “Commercial Lodging”. (50) Hotel. See “Commercial Lodging”.
services for sick or injured persons primarily on an inpatient basis, and including ancillary facilities for outpatient and emergency treatment, diagnostic services, training, research, administration, and services to patients, employees, or visitors. May include facilities for the takeoff and landing of helicopters. (49) Hostel. See “Commercial Lodging”. (50) Hotel. See “Commercial Lodging”.
(51) Indoor commercial recreation. A privately-owned commercial facility providing indoor recreation, amusement, and entertainment services. Includes video arcades, movie theaters, bowling alleys, indoor mini-golf, indoor batting cages, and other similar uses. Excludes businesses primarily devoted to serving alcoholic beverages (see "Bars") or primarily devoted to selling prepared food and/or beverages (see "Restaurants, Cafes, and Beverage Sales) for consumption by guests on the premises. Excludes establishments that provide body-care related services (see "Personal Services") and fitness-related establishments (see "Fitness, Dance, or Health Facility"). (52) Instructional services. Establishments that offer specialized programs in personal growth and development. Includes music studios/schools, drama schools, dance academies dedicated primarily to instruction, art schools, tutoring schools, and instruction in other cultural and academic pursuits.
(53) Kennel-animal boarding. A commercial facility for the keeping, boarding, training, breeding or maintaining of four or more dogs (four months of age or older), cats, or other household pet not owned by the facility owner or operator. Includes kennels, pet day care, and animal shelters. Excludes household pets for sale in pet shops (see "General Retail") and veterinary clinics (see "General Services").
(54) Manufacturing, artisan. Artistic, artisan, craft-oriented, and small-scale manufacturing businesses engaged in the on-site assembly of individually fabricated parts or the fabrication of custom/craft goods, and the incidental direct sale to consumers of primarily those goods produced on site. The facilities are compatible with a general retail and mixed-use setting. Goods are predominantly manufactured and fabricated involving the use of hand tools or small-scaled mechanical equipment and kilns that do not generate noise, odors, or vibration detectable beyond the interior walls of the facility. Typical uses include craft food and beverage, including alcoholic beverage production, ceramic studios, fabrics, inlays, tile work, weaving, leather work, limited woodwork, limited metal or glass work, candle making, custom tailors, custom wedding dress production, custom jewelry, and other similar uses. May include limited tasting-rooms ancillary to the craft production of alcoholic beverage production uses.
include craft food and beverage, including alcoholic beverage production, ceramic studios, fabrics, inlays, tile work, weaving, leather work, limited woodwork, limited metal or glass work, candle making, custom tailors, custom wedding dress production, custom jewelry, and other similar uses. May include limited tasting-rooms ancillary to the craft production of alcoholic beverage production uses.
(55) Manufacturing, light. The manufacture of products in a manner that produces little or no noise, odor, fumes, dust, smoke, dirt, refuse, vibration, glare, and/or air or water pollution detectable beyond the interior walls of the facility and is unlikely to cause significant impacts on surrounding land uses. Products are commonly produced from previously prepared materials, of finished products or parts, including processing, fabrication, assembly, treatment, and packaging of such products. Does not produce or utilize toxic, hazardous, or explosive materials as an integral part of the manufacturing process. Includes the manufacture and production of clothing; mass-produced food and beverage products, including alcoholic beverage production; electronic, optical, and instrumentation products; electronic equipment and appliances; ice. Excludes the processing of harvested crops (see "Agricultural Processing"). May include tasting rooms ancillary to the craft production of alcoholic beverage production uses.
(56) Manufacturing, heavy. A facility accommodating manufacturing processes that involve or produce basic metals, building materials, chemicals, fabricated metals, paper products, machinery, textiles, or transportation equipment, and where the use may cause significant impacts on surrounding land uses. Includes manufacturing of chemical products; concrete, gypsum, and plaster products; paving and roofing materials; plastics and other synthetics, and rubber products; lumber and other wood products; tires; mass-produced food and beverage products, including alcoholic beverage products, paving and petroleum-based roofing materials; lime products; glass products. Also includes petroleum refining and related industries, oil and gas processing facilities, and readymix concrete batch plants. Excludes sales of ready-mix concrete incidental retail establishment (see "General Retail, Outdoor"), artisan and craftsman type operations (see "Manufacturing, Artisan"), and recapping and retreading of automobile tires (see "Vehicle Cleaning and Repair"). May involve the use of toxic, hazardous, or explosive materials. May include limited tasting rooms ancillary to the craft production of alcoholic beverage production uses.
(57) Medical care housing. A residential facility, licensed as a skilled nursing facility by the State of California, that provides 24-hour medical, convalescent or chronic care to individuals who are unable to care for themselves by reason of advanced age, chronic illness, or infirmity. Excludes facilities providing non-medical social and personal care to residents (see "Non-medical Care Housing").
Medical care housing. A residential facility, licensed as a skilled nursing facility by the State of California, that provides 24-hour medical, convalescent or chronic care to individuals who are unable to care for themselves by reason of advanced age, chronic illness, or infirmity. Excludes facilities providing non-medical social and personal care to residents (see "Non-medical Care Housing").
(58) Medical offices and clinics. Facilities where medical, mental, dental, vision, or other personal health services are provided on an outpatient basis using specialized equipment. Includes offices for physicians, dentists, physical therapists, optometrists, diagnostic centers, blood banks and plasma centers, and emergency medical clinics offered exclusively on an outpatient basis. Includes mental health services such as marriage/family therapists, counselors, psychologists, psychiatrists, and other similar uses. Also includes alternative medicine facilities such as acupuncture, chiropractors, state-licensed therapeutic massage, nutritional consultation, herbalists, and other similar facilities. May include educational aspects such as medical instruction and/or training as well as house a laboratory, radiology/imaging, pharmacy, rehabilitation and other similar services as accessory uses.
(59) Micro/shared housing. Shared living quarters without separate kitchen or bathroom facilities for each room or unit, offered for rent to permanent or semi-transient residents for long-term occupancy (30 days or more). Includes rooming and boarding houses, single-room occupancy housing, dormitories, convents and monasteries, and other types of organizational housing. Excludes hotels, motels, bed and breakfast inns, and vacation rentals (see "Commercial Lodging" and "Vacation Rental") and state-licensed facilities proving social and personal care to residents (see "Non-Medical Care Housing").
(60) Mini-storage. One or more building in a controlled access and fully enclosed compound that contains separate selfstorage spaces of varying size for the storage of customers' goods and possessions.
(61) Mobile home park. An area of land where two or more mobile home spaces are rented, or held out for rent, to accommodate mobile homes for more than 30 consecutive calendar days.
(62) Mobile vendor. Any vehicle from which a product is made, sold, or distributed at retail.
(63) Motel. See “Commercial Lodging”.
(64) Multi-family dwellings. Two or more residential units located on a single lot. Includes units side-by-side, units stacked vertically, and one or more units occupying the same site as a non-residential uses (mixed-use development). Excludes detached single-family homes with an accessory dwelling unit in compliance with § 155.316 (see "Accessory Dwelling Units").
(65) Neighborhood-serving retail and service. Retail and service establishments that primarily serve residents and employees within the immediate neighborhood. See § 155.224.030 (Neighborhood Market Overlay).
(66) Non-commercial places of assembly. Facilities that provides space for public or private meetings or gatherings. Includes places of worship, fraternal lodges, meeting space for clubs and other membership organizations, social halls, union halls, nonprofit banquet centers, and other similar facilities.
(67) Non-food serving drive thru facility. A drive-thru facility associated with another use (such as “General Retail - Indoor”) that is not a "Food-Serving Drive-Thru Facility."
(68) Non-medical care housing. A state-licensed residential facility that provides non-medical social and personal care for residents. Includes community care facilities as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code §§ 1500 et seq. , residential care facilities for the elderly (Cal. Health and Safety Code §§ 1569 et seq. ), facilities for the mentally disordered or otherwise handicapped (Cal. Welfare and Institutions Code §§ 5000 et seq. ), alcoholism or drug abuse recovery or treatment facilities (Cal. Health and Safety Code § 11834.02), supportive housing (Cal. Gov’t Code § 65582), transitional housing (Cal. Gov’t Code § 65582), and other similar facilities.
(69) Non-medical care housing, large. A non-medical care facility for seven or more persons.
(70) Non-medical care housing, small. A non-medical care facility for six or fewer persons.
(71) Nursing home. See Medical Care Housing.
(72) Offices. A place of employment occupied by businesses providing professional services. Includes offices for accountants, architects, insurance agents, attorneys, engineers, real estate agents, travel agents, artist studios, and other similar professions. Excludes businesses that provide regular service to frequent walk-in customers (see "General Services"), medical offices (see "Medical Offices and Clinics"), governmental offices (see "Governmental Facility"), and art galleries that are primarily intended to display saleable art and attract retail sales (see "General Retail - Indoor"). Internal office space that is incidental to a different primary use is not considered an "office" use. For example, a manager's office at a manufacturing facility and the office of an inventory specialist at a grocery store are not considered separate or stand-alone office uses.
(73) Outdoor commercial recreation. A privately-owned commercial facility providing outdoor recreation, amusement, and entertainment services. Includes commercial batting cages, outdoor swimming pools, go-cart tracks, driving ranges, tennis courts, golf courses, miniature golf, and other similar uses. Excludes municipal parks and non-commercial recreational facilities (see "Parks and Playgrounds").
(74) Outdoor storage, non-retail. Non-retail storage of commercial goods in open lots as either a primary or secondary use. Excludes storage of merchandise for sale as part of a retail establishment (see "General Retail - Outdoor").
(75) Parking lots and structures. Surface lots and structures for use of occupants, employees, or patrons on the subject site or offering parking to the public for a fee when such use is the primary use on the lot and not incidental to another on-site activity. (76) Parks and playgrounds. Parks and playgrounds as the primary use on the site that provides open space and/or outdoor recreational opportunities to the public. Includes athletic fields, picnic areas, tennis courts, tot lots, community gardens, cemeteries, and other similar outdoor facilities. Excludes indoor recreation centers (see "Government Facilities").
(77) Personal services. An indoor commercial establishment that typically provides one-on-one body-care related services that involve frequent visits by customers and that are typically scheduled on an appointment-basis. May involve limited product sales related to the service provided. Includes hair salons, nail salons, make-up application studios, skincare treatment salons, nontherapeutic massage, health spas, and other similar non-medical personal service uses. For therapeutic message and other clinicalhealth-related uses, see "Medical Offices and Clinics."
(78) Restaurants, cafes, and beverage sales. A business selling prepared food and/or beverages for on- or off-premise consumption. Includes full service, fast-food and carry-out restaurants, cafes, coffee shops, juice/smoothie bars, retail bakeries, and other similar eating and drinking establishments. Includes outdoor seating/service areas which are permitted by right. Excludes businesses primarily selling alcoholic beverages for on-site consumption (see "Bars"). Excludes grocery stores and alcohol sales for off-site consumption (see "General Retail - Indoor").
(79) Public agency corporation yard. Governmental facilities that primarily provide storage, maintenance and repair of vehicles, equipment, and supplies.
(80) Public utility. A permanent structure or facility providing a utility service to the general public. Includes generating plants, electric substations, solid waste collection, solid waste treatment and disposal, water or wastewater treatment plants, and similar facilities. Excludes electrical distribution lines, underground water/sewer lines, and similar utilities.
(81) Recreational vehicle parks. An establishment designed, established, or used for exclusive occupancy by two or more recreational vehicles. Recreational vehicle parks are owned by a single owner or organizations where RV spaces are temporarily rented or leased to a person occupying a recreational vehicle.
(82) Recycling collection facility. An incidental use that serves as a drop-off point for the temporary storage of recyclable materials but where the processing and sorting of such items is not conducted on site.
(83) Recycling processing facility. A facility that receives and processes recyclable materials. Processing means preparation of material for efficient shipment, or to an end-user's specifications, by such means as baling, briquetting, compacting, flattening, grinding, crushing, mechanical sorting, shredding, cleaning, and remanufacturing. Includes salvage yards, upcycling, and vehicle salvage and wrecking.
(84) Residential lodging. See “Vacation Rental”.
(85) Resource protection and restoration. Lands and management activities dedicated to the protection and conservation of natural resources, such as aquatic environments, wetland and sensitive riparian habitat, water recharge areas, and rare or endangered plant or animal habitat.
(86) Schools, public and private. Educational institutions providing instruction to minors as required by the California Education Code. Includes public and private elementary, junior high, and high schools.
(87) Single-family home. A residential structure designed for occupancy by one household. A single-family dwelling provides complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation.
(88) Single-family home, attached (townhome). Two or more single-family dwelling units connected by common walls along the side property lines, sometimes called a townhouse or row house.
(89) Single-family home, detached. A detached building that contains one single-family dwelling. Includes individual mobile homes and manufactured housing units installed on a foundation system pursuant to Cal. Health and Safety Code § 18551 and meeting the standards of § 155.304.080 (Manufactured Housing) A detached single family home with an attached ADU remains a single-family home and is not considered a multi-family dwelling.
(90) Single room occupancy (SRO). See “Micro/Shared Housing”.
(91) Social services. Establishments providing group outpatient assistance and aid to those persons requiring counseling, services, activities, and/or treatment for psychological problems, addictions, learning disabilities, elderly, and physical disabilities. Includes welfare offices, child/adult protective services, service centers for disabled individuals, counseling centers for individuals with substance abuse disorder, and veteran services. Excludes homeless shelters (see "Emergency Shelters"), transitional and supportive housing (see "Non-medical Care Housing"), establishments providing individual (non-group) services (see "Medical Office"), after-school programs (see "Non-Commercial Places of Assembly") and adult day care centers (see "Day Care Facility").
(92) Supportive housing. See “Non-Medical Care Housing”.
(93) Timber production and harvesting. The cutting and removal of timber or other solid wood forest products for commercial purposes together with all of the work incidental to the harvest including construction and maintenance of roads, fuel breaks, fire breaks, stream crossings, landings, skid trails, beds for the falling of trees, and fire hazard abatement. Excludes cutting or removal of timber for creating building pads and access to a legal building site when such cutting or removal is approved as a part of the building and/or encroachment permit. Also excludes removal of up to five commercial tree species in residential zoning districts in conformance with § 155.304.140 (Tree Removal).
(94) Transitional housing. See “Non-Medical Care Housing”.
(95) Tree removal in residential zones. The cutting and removal of timber or other solid wood forest products for commercial purposes in conformance with § 155.304.140 (Tree Removal).
(96) Vacation rental. A dwelling unit or portions thereof located in a residential zoning district that is rented to guests for 30 consecutive calendar days or less. Includes two types of vacation rental, with the proprietor on-site and without the proprietor onsite as defined in § 155.304.150 (Vacation Rental).
(97) Vehicle cleaning and repair. An establishment for the cleaning, detailing, repair, alteration, restoration, or finishing of any vehicle, including, but not limited to, car wash and vehicle cleaning and detailing facilities, body repair, collision repair, painting, tire and battery sales and installation, motor rebuilding, tire recapping and retreading, and towing. Excludes cleaning and/or repair shops that are incidental to a vehicle sales or rental establishment on the same site (see "Vehicle Sales and Rentals (Indoor)" and "General Retail - Outdoor"). Excludes cleaning and/or repair shops that are incidental to a fuel or service station (see "Fuel and Service Stations").
(98) Vehicle sales and rental (indoor). The indoor sale or rental of new or used automobiles, motorcycles, light trucks, recreational vehicles, boats, and other similar vehicles. Includes the sale of vehicle parts and vehicle cleaning and repair, provided that these activities are incidental to the sale of vehicles. Excludes the sale and rental of tractor trailers and construction equipment (see "Heavy Equipment Sales and Service") and vehicle salvage and wrecking (see "Recycling Processing Facilities"). Outdoor display, storage, and sales is a secondary use subject to separate regulations and restrictions (see "General Retail - Outdoor").
(99) Vehicle towing and impound. Establishments primarily engaged in towing light or heavy motor vehicles, both local and long distance, and the on-site storage of towed vehicle. May provide incidental services, such as vehicle storage and emergency road repair services.
(100) Warehousing, wholesale, and distribution. A use engaged in storage, wholesale and distribution of manufactured products, supplies, and equipment to retailers; to industrial, commercial, institutional, farm, or professional business users; or to other wholesalers; or acting as agents or brokers in buying merchandise for or selling merchandise to such persons or companies.
Includes merchant wholesalers; agents, merchandise or commodity brokers, and commission merchants; assemblers, buyers and associations engaged in the cooperative marketing of farm products.
(101) Wireless communication facility. See Municipal Code Chapter 159.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.504.040 LAND USE CLASSIFICATION - USE TYPE. ¶
(A) Residential uses.
(1) Accessory dwelling unit (ADU). An attached or detached residential dwelling unit with complete independent living facilities for one or more persons. An ADU includes permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parcel as an existing or proposed single-family residence or an existing multi-family residence and meets the standards of
§ 155.316 (Accessory Dwelling Units). An accessory dwelling unit also includes:
(a) An efficiency unit, as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 17958.1;
(b) Junior accessory dwelling unit as defined in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65852.22;
(c) A tiny house on wheels permitted in a residential zone district pursuant to § 155.304.130 (Tiny Houses on Wheels); and
(d) A manufactured home, as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 18007.
(2) Bed and breakfast. See Vacation Rental.
(3) Farmworker housing. Housing for transient labor, such as labor cabins or camps, incidental to a permitted agricultural use.
(4) Hospice. See Medical Care Housing.
(5) Hostel. See Commercial Lodging.
(6) Medical care housing. A residential facility, licensed as a skilled nursing facility by the State of California, that provides
24-hour medical, convalescent or chronic care to individuals who are unable to care for themselves by reason of advanced age, chronic illness, or infirmity. Excludes facilities providing non-medical social and personal care to residents (see "Non-medical Care Housing").
(7) Micro/shared housing. Shared living quarters without separate kitchen or bathroom facilities for each room or unit, offered for rent to permanent or semi-transient residents for long-term occupancy (30 days or more). Includes rooming and boarding houses, single-room occupancy housing, dormitories, convents and monasteries, and other types of organizational housing. Excludes hotels, motels, bed and breakfast inns, and vacation rentals (see "Commercial Lodging" and "Vacation Rental") and state-licensed facilities providing social and personal care to residents (see "Non-medical Care Housing").
(8) Mobile home park. An area of land where two or more mobile home spaces are rented, or held out for rent, to accommodate mobile homes for more than 30 consecutive calendar days.
(9) Multi-family dwellings. Two or more residential units located on a single lot. Includes units side-by-side, units stacked vertically, and one or more units occupying the same site as a non-residential use (mixed-use development). Excludes detached single-family homes with an accessory dwelling unit in compliance with § 155.316 (see "Accessory Dwelling Units").
(10) Non-medical care housing. A state-licensed residential facility that provides non-medical social and personal care for residents. Includes community care facilities as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code §§ 1500 et seq., residential care facilities for the elderly (Cal. Health and Safety Code §§ 1569 et seq.), facilities for the mentally disordered or otherwise handicapped (Cal. Welfare and Institutions Code §§ 5000 et seq.), alcoholism or drug abuse recovery or treatment facilities (Cal. Health and Safety Code § 11834.02), supportive housing (Cal. Gov’t Code § 65582), transitional housing (Cal. Gov’t Code § 65582), and other similar facilities.
(a) Non-medical care housing, large. A non-medical care facility for seven or more persons.
(b) Non-medical care housing, small. A non-medical care facility for six or fewer persons.
(11) Nursing home. See Medical Care Housing.
(12) Single-family home. A residential structure designed for occupancy by one household. A single-family dwelling provides complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation.
(a) Single-family attached home (townhome). Two or more single-family dwelling units connected by common walls along the side property lines, sometimes called a townhouse or row house.
(b) Single-family detached home. A detached building that contains one single-family dwelling. Includes individual mobile homes and manufactured housing units installed on a foundation system pursuant to Cal. Health and Safety Code § 18551 and meeting the standards of § 155.304.080 (Manufactured Housing). A detached single family home with an attached ADU remains a single-family home and is not considered a multi-family dwelling.
(13) Single room occupancy (SRO). See Micro/Shared Housing.
(14) Supportive housing. See Non-Medical Care Housing.
(15) Transitional housing. See Non-Medical Care Housing.
(B) Commercial - sales.
(1) Automobile sales/repair. See “Vehicle Sales and Rentals (Indoor)”, “General Retail - Outdoor”, “Vehicle Cleaning and Repair”, or “Heavy Equipment Sales and Service”.
(2) Bars. Businesses devoted to serving alcoholic beverages for consumption by guests on the premises and in which the serving of food and/or recreation, amusement, and entertainment services are only incidental to the consumption of such beverages. Includes cocktail lounges, taverns, and other similar uses. Excludes tasting rooms ancillary to breweries, wineries, and other alcoholic beverage production uses.
(3) Drive-thru facility. A facility where motorists may purchase products or obtain services without leaving their vehicles. Drive-thru facilities are a secondary use that must be associated with a primary use. Excludes vehicle fueling stations (see "Fuel and Service Stations").
(a) Food-serving drive-thru facility. A drive-thru facility associated with a "restaurants, cafes, and beverage sales" use.
(b) Non-food serving drive thru facility. A drive-thru facility associated with another use (such as “General Retail - Indoor”) that is not a "Food-Serving Drive-Thru Facility."
(4) Car dealership. See "Vehicle Sales and Rental (Indoor)" and “General Retail - Outdoor”.
(5) Food truck. See “Mobile Vendor”.
(6) Fuel and service stations. A retail business supplying fuels, oil, and minor accessories for vehicles. Includes
establishments supplying gasoline, hydrogen, and electric vehicle charging as a primary land use. Includes incidental food and beverage sales (maximum 3,500 square feet of convenience market), car wash facilities, and minor automotive repair and service. Excludes towing service (see "Vehicle Towing and Impound"), body and fender work, painting, and other major automotive repairs or cleaning and detailing as a primary use (see "Vehicle Cleaning and Repair"). Excludes electric vehicle charging stations installed in parking spaces and/or parking lots.
- (7) Gas station. See “Fuel and Service Station”.
(8) General retail. Stores and shops selling merchandise to the general public, and which may include related services. Includes antique shops, art galleries, automotive supply stories, book stores, clothing stores, convenience markets, gift shops, furniture stores, drug stores, florists, liquor stores, pet shops, retail bakeries, supermarkets, garden supply stores, lumber yards, and other similar retail-based establishments.
(a) General retail - indoor. A general retail establishment where merchandise is stored and displayed indoors. Includes the temporary outdoor display of merchandise under covered-entryways, such as produce at grocery stores. Also includes temporary sidewalk displays of merchandise (which may require an encroachment permit and other permits). Excludes the prominent
display/storage of merchandise in an outdoor setting as a part of regular business operations, which is a secondary use subject to separate limitations (see "General Retail - Outdoor"). “General Retail - Indoor” falls into three categories:
Very large general retail - indoor. A general retail indoor facility that is larger than 50,000 square feet in total floor area.
Large general retail - indoor. A general retail indoor facility that is between 20,000 square feet and 50,000 square feet.
Small general retail - indoor. A general retail indoor facility that is less than 20,000 square feet in total floor area.
(b) General retail - outdoor. A supplemental outdoor area associated with a primary use (such as “General Retail - Indoor”) where merchandise is prominently stored and/or displayed for sale outdoors in a designated outdoor area as a regular part of business operations. General retail - outdoor is a secondary use that must be combined with another use (such as “General Retail - Indoor” or “Heavy Equipment Sales and Service”) and must include a building on-site that hosts the primary use, such as
neral Retail - Indoor”) where merchandise is prominently stored and/or displayed for sale outdoors in a designated outdoor area as a regular part of business operations. General retail - outdoor is a secondary use that must be combined with another use (such as “General Retail - Indoor” or “Heavy Equipment Sales and Service”) and must include a building on-site that hosts the primary use, such as
"Business Services and Heavy Commercial" or "General Retail - Indoor." General retail - outdoor includes boat/trailer sales, plant nurseries, garden supplies, lumberyards, statuary stores, headstone sales, and other similar establishments. Includes the outdoor sales of automobiles and large vehicle sales. Excludes purely indoor car dealerships (see "Vehicle Sales and Rental (Indoor)") and purely indoor large vehicle sales (see "Heavy Equipment Sales and Services"). A car sales business with both indoor sales rooms
and outdoor sales lots requires approval of both uses ("Vehicle Sales and Rental (Indoor)" and "General Retail - Outdoor") and is subject to the regulations that apply to both uses. Excludes the temporary outdoor display of merchandise under coveredentryways, such as produce at grocery stores. Excludes the temporary sidewalk displays of merchandise (which may require an encroachment permit or other permits).
(9) Heavy equipment sales and service. Indoor retail establishments selling or renting industrial, construction, farm, or other heavy equipment for commercial use, including cranes, earth moving equipment, tractors, tractor trailers, combines, and heavy trucks. Outdoor display, storage, and sales is a secondary use subject to separate regulations and restrictions (see "General Retail - Outdoor").
(10) Mobile vendor. Any vehicle from which a product is made, sold, or distributed at retail.
(11) Restaurants, cafes, and beverage sales. A business selling prepared food and/or beverages for on- or off-premise consumption. Includes full service, fast-food and carry-out restaurants, cafes, coffee shops, juice/smoothie bars, retail bakeries, and other similar eating and drinking establishments. Includes outdoor seating/service areas which are permitted by right. Excludes businesses primarily selling alcoholic beverages for on-site consumption (see "Bars"). Excludes grocery stores and alcohol sales for off-site consumption (see "General Retail - Indoor").
(12) Vehicle sales and rental (indoor). The indoor sale or rental of new or used automobiles, motorcycles, light trucks, recreational vehicles, boats, and other similar vehicles. Includes the sale of vehicle parts and vehicle cleaning and repair, provided that these activities are incidental to the sale of vehicles. Excludes the sale and rental of tractor trailers and construction equipment (see "Heavy Equipment Sales and Service") and vehicle salvage and wrecking (see "Recycling Processing Facilities"). Outdoor display, storage, and sales is a secondary use subject to separate regulations and restrictions (see "General Retail - Outdoor").
- (C) Commercial - service and office.
(1) Adult entertainment. See § 155.304.030 (Adult Entertainment).
(2) Business services and heavy commercial. Indoor commercial establishments providing goods and services to other
businesses and/or engaged in heavy commercial activities that could impact neighboring properties. Includes contractor supply businesses, building contractors, large equipment repair, pipe yards, commercial dry-cleaning/laundry services, security services, custodial services, business-serving printers, taxi and delivery services, private ambulance dispatch services, property maintenance contractors, plumbing supply stores, and other similar businesses. Products and services may be provided to the general public only on a limited, secondary basis. Outdoor display, storage, and sales is a secondary use and is subject to separate regulations and restrictions (see “General Retail - Outdoor”).
(3) Car share facility. A formal or informal membership organization that owns motor vehicles that are parked on-site or in off-site areas. Members use the motor vehicles under the terms of their membership.
(4) Check cashing. A retail business owned or operated by a "check casher" as that term is defined in Cal. Civil Code § 1789.31.
(5) Commercial lodging. A commercial establishment in a non-residential zoning district providing overnight
accommodations to guests for 30 consecutive calendar days or less. Commercial lodging establishments may provide additional services, such as conference and meeting rooms, restaurants, bars, or recreation facilities available to guests and the general public. Includes hotels, motels, hostels, and other similar commercial establishments. Also includes dwelling units or portions thereof located in a non-residential zoning district rented to guests for 30 consecutive calendar days or less.
(6) Day care facility. A facility that provides nonmedical care and supervision of children or adults for periods of less than 24 hours. Includes nursery schools, day nurseries, child care centers, infant day care centers, cooperative day care centers, adult day programs, and similar uses. Day care facilities may be operated in conjunction with a school or church facility, or as an independent land use.
(7) Family day care home. A state-licensed facility that regularly provides care, protection, and supervision for children, in the provider's own home, for periods less than 24 hours per day, while the children's parents or guardians are away. Family day care homes are a secondary use that must be associated with a primary use.
(a) Large family day care home. A home that provides family day care for 9 to 14 children as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 1597.465.
(b) Small family day care home. A home that provides family day care for up to eight children as defined in Cal. Health and Safety Code § 1597.44.
(8) Fitness, dance, or health facility. An indoor fitness center, gymnasium, athletic club, dance studio, yoga studio, or other similar use.
(a) Large fitness, dance, or health facility. A facility with a floor area of 8,000 square feet or more.
(b) Small fitness, dance, or health facility. A facility with a floor area of less than 8,000 square feet.
(9) General services. An indoor commercial establishment that provides services to the general public, involves frequent visits by customers, and which may involve limited product sales related to the service provided. Includes banks, funeral parlors, laundromats, photocopy stores, customer-serving dry cleaners, household item repairs, veterinary clinics, tattoo/piercing parlors, customer-serving printers, animal grooming with no overnight boarding, recording studios, and other similar uses that provide onsite services to customers. Excludes places of employment that do not provide on-site services directly to customers (see "offices") and facilities that provide medical services (see "Medical Care Services"). Excludes establishments that provide body-care related services (see "Personal Services") and fitness-related establishments (see "Fitness, Dance, or Health Facility"). Excludes indoor commercial establishments that primarily provide recreation, amusement, and entertainment services (see "Indoor Commercial Recreation"), primarily serve alcoholic beverages (see "Bars"), or primarily sell prepared food and/or beverages (see "Restaurants, Cafes, and Beverage Sales").
(10) Hospital. Facilities providing medical, psychiatric, or surgical services for sick or injured persons primarily on an inpatient basis, and including ancillary facilities for outpatient and emergency treatment, diagnostic services, training, research, administration, and services to patients, employees, or visitors. May include facilities for the takeoff and landing of helicopters. (11) Hotel. See “Commercial Lodging”.
(12) Indoor commercial recreation. A privately-owned commercial facility providing indoor recreation, amusement, and entertainment services. Includes video arcades, movie theaters, bowling alleys, indoor mini-golf, indoor batting cages, and other similar uses. Excludes businesses primarily devoted to serving alcoholic beverages (see "Bars") or primarily devoted to selling prepared food and/or beverages (see "Restaurants, Cafes, and Beverage Sales) for consumption by guests on the premises. Excludes establishments that provide body-care related services (see "Personal Services") and fitness-related establishments (see "Fitness, Dance, or Health Facility").
(13) Kennel-animal boarding. A commercial facility for the keeping, boarding, training, breeding or maintaining of four or more dogs (four months of age or older), cats, or other household pet not owned by the facility owner or operator. Includes kennels, pet day care, and animal shelters. Excludes household pets for sale in pet shops (see "General Retail") and veterinary clinics (see "General Services").
l-animal boarding._ A commercial facility for the keeping, boarding, training, breeding or maintaining of four or more dogs (four months of age or older), cats, or other household pet not owned by the facility owner or operator. Includes kennels, pet day care, and animal shelters. Excludes household pets for sale in pet shops (see "General Retail") and veterinary clinics (see "General Services").
(14) Medical offices and clinics. Facilities where medical, mental, dental, vision, or other personal health services are provided on an outpatient basis using specialized equipment. Includes offices for physicians, dentists, physical therapists, optometrists, diagnostic centers, blood banks and plasma centers, and emergency medical clinics offered exclusively on an outpatient basis. Includes mental health services such as marriage/family therapists, counselors, psychologists, psychiatrists, and other similar uses. Also includes alternative medicine facilities such as acupuncture, chiropractors, state-licensed therapeutic massage, nutritional consultation, herbalists, and other similar facilities. May include educational aspects such as medical instruction and/or training as well as house a laboratory, radiology/imaging, pharmacy, rehabilitation and other similar services as accessory uses. (15) Motel. See “Commercial Lodging”.
(16) Offices. A place of employment occupied by businesses providing professional services. Includes offices for accountants, architects, insurance agents, attorneys, engineers, real estate agents, travel agents, artist studios, and other similar professions. Excludes businesses that provide regular service to frequent walk-in customers (see "General Services"), medical offices (see "Medical Offices and Clinics"), governmental offices (see "Governmental Facility"), and art galleries that are primarily intended to display saleable art and attract retail sales (see "General Retail - Indoor"). Internal office space that is incidental to a different primary use is not considered an "office" use. For example, a manager's office at a manufacturing facility and the office of an inventory specialist at a grocery store are not considered separate or stand-alone office uses.
(17) Outdoor commercial recreation. A privately-owned commercial facility providing outdoor recreation, amusement, and entertainment services. Includes commercial batting cages, outdoor swimming pools, go-cart tracks, driving ranges, tennis courts, golf courses, miniature golf, and other similar uses. Excludes municipal parks and non-commercial recreational facilities (see "Parks and Playgrounds").
(18) Parking lots and structures. Surface lots and structures for use of occupants, employees, or patrons on the subject site or offering parking to the public for a fee when such use is the primary use on the lot and not incidental to another on-site activity.
(19) Personal services. An indoor commercial establishment that typically provides one-on-one body-care related services that involve frequent visits by customers and that are typically scheduled on an appointment-basis. May involve limited product sales related to the service provided. Includes hair salons, nail salons, make-up application studios, skincare treatment salons, nontherapeutic massage, health spas, and other similar non-medical personal service uses. For therapeutic message and other clinicalhealth-related uses, see "Medical Offices and Clinics."
(20) Vacation rental. A dwelling unit or portions thereof located in a residential zoning district that is rented to guests for 30 consecutive calendar days or less. Includes two types of vacation rental, with the proprietor on site and without the proprietor onsite as defined in § 155.304.150 (Vacation Rental).
(21) Vehicle cleaning and repair. An establishment for the cleaning, detailing, repair, alteration, restoration, or finishing of any vehicle, including, but not limited to, car wash and vehicle cleaning and detailing facilities, body repair, collision repair, painting, tire and battery sales and installation, motor rebuilding, tire recapping and retreading, and towing. Excludes cleaning and/or repair shops that are incidental to a vehicle sales or rental establishment on the same site (see "Vehicle Sales and Rentals (Indoor)" and "General Retail - Outdoor"). Excludes cleaning and/or repair shops that are incidental to a fuel or service station (see "Fuel and Service Stations").
(22) Vehicle towing and impound. Establishments primarily engaged in towing light or heavy motor vehicles, both local and long distance, and the on-site storage of towed vehicle. May provide incidental services, such as vehicle storage and emergency road repair services.
(D) Industrial and storage.
(1) Manufacturing, artisan. Artistic, artisan, craft-oriented, and small-scale manufacturing businesses engaged in the on-site assembly of individually fabricated parts or the fabrication of custom/craft goods, and the incidental direct sale to consumers of primarily those goods produced on site. The facilities are compatible with a general retail and mixed-use setting. Goods are predominantly manufactured and fabricated involving the use of hand tools or small-scaled mechanical equipment and kilns that do not generate noise, odors, or vibration detectable beyond the interior walls of the facility. Typical uses include craft food and beverage, including alcoholic beverage production, ceramic studios, fabrics, inlays, tile work, weaving, leather work, limited woodwork, limited metal or glass work, candle making, custom tailors, custom wedding dress production, custom jewelry, and other similar uses. May include limited tasting-rooms ancillary to the craft production of alcoholic beverage production uses.
include craft food and beverage, including alcoholic beverage production, ceramic studios, fabrics, inlays, tile work, weaving, leather work, limited woodwork, limited metal or glass work, candle making, custom tailors, custom wedding dress production, custom jewelry, and other similar uses. May include limited tasting-rooms ancillary to the craft production of alcoholic beverage production uses.
(2) Manufacturing, light. The manufacture of products in a manner that produces little or no noise, odor, fumes, dust, smoke, dirt, refuse, vibration, glare, and/or air or water pollution detectable beyond the interior walls of the facility and is unlikely to cause significant impacts on surrounding land uses. Products are commonly produced from previously prepared materials, of finished products or parts, including processing, fabrication, assembly, treatment, and packaging of such products. Does not produce or utilize toxic, hazardous, or explosive materials as an integral part of the manufacturing process. Includes the manufacture and production of clothing; mass-produced food and beverage products, including alcoholic beverage production; electronic, optical, and instrumentation products; electronic equipment and appliances; ice. Excludes the processing of harvested crops (see "Agricultural Processing"). May include tasting rooms ancillary to the craft production of alcoholic beverage production uses.
(3) Manufacturing, heavy. A facility accommodating manufacturing processes that involve or produce basic metals, building materials, chemicals, fabricated metals, paper products, machinery, textiles, or transportation equipment, and where the use may cause significant impacts on surrounding land uses. Includes manufacturing of chemical products; concrete, gypsum, and plaster products; paving and roofing materials; plastics and other synthetics, and rubber products; lumber and other wood products; tires; mass-produced food and beverage products, including alcoholic beverage products, paving and petroleum-based roofing materials; lime products; glass products. Also includes petroleum refining and related industries, oil and gas processing facilities, and readymix concrete batch plants. Excludes sales of ready-mix concrete incidental retail establishment (see "General Retail, Outdoor"), artisan and craftsman type operations (see "Manufacturing, Artisan"), and recapping and retreading of automobile tires (see "Vehicle Cleaning and Repair"). May involve the use of toxic, hazardous, or explosive materials. May include limited tasting rooms ancillary to the craft production of alcoholic beverage production uses.
(4) Mini-storage. One or more buildings in a controlled access and fully enclosed compound that contains separate selfstorage spaces of varying size for the storage of customers' goods and possessions.
(5) Outdoor storage, non-retail. Non-retail storage of commercial goods in open lots as either a primary or secondary use. Excludes storage of merchandise for sale as part of a retail establishment (see "General Retail, Outdoor").
(6) Warehousing, wholesale, and distribution. A use engaged in storage, wholesale and distribution of manufactured products, supplies, and equipment to retailers; to industrial, commercial, institutional, farm, or professional business users; or to other wholesalers; or acting as agents or brokers in buying merchandise for or selling merchandise to such persons or companies. Includes merchant wholesalers; agents, merchandise or commodity brokers, and commission merchants; assemblers, buyers and associations engaged in the cooperative marketing of farm products.
(E) Agricultural and natural resources.
(1) Agricultural processing. The processing of harvested crops to prepare them for onsite marketing, off-site sale, or processing and packaging elsewhere. Includes alfalfa cubing; corn shelling; grist mills; milling of flour, feed and grain; grain cleaning and grinding; hay baling and cubing; pre-cooling and packaging of fresh or dried fruits or vegetables; tree nut hulling and shelling; farm product warehousing and storage; drying of corn, rice, hay; and sorting, grading and packing fruits and vegetables. Includes the processing of crops grown off-site. Excludes manufacturing of food and products ready for sale to consumers (see "Manufacturing, Artisan" and Manufacturing, Light").
(2) Agriculture. The use of the land for commercial farming, crop production, horticulture, floriculture, viticulture, and animal raising and production, including dairies. May include accessory uses for packing, processing, treating, and storing crops grown on site provided such accessory uses are secondary to crop production activities. Excludes the processing and packaging of agricultural products (see "Agricultural Processing"), slaughterhouses and animal product processing uses (see Animal Processing"), cannabis cultivation (see Municipal Code Chapter 158), community gardens (see "Parks and Playgrounds"), and the harvesting of plants and animals in an aquatic environment (see "Aquaculture").
(3) Aquaculture. Facilities or areas for the cultivation of marine or freshwater fish, shellfish, or plants under controlled conditions. Includes aquaponics that integrates aquaculture with hydroponics by recycling the waste products from fish to fertilize hydroponically growing plants. Includes cultured oyster beds and similar uses.
(4) Animal processing. A facility where the slaughtering and/or processing of animals raised off-site takes place, including rendering plants and meat cutting and packing uses. Excludes manufacturing of consumer foods from animal products (see "Manufacturing, Heavy").
(5) Commercial fishing. The activity of catching fish and other seafood for commercial profit, mostly from wild fisheries. Includes ancillary fish and seafood processing; fish and seafood storage and distribution; and fish and seafood sales. Excludes cultivation of fish and seafood under controlled conditions (see "Aquaculture").
(6) Resource protection and restoration. Lands and management activities dedicated to the protection and conservation of natural resources, such as aquatic environments, wetland and sensitive riparian habitat, water recharge areas, and rare or endangered plant or animal habitat.
(7) Timber production and harvesting. The cutting and removal of timber or other solid wood forest products for commercial purposes together with all of the work incidental to the harvest including construction and maintenance of roads, fuel breaks, fire breaks, stream crossings, landings, skid trails, beds for the falling of trees, and fire hazard abatement. Excludes cutting or removal of timber for creating building pads and access to a legal building site when such cutting or removal is approved as a part of the building and/or encroachment permit. Also excludes removal of up to five commercial tree species in residential zoning districts in conformance with § 155.304.140 (Tree Removal).
(F) Civic and recreation.
(1) Civic institution. Public or non-profit institutions that support and contribute to the cultural development of the community and provide community-serving programs and services on-site. Includes libraries, museums, performing art centers (primarily non-retail), aquariums, zoos, environmental education centers, non-profit art centers and galleries, botanical gardens, and other similar uses. Excludes public and private schools, colleges and trade schools, and other similar educational facilities (see "Instructional Services" or "Schools, Public and Private").
(2) Colleges and trade schools. Institutions of higher education providing curricula of a general, religious or professional nature, typically granting recognized degrees or certificates. Includes junior colleges, business and computer schools, management training, vocational education, and technical and trade schools.
(3) Government facilities. A facility operated by a governmental agency providing services to the general public. Includes governmental offices, public recreational facilities, community centers, public meeting spaces, civic auditoriums, fire stations, police stations, dispatch facilities, vehicle storage, and other similar facilities. Excludes schools (see "Schools, Public and Private"), facilities that primarily provide maintenance and repair services and storage facilities for vehicles and equipment (see
"Public Agency Corporation Yard"), parks and playgrounds (see "Parks and Playgrounds"), public utilities (see "Public Utility"), facilities providing group-services to persons in need (see "Social Services") and homeless shelters (see "Emergency Shelters").
(4) Emergency shelters. Housing with minimal supportive services for homeless persons that is limited to occupancy of one year or less. No individual or household may be denied emergency shelter because of an inability to pay. Includes drop-in centers that provide food, showers, and laundry facilities, and other services to the homeless.
(5) Instructional services. Establishments that offer specialized programs in personal growth and development. Includes music studios/schools, drama schools, dance academies dedicated primarily to instruction, art schools, tutoring schools, and instruction in other cultural and academic pursuits.
(6) Non-commercial places of assembly. Facilities that provide space for public or private meetings or gatherings. Includes places of worship, fraternal lodges, meeting space for clubs and other membership organizations, social halls, union halls, nonprofit banquet centers, and other similar facilities.
(7) Parks and playgrounds. Parks and playgrounds as the primary use on the site that provides open space and/or outdoor recreational opportunities to the public. Includes athletic fields, picnic areas, tennis courts, tot lots, community gardens, cemeteries, and other similar outdoor facilities. Excludes indoor recreation centers (see "Government Facilities").
(8) Recreational vehicle parks. An establishment designed, established, or used for exclusive occupancy by two or more recreational vehicles. Recreational vehicle parks are owned by a single owner or organizations where RV spaces are temporarily rented or leased to a person occupying a recreational vehicle.
(9) Schools, public and private. Educational institutions providing instruction to minors as required by the California Education Code. Includes public and private elementary, junior high, and high schools.
(10) Social services. Establishments providing group outpatient assistance and aid to those persons requiring counseling, services, activities, and/or treatment for psychological problems, addictions, learning disabilities, elderly, and physical disabilities. Includes welfare offices, child/adult protective services, service centers for disabled individuals, counseling centers for individuals with substance abuse disorder, and veteran services. Excludes homeless shelters (see "Emergency Shelters"), transitional and supportive housing (see "Non-medical Care Housing"), establishments providing individual (non-group) services (see "Medical Office"), after-school programs (see "Non-Commercial Places of Assembly") and adult day care centers (see "Day Care Facility").
(G) Infrastructure and utilities.
(1) Airport. Facilities for the takeoff and landing of airplanes, including runways, aircraft storage buildings, public terminal building and parking, air freight terminal, baggage handling facilities, aircraft hangars, and related support activities.
(2) Freight terminals and transfer. Facilities for transfer and movement of freight, courier, and postal services by truck, rail, or sea.
(3) Public agency corporation yard. Governmental facilities that primarily provide storage, maintenance and repair of vehicles, equipment, and supplies.
(4) Public utility. A permanent structure or facility providing a utility service to the general public. Includes generating plants, electric substations, solid waste collection, solid waste treatment and disposal, water or wastewater treatment plants, and similar facilities. Excludes electrical distribution lines, underground water/sewer lines, and similar utilities.
(5) Recycling collection facility. An incidental use that serves as a drop-off point for the temporary storage of recyclable materials but where the processing and sorting of such items is not conducted on site.
(6) Recycling processing facility. A facility that receives and processes recyclable materials. Processing means preparation of material for efficient shipment, or to an end-user's specifications, by such means as baling, briquetting, compacting, flattening, grinding, crushing, mechanical sorting, shredding, cleaning, and remanufacturing. Includes salvage yards, upcycling, and vehicle salvage and wrecking.
(H) Other uses.
(1) Accessory use. A land use that is incidental and subordinate to a primary land use located on the same lot.
(2) Animal keeping. The keeping of animals for personal use as provided in Municipal Code Chapter 91 (Animal Keeping).
(3) Cannabis uses. See Municipal Code Chapter 158 (Medical Cannabis: Cultivation, Processing and Distribution).
(4) Home occupation. A business within a dwelling unit or residential site, with the business activity being subordinate to the residential use of the property.
(5) Neighborhood-serving retail and service. Retail and service establishments that primarily serve residents and employees within the immediate neighborhood. See § 155.224.030 (Neighborhood Market Overlay).
(6) Tree removal in residential zones. The cutting and removal of timber or other solid wood forest products for commercial purposes in conformance with § 155.304.140 (Tree Removal).
(7) Wireless communication facility. See Municipal Code Chapter 159.
(Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23)
§ 155.508 DEFINED TERMS. ¶
§ 155.508.010 PURPOSE. ¶
This section defines terms and phrases used in the Zoning Code that are technical or specialized, or which may not reflect common usage. If any definitions in this section conflict with others in the Municipal Code, these definitions control in the Zoning Code. If a word is not defined in the Zoning Code, the Director determines the appropriate definition. (Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19)
§ 155.508.020 DEFINITIONS. ¶
For the purpose of this chapter, the following definitions shall apply unless the context clearly indicates or requires a different meaning.
- (A) "A" terms.
ACCESSORY BUILDING. A building occupied by an accessory use. Includes detached garages, storage buildings, and sheds. ACCESSORY STRUCTURE. A structure secondary and subordinate to the primary building on the same lot.
ACCESSORY USE. A use that is subordinate to and dependent on the primary use on the same lot.
ADAPTIVE REUSE. The reuse of an existing building or site for a purpose other than the original use.
ADDITION. Any development or construction activity that expands the footprint or increases the habitable floor area of a building.
ADJACENT LOTS. Lots that share an interior side lot line.
ADULT ENTERTAINMENT. See § 155.304.030(C) (Definitions).
ADVERTISE. To provide a notice or announcement in a public medium promoting a product, service, brand, campaign, or event, or publicizing a job vacancy. Advertisement includes text displaying the name of a business, text displaying the name of a product, text publicizing a service, business-specific logos, and product-specific logos.
ALLEY. A public or private roadway, not more than 30 feet wide, providing only secondary means of access to abutting property.
ALLOWED LAND USE. A land use permitted in a zoning district or overlay zone, either by right or with a use permit.
ALLOWED USE TABLES. Tables in the Zoning District Standards that identify allowed land uses and required permits within each zoning district.
ALTERATION. See MODIFICATION .
ANCILLARY USE. A use subordinate to the principal use on the same lot and serving a purpose incidental to the principal use. APPLICANT. Any person, firm, partnership, association, joint venture, corporation, or an entity or combination of entities which seek city permits and approvals.
ARBOR. A shelter of vines or branches or of latticework covered with or intended to be covered with climbing shrubs or vines. See Figure 508-1.
Figure 508-1: Arbor
ATTIC. The space within a building between the ceiling beams at the top story and the roof rafters.
AVERAGE GROUND SLOPE. See § 155.112.090 (Slope) for rule of measurement.
AWNING. An overhang used as shelter attached to and projecting from an exterior building wall.
(B) “B” terms.
BALCONY. A platform that projects from the wall of a building that is surrounded by a railing or balustrade and may or may not require separate understructure for support.
BASEMENT. A story or space in a building whose floor is more than six feet below the average level of the adjoining ground. See Figure 508-2.
Figure 508-2: Basement Definition
BASE ZONING DISTRICT. The primary zoning district, as distinguished from an overlay zone, that applies to a parcel of land as shown on the Zoning Map.
BEACON. A beam of light designed to draw attention to a particular location.
BUILDING. A structure having a solid roof supported by columns or walls, used or intended to be used for the shelter or enclosure of persons, animals or property. Includes “manufactured homes” and “mobile homes.”
BUILDING HEIGHT. See § 155.112.070 (Height) for rules of measurement.
BY-RIGHT. Permitted without any form of discretionary approval.
(C) “C” terms.
CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA). California state law (Cal. Public Resources Code §§ 21000 et seq. ) requiring government agencies to consider the environmental consequences of their actions before taking action on a proposed project.
CARETAKER UNIT. A residential dwelling unit for one or more persons employed to provide oversight services on the site where the caretaker unit is located.
CARPORT. An accessory structure open on two, three or four sides and attached to, or detached from, a building and established for the loading or unloading of passengers or the storage or parking of an automobile.
COASTAL LAND USE PLAN. See LAND USE PLAN .
COASTAL ZONE. The area of land and water extending from the state’s outer seaward limit of jurisdiction inland to the boundary as shown in Eureka’s Local Coastal Program (LCP) as certified by the California Coastal Commission.
COASTAL ZONING DISTRICTS. See ZONING DISTRICTS, COASTAL .
COVERED PARKING SPACE. An area designated for parking within a garage, carport or other enclosed building or structure.
CHANGE OF USE. Conversion from one use classification to a different use classification as identified in § 155.504 (Land Use Classifications). The establishment of a different use within the same use classification as the existing use is not a CHANGE OF USE . For example, establishing a book store (classified as “General Retail”) in a space previously occupied by a bank (classified as “General Services”) is considered a CHANGE OF USE . Replacing the bank with a new laundromat (also classified as “General Services”) is not a CHANGE OF USE .
CHASE LIGHTING. A series of adjacent light bulbs that cycle on and off frequently to give the illusion of movement. CITY. The City of Eureka.
CORE AREA. As identified in the General Plan, the traditional business center and cultural hub of Eureka, including Downtown, Old Town, the Library District and Bayfront Commercial.
COURTYARD. An unroofed area enclosed on two or more sides by building walls.
COVERED ENTRY. A building entrance covered by a roof, rigid canopy awning, marquee awning or other similar
overhanging feature where the covering is attached to the building wall and is not supported by columns, walls or other vertical structural elements that extend to the ground. Excludes building entry areas that are enclosed on exterior-facing sides and/or where walls, columns or vertical structural elements support the roof. (See PORCH .)
(D) “D” terms.
DARK SKY COMPLIANT. A lighting fixture that meets the International Dark Sky Association’s (IDA) requirements for reducing waste of ambient light.
DECK. A platform, either freestanding or attached to a building, that is supported by pillars or posts.
DENSITY. The number of dwelling units on a lot. See § 155.112.030 (Density) for rules of measurement. DEPARTMENT. The City of Eureka Development Services Department.
DEVELOPMENT. Any human-caused change to land or a structure that requires a permit or approval from the city.
DEVELOPMENT STANDARD. A physical or dimensional standard that applies to a development project or land use. Includes lot area, building height, setbacks from lot lines, floor area ratio, residential density, site coverage and other similar requirements.
DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT. An agreement entered into between the City of Eureka and a property owner for the development of a property in accordance with Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65864 et seq. DIRECTOR. The City of Eureka Director of Development Services.
DISCRETIONARY ACTION. An action by the city that requires the exercise of individual/independent judgment or deliberation as a basis to approve or deny a project.
DRIVEWAY. A permanently surfaced area on a lot designed and required to provide direct access for vehicles between a street and a private garage, carport or other parking space, parking area or loading area.
DWELLING UNIT. A building or a portion of a building containing one or more habitable rooms used or designed for occupancy by one family for living and sleeping purposes, including kitchen and bath facilities.
(E) “E” terms. None.
(F) “F” terms.
FEATHER BANNER. A temporary sign in the form of a vertical banner made of flexible materials, (e.g., cloth, paper or plastic), the longer dimension of which is typically attached to a pole or rod that is driven into the ground or supported by an individual stand.
FAMILY. See HOUSEHOLD .
FENCE. A structure made of wood, metal, masonry or other material used as a screen or enclosure for a field, yard or lot. Excludes shrubs, trees and other vegetation.
FLAGS. Fabric, textile or material with colors and/or patterns which display a symbol of a nation, state, company or idea. FLOOR AREA. The enclosed area of all floors of a building. See § 155.112.050 (Floor Area and Floor Area Ratio) for rules of measurement.
FLOOR AREA RATIO. An intensity measurement calculated by dividing the total floor area on a lot by the lot area. FRONT STREET. The street with the highest annual average daily traffic (AADT) relative to the other streets abutting the site. FRONTAGE, BUILDING. The linear measurement of a building wall that is parallel to a street or that abuts a parking lot or pedestrian walkway.
FRONTAGE, SITE. The portion of a site that abuts a street.
(G) "G" terms.
GARAGE. An enclosed structure or a part of a building designed or used for the storage of automobiles and other motor vehicles. GENERAL PLAN. The General Plan of the City of Eureka prepared in accordance with Cal. Government Code §§ 65300 et seq . GRADE, FINISHED. The level of the ground after completion of site preparation, grading, earthwork, or construction associated with a development project.
GRADE, NATURAL. The level of the ground prior to the start of any current or proposed site preparation, grading, earthwork, or construction. GRADING. Any and all activities involving earthwork, including placement or fill and/or excavation. GROUND FLOOR. The first level of a building, other than a cellar or basement, that is closest to finished grade. GULCH GREENWAY MANAGEMENT AREA (GGMA). See § 155.224.050(B). (H) “H” terms.
HABITABLE SPACE. An area within a building that is conditioned (heated or cooled) with a finished floor and a ceiling height averaging at least seven feet six inches. Excludes unfinished attics, cellars, crawl spaces and other similar utility areas. HEARING BODY. A review authority that conducts a public hearing. HOME OCCUPATION. A business conducted within a dwelling unit or from a residential site, with the business activity being subordinate to the residential use of the property.
HOUSEHOLD. One or more persons living together in a single residential unit, with common access to, and common use of, all living areas and all areas and facilities for the preparation and storage of food and who maintain no more than four separate rental agreements for the single residential unit.
(I) “I” terms.
IMPLEMENTATION PLAN. The Coastal Zoning Code, codified in Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning) of the Eureka Municipal Code, and certified by the Coastal Commission as meeting the requirements of the California Coastal Act of 1976.
INTENSITY. The amount or magnitude of development or use on a lot, typically measured as floor area ratio (FAR).
(J) “J” terms. None.
(K) “K” terms. None.
(L) “L” terms.
LANDSCAPING. The planting and maintenance of living plant material, including the installation, use and maintenance of any irrigation system for the plant material, as well as non-living landscape material (such as rocks, pebbles, sand, mulch, walls, fences or decorative paving materials).
LAND USE. An activity conducted on a site or in a structure, or the purpose for which a site or structure is designed, arranged, occupied or maintained. The meaning of the term USE is identical to LAND USE .
LAND USE PLAN (COASTAL LAND USE PLAN). The component of the City of Eureka’s Local Coastal Program (LPC)
establishing the vision, goals, and policies for the coastal zone in accordance with the California Coastal Act of 1976.
LAND USE REGULATION. A regulation in the Zoning Code that primarily relates to the operation or placement of a use on a site as opposed to the physical form of the structures on the site. (See DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS .)
LIVE/WORK UNIT. A building or space within a building that is used jointly for commercial and residential uses.
LOCAL COASTAL PROGRAM (LCP). The City of Eureka’s Land Use Plan, Implementation Plan, maps and other
implementing actions certified by the Coastal Commission as meeting the requirements of the California Coastal Act of 1976. LOCAL EMERGENCY. An event, situation or state of emergency that threatens the safety of persons and property in Eureka
declared by the City Council in accordance with the California Emergency Services Act (Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 8550 et seq. ). LOT AREA. The total horizontal area within the lines of a lot. See § 155.112.020 (Lot Area) for rules of measurement.
LOT. A parcel, site, tract or area of land whose boundaries have been established by a legal instrument such as a deed or map recorded with the County of Humboldt, and which is recognized as a separate legal entity for purposes of transfer of title. The meaning of PARCEL is identical to LOT . See Figure 508-3 for types of lots.
LOT, CORNER. A lot abutting two or more streets at their intersection.
LOT, INTERIOR. A lot with only one front lot line.
LOT, FLAG. A lot where the main portion of the lot area does not have access to a street other than by means of a corridor less than 20 feet wide.
LOT, THROUGH. A lot which has two or more front lot lines which do not intersect.
Figure 508-3: Lot Types
LOT, LEGALLY ESTABLISHED. A lot established in compliance with the California Subdivision Map Act (Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 66410 et seq. ).
LOT LINE. The lines bounding a lot. The meaning of PROPERTY LINE is identical to LOT LINE . See Figure 508-4 for types of lot lines.
Figure 508-4: Lot Lines
LOT LINE, EXTERIOR SIDE. A lot line other than a front lot line on a corner lot abutting a street.
LOT LINE, FRONT.
(a) For an interior lot, the lot line abutting a street.
(b) For a through lot, both lot lines abutting a street.
(c) For a corner lot, either the shorter lot line facing the street, the lot line facing the primary street as defined in this section, the lot line facing the building’s primary entrance, or another lot line as determined by the Director based on the existing and/or proposed layout and function of the lot.
LOT LINE, INTERIOR SIDE. A lot line other than a rear line lot shared with another lot.
LOT LINE, REAR. The lot line opposite and most distant from the front lot line, where such lot line is not also a street-facing lot line, unless determined otherwise by the Director based on the existing and/or proposed layout and function of the lot.
- (M) “M” terms.
MANUFACTURED HOME. A single-family home built to the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974. Includes structures known as MANUFACTURED HOUSING or MODULAR HOMES .
MINISTERIAL ACTION. A city action (approval or denial) that involves only the use of fixed standards or objective
measurements and does not require the exercise of discretionary or subjective personal judgment.
MIXED-USE. Two or more different land uses located in one building or on one lot or development site.
MIXED-USE ZONING DISTRICTS. The zoning districts listed in § 155.208 (Mixed-Use Zoning Districts).
MOBILE HOME. A type of “trailer,” “trailer coach” or “semi-trailer” as defined in the California Vehicle Code, and has the same meaning as “mobile home,” as defined in the California Health and Safety Code. Excludes modular or manufactured dwellings intended for assembly on-site on permanent foundations and not designed for subsequent or repeated relocation. Excludes recreational vehicles as defined in this section.
MODIFICATION. Any construction or physical change in the internal arrangement of rooms, supporting members of a structure or external appearance of any structure, not including painting.
MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS. The Residential Medium (R2) and Residential High (R3) Zoning Districts.
- (N) “N” terms.
NATURAL GRADE. See GRADE, NATURAL .
NON-CONFORMING or NON-CONFORMITY. A lot, land use, site feature, sign, or structure that does not comply with the current Zoning Code, but was legally established under previous regulations.
NON-CONFORMING BUILDING. A legally established building that does not comply with the current Zoning Code.
NON-CONFORMING LOT. A legally established lot that does not comply with the current Zoning Code.
NON-CONFORMING SIGN. A legally established sign that does not comply with the current Zoning Code.
NON-CONFORMING SITE FEATURE. A legally established site feature that does not comply with the current Zoning Code.
NON-CONFORMING USE. A legally established land use that does not comply with the current Zoning Code.
(O) “O” terms.
OVERLAY ZONE. A secondary zoning designation that imposes additional regulations, allowances, limitations and/or special provisions beyond what is required and allowed by the underlying zoning district.
- (P) “P” terms.
PARCEL. See LOT .
PARKING ASSESSMENT DISTRICT. Outside of the coastal zone, the area shown in Figure 508-5.
Figure 508-5: Parking Assessment District - Inland Area
PARKING INDENTURE. A covenant record filed with the County Recorder guaranteeing that off-site parking will be maintained exclusively for a use for the duration of the use.
PARKING LOT. An area on a lot or within a structure used for or designed for temporary parking for more than four motor vehicles and available for public use, whether free, for compensation or as an accommodation for clients, employees, visitors or customers.
PARKING SPACE. Land or space privately owned, covered or uncovered, laid out for, surfaced and used or designed to be used for temporary parking or storage of standard motor vehicles.
PEDESTRIAN-FOCUSED FRONTAGE. See § 155.208.040 (Pedestrian-Focused Frontages) and Figure 208-4.
PERGOLA. A structure usually consisting of parallel colonnades supporting an open roof of girders and cross rafters. See Figure 508-6.
Figure 508-6: Pergola
PERMIT. A City approval required by the Zoning Code as listed in Table 404-1 in § 155.404 (Administrative Responsibilities).
PLANNING COMMISSION. The City of Eureka Planning Commission.
PORCH. A covered projecting platform that extends from the main wall of a building where the covering is supported by columns, walls or other vertical structural elements. A PORCH may be enclosed or unenclosed. ENCLOSED PORCHES must be
at least 60% transparent on each exterior-facing side.
PRIMARY BUILDING. The building or structure that accommodates the primary use of the site.
PRIMARY DWELLING. On a lot with an accessory dwelling unit (ADU), the detached single-family home established either before or concurrently with the ADU.
PRIMARY USE. The main purpose for which a site is developed and occupied, including the activities that are conducted on the site a majority of the hours during which activities occur.
PRIVATE AGREEMENT. An easement, covenant, deed restriction or other agreement entered into between private property owners.
PRIVATELY-OWNED PUBLIC SPACE. An outdoor area on private property which may be used by customers and/or the general public.
PROPERTY LINE. See LOT LINE .
PUBLIC NUISANCE. Any violation of the Municipal Code defined as such by the Eureka Municipal Code or that is, causes, or creates a condition of public nuisance as defined in Cal. Civil Code §§ 3479 and 3480.
PUBLIC UTILITY. A permanent structure or facility operated by a governmental agency providing a utility service to the general public. Includes facilities for the production, generation, storage, treatment or transmission of water; facilities for the production, generation, transmission or distribution of electrical energy; facilities for the collection, treatment and disposal of solid waste and wastewater and other similar facilities.
PUBLIC ZONING DISTRICTS. The zoning districts listed in § 155.216 (Public Zoning Districts).
- (Q) “Q” terms. None.
(R) “R” terms.
RECONSTRUCTION. See § 155.424.040(E) (Demolition and Reconstruction).
RECREATIONAL VEHICLE (RV). A vehicular-type unit designed for temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, or travel use, which either has its own motive power or is mounted on or drawn by another vehicle. The term RECREATIONAL VEHICLE includes, but is not limited to:
(a) Motor homes constructed as an integral part of a self-propelled vehicle;
(b) Travel trailers built on a chassis and drawn by a motorized vehicle;
(c) Campers mounted on a truck chassis;
(d) Camping trailers and similar folding structures mounted on wheels; and
(e) Park trailers built on a single chassis, mounted on wheels, with a gross trailer area not exceeding 400 square feet in the setup mode, and certified by the manufacturer as complying with ANSI A119.5.
REMODEL. A change or alteration in a building that does not increase the building's square footage.
RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY. Any property used for residential purposes. Examples include single-family homes, condos, cooperatives, duplexes, townhouses, and multi-family residences.
RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS. The zoning districts listed in § 155.204 (Residential Zoning Districts).
RESOURCE-RELATED ZONING DISTRICTS. The zoning districts listed in § 155.220 (Resource-Related Zoning Districts). REVIEW AUTHORITY. The city official or body responsible for approving or denying a permit application or other form of requested approval under the Zoning Code.
(S) “S” terms.
SECOND USE. A use subject to separate permit requirements and allowed only if combined with a primary use.
SETBACK. The required distance of a structure from a lot line or other feature. See § 155.112.040 (Setback) for rules of measurement.
SETBACK AREA. The two-dimensional area on a lot subject to the minimum setback requirement.
SIDE STREET. The street with a lower annual average daily traffic (AADT) relative to the other streets fronting the site or as defined by the Public Works Director.
SIGN. Any structure, object or device that contains letters, numbers, graphics, colors or other means of communication to advertise, announce or communicate information of any kind to the public. A structure, object or device without sign copy for 180 days or more is no longer considered a sign.
SIGN, ANIMATED. A sign which physically moves, rotates, revolves or has visibly moving or rotating parts of any kind. SIGN, AWNING. A sign incorporated into, attached to or painted on the face or valance of an awning.
SIGN, BANNER. A temporary sign made of flexible vinyl, fabric or any non-rigid material with no enclosing framework on which a message or image is painted or otherwise affixed.
SIGN, BOX. A sign that contains all copy within a single enclosed cabinet that is mounted to a wall or other structure. BOX SIGNS , also referred to as CAN SIGNS , typically use slide-in panels to display messages.
SIGN, CANOPY. A sign attached to a fixed overhead shelter used as a roof, which may or may not be attached to a building. SIGN COPY. The area of a sign occupied by letters, numbers, graphics or other content intended to communicate information. SIGN, DETACHED. Any pole sign, monument sign or other types of sign not attached to a building.
SIGNS, DIGITAL. A sign that displays a visual image using liquid crystal cells or other types of light emitting diodes (LEDs) or their functional equivalent where the image can be easily changed, typically by remote control or computer programming. Also known as ELECTRONIC MESSAGE CENTER (EMC) SIGNS . Excludes fuel price signs and internally illuminated window signs.
SIGN, DIGITALLY PRINTED. Any of the following:
(a) A sign where the entire sign copy is digitally printed onto wood, aluminum or other material and then trimmed as needed to complete the sign;
(b) A sign where the entire sign copy is digitally printed onto an adhesive material which is attached to a plastic panel and inserted into a box sign cabinet; and
(c) A sign where a single material is used for the sign copy and sign face (e.g., a pan face sign with an injected molded plastic).
SIGNS, DIRECTIONAL. A sign that provides directions to a place, structure or use, excluding signs installed by a public agency.
SIGN, DIRECTORY. A sign which lists and identifies the location of the occupants of a multi-tenant building or site. Excludes “property identification signs.”
SIGN FACE. The area of a sign where sign copy is placed.
SIGN, INFLATABLE BALLOON. A temporary sign consisting of a flexible envelope of non-porous materials that gains its shape from inserted air or other gas.
SIGNS, HUMAN DIRECTIONAL AND ADVERTISING. A sign that is held by or attached to a human being in any manner. Includes individuals dressed in costume intended to attract attention as human signs to a business for advertising purposes.
SIGN, INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED WINDOW. A sign placed in a window with individually illuminated letter, numbers or graphic not exceeding 12 square feet. Includes illuminated “open” signs and signs illuminated with LEDs, neon or other fluorescing gas.
SIGN, MARQUEE. A sign with changeable copy that advertises an event, performance, seminar, conference or show. (a) ATTACHED MARQUEE SIGN. A marquee sign displayed on a permanent roof-like structure or canopy made of rigid materials supported by and extending from the facade of a building.
(b) DETACHED MARQUEE SIGN. A freestanding marquee sign not attached to a building.
SIGN, MONUMENT. A sign detached from a building and supported on the ground by one or more structural elements that are one-quarter or more of the width of the sign face. Internal supports, poles or pylons, if any, are enclosed by decorative covers or otherwise not exposed to view. Includes signs where supporting structural elements are architecturally dissimilar to the design of the sign. Excludes “pole signs.”
SIGN, NEON. A sign that features exposed small diameter tubing illuminated by neon or other fluorescing gas. Excludes signs with LEDs intended to simulate the appearance of neon and “internally illuminated window signs.”
SIGN, OFF-PREMISES. A sign advertising a land use, business, product or service not located or available on the site where the sign is located.
SIGN, POLE. A sign detached from a building and supported on the ground by one or more structural elements that are less than one-quarter the width of the sign face. Monument signs with supporting poles where the poles are encased to incorporate design features are not considered POLE SIGNS .
SIGN, POST. A temporary sign suspended from a horizontal swingpost or bracket that is attached to a vertical post mounted in the ground. Includes on-site real estate sales and rental signs.
SIGN, PROJECTING. A sign permanently attached to a building or wall such that the sign face or faces are perpendicular to the building or wall. Includes blade signs suspended under a bracket, armature or other mounting device.
SIGN, ROOF. A sign erected upon or directly above a roof and the parapet of a building.
SIGN, SANDWICH BOARD. A portable sign with two opposing flat faces designed to be self-supporting on the ground, typically displayed on a sidewalk or in a parking lot.
SIGN, SUSPENDED. A sign which is suspended under an awning, canopy, fascia or similar structure. Includes signs oriented parallel to the building façade suspended over a recessed entry.
SIGN, TICKER. An electronic reader board sign consisting of one or more lines of scrolling LED text.
SIGN, WALL. A sign attached to or painted on the exterior wall of a structure with the display surface of the sign approximately parallel to the building wall. Includes signs attached to but not extending above a fascia or parapet.
SIGN, WINDOW. A sign posted, painted, placed or affixed in or on a window exposed to public view. Any sign attached to a window, within two feet of a window or attached to a display located within two feet of a window is considered a WINDOW SIGN .
SIGN, YARD. A temporary freestanding sign with an “H”-shaped frame inserted into the ground within a street-facing yard. Includes political campaign signs displayed prior to elections.
SITE. A lot with any adjoining lots that are under single ownership or single control, and that are considered a unit for the purpose of development or other use.
SITE COVERAGE. The total horizontal area of all buildings on a lot divided by the lot area. See § 155.112.060 (Site Coverage) for rules of measurement.
SITE FEATURES. Physical improvements and modifications to a site excluding permanent buildings to serve on-site development and uses. Includes at grade flatwork, steps, ramps, retaining walls, planter boxes, decorative ornamental features, ground-mounted mechanical equipment, swimming pools and other similar improvements.
SPECIFIC PLAN. Any specific plan of the City of Eureka adopted in accordance with Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65450 et seq. STORY. The portion of a building between the upper surface of any floor and the upper surface of the floor next above; except that, the topmost STORY is that portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling or roof above. A loft is not considered a STORY , but a mezzanine covering more than 1/3 of the floor area is a STORY .
STREET. A travel way more than 20 feet in width which affords a primary or principal means of access to abutting property. STREETS includes private roads and highways.
STREET-FACING BUILDING WALL.
- (a) A building wall that is:
Parallel or substantially parallel to a street; and
Directly across a front or exterior side lot line.
- (b) This definition excludes building walls parallel to an interior lot line, a rear lot line or an alley. See Figure 508-7.
Figure 508-7: Street-Facing Building Walls
STRUCTURE. Anything constructed or erected that requires attachment to the ground, or attachment to something located on the ground. Excludes objects temporarily attached to the ground, or which are easily moved, including dog houses, picnic tables, patio furniture and children’s play structures.
STRUCTURAL ALTERATIONS. Any change in the supporting members of a building, such as bearing walls, columns, beams, girders, floor, ceiling or roof joists and roof rafters, or a change in roof exterior lines which would prolong the life of the supporting members of a building.
SUBDIVISION. The division of land as defined in Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 66410 to 66499 (Subdivision Map Act). Includes condominium and community apartment projects.
(T) “T” terms.
TANDEM PARKING. An arrangement of parking spaces such that one or more spaces must be driven across in order to access another space or spaces.
TEMPORARY STRUCTURE. A structure that is erected for a limited period of time and that does not permanently alter the character or physical facilities of a property.
TEMPORARY USE. A short-term activity that occurs for a limited period of time and does not permanently alter the character or physical facilities of a property.
TENANT SPACE. A defined area within a building rented or occupied by a business or other non-residential land
TINY HOUSE ON WHEELS. An unpowered vehicle designed to be towed by another vehicle on a public street and intended to be permitted and used as an accessory dwelling unit. A tiny house on wheels is licensed by the California Department of Motor Vehicles as a recreational vehicle, but appears and functions as a permanent, year-round residence providing complete, independent living facilities for one household, while temporarily located on the same lot as the primary dwelling to which it is an accessory use. A TINY HOUSE ON WHEELS excludes recreational vehicles where the wheels are removed and the unit is attached to a conventional foundation (See "Manufactured Home").
TRELLIS. A frame of latticework used as a screen or as a support for climbing plants.
Figure 508-8: Trellis
TOWNHOME. Two or more single-family dwelling units connected by common walls along the sides with either shared or unshared foundations.
TRANSLUCENT. Permitting light to pass through but diffusing it so that persons or objects on the opposite side are not clearly visible.
(U) “U” terms.
UNCOVERED PARKING SPACE. A parking space in an open area not enclosed in a garage, carport or other structure. USE. See LAND USE .
USE PERMIT. Either a conditional use permit or a minor use permit.
(V) “V” terms.
VISION CLEARANCE AREA. See § 155.308.040 (Vision Clearance Area).
(W) “W” terms.
WALL. A permanent upright linear structure made of wood, stone, concrete, masonry or other similar material.
WEEDS. Plants that were not included in an approved landscape plan for the property, are not valued where they are growing, are of vigorous growth relative to other plants within a landscape area and overgrow and choke out other plants within a landscape area.
(X) “X” terms. None.
(Y) “Y” terms. None.
(Z) “Z” terms.
ZONING CODE. Chapter 155 of the City of Eureka Municipal Code.
ZONING DISTRICT. A defined area within the City of Eureka where uniform land use and development standards apply in accordance with the Zoning Code.
ZONING DISTRICT, COASTAL. A zoning district in the coastal zone regulated under Municipal Code Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning).
ZONING DISTRICT, INLAND. A zoning district outside of the coastal zone regulated under the Zoning Code.
ZONING MAPS. The official maps adopted by the City Council identifying the boundaries of the zoning districts within the City of Eureka.
ZONING MAP, COASTAL. The official adopted and certified Zoning Map identifying the location of coastal zoning districts, incorporated by reference into Municipal Code Ch. 156 (Coastal Zoning).
ZONING MAP, INLAND. The official adopted Zoning Map identifying the location of zoning districts outside of the coastal zone, incorporated by reference into the Zoning Code.
(Ord. 885-C.S., passed 5-21-19; Am. Ord. 902-C.S., passed 8-18-20; Am. Ord. 916-C.S., passed 7-6-21; Am. Ord. 931-C.S., passed 2-15-22; Am. Ord. 938-C.S., passed 11-1-22; Am. Ord. 951-C.S., passed 10-17-23; Am. Ord. 962-C.S., passed 7-15-25)